A320 Instrument System

1/12/2021 Airplane General | A320 Dimensions | Section 1.1.
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 1.0 1.0 AIRPLANE GENERAL
A320 D S 1.1.0
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/airplane-general/sys-1.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Airplane General | A320 Dimensions | Section 1.1.0
A320 D P
A320 D S 1.1.0
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Turning Radius | Section 1.1.1
A320 D P
A320 T R S 1.1.1
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 System Limits | Engine Parameters | Section 1.1.1.A
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.1
E P Previous Section
Engine Limits
E O Q
Engine Parameters
Minimum before start 17.0 quarts APU Limits
Minimum at idle RPM 12.0 quarts APU Parameters
Fuel Limits
E O P
Flight Control Limits
Minimum 60 PSI
Flight Control Parameters
E O T Landing Gear Limits
Warning System Parameters

Minimum prior to start -40°C
Next Section
Minimum prior to exceeding idle -10°C
Minimum prior to takeoff 50°C
Maximum continous operation 155°C
Maximum for up to 15 minutes 165°C
E R T
Do not use reverse thrust during any taxi operations.
E S P
Minimum duct pressure while

Green
starter rotating (PSI)
1/12/2021 System Limits | APU Limits | Section 1.1.1.B
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.2
APU L Previous Section
Engine Limits
APU EGT R S
Engine Parameters
Maximum 742°C APU Limits
At or above 25,000 feet: 982°C APU Parameters

Maximum EGT for Inflight Start:
Below 25,000 feet: 900°C Fuel Limits

Maximum Rotor Speed 107%
Landing Gear Limits
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Probe Locations | Section 1.1.2
A320 D P
A320 P L S 1.1.2
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Antenna Locations | Section 1.1.3
A320 D P
A320 A L S 1.1.3
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Exterior Doors | Section 1.1.4
A320 D P
A320 E D S 1.1.4
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Ground Service Locations | Section 1.1.5
A320 D P
A320 G S L S 1.1.5
Ground Service Locations: Previous Section
1. Toilet Servicing A320 Dimensions
2. Water Filling and/or A320 Turning Radius

Draining
Probe Locations
3. Electrical Ground Power
4. Receptacle LP Ground Antenna Locations
Air Supply Exterior Doors

5. Connector HP Ground
Ground Service
Air Supply
6. Connector Hydraulic Next Section
Servicing
7. IDG Oil Filling
8. Engine Oil Filling
9. Refueling / Defueling
10. Gravity Fuel Filling
Panels
11. Refueling/defueling
Panel
12. APU oil filling
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Turning Radius | Section 1.1.1
A320 D P
A320 T R S 1.1.1
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 System Limits | Engine Parameters | Section 1.1.1.A
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.1
Engine Limits
E O Q
Engine Parameters
Minimum before start 17.0 quarts APU Limits
Minimum at idle RPM 12.0 quarts APU Parameters
Fuel Limits
E O P
Minimum 60 PSI
E O T Landing Gear Limits

Minimum prior to start -40°C
Next Section
Minimum prior to exceeding idle -10°C
Minimum prior to takeoff 50°C
Maximum continous operation 155°C
E R T
Do not use reverse thrust during any taxi operations.
E S P
Minimum duct pressure while

Green
starter rotating (PSI)
1/12/2021 System Limits | APU Limits | Section 1.1.1.B
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.2
APU L Previous Section
Engine Limits
APU EGT R S
Engine Parameters
Maximum 742°C APU Limits
At or above 25,000 feet: 982°C APU Parameters

Maximum EGT for Inflight Start:
Below 25,000 feet: 900°C Fuel Limits

Maximum Rotor Speed 107%
Landing Gear Limits
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Probe Locations | Section 1.1.2
A320 D P
A320 P L S 1.1.2
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Antenna Locations | Section 1.1.3
A320 D P
A320 A L S 1.1.3
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Exterior Doors | Section 1.1.4
A320 D P
A320 E D S 1.1.4
Previous Section
A320 Dimensions
A320 Turning Radius
Probe Locations
Antenna Locations
Exterior Doors
Ground Service
Next Section
1/12/2021 Airplane General | Ground Service Locations | Section 1.1.5
A320 D P
A320 G S L S 1.1.5
Ground Service Locations: Previous Section
1. Toilet Servicing A320 Dimensions
2. Water Filling and/or A320 Turning Radius

Draining
Probe Locations
3. Electrical Ground Power
4. Receptacle LP Ground Antenna Locations
Air Supply Exterior Doors

5. Connector HP Ground
Ground Service
Air Supply
6. Connector Hydraulic Next Section
Servicing
7. IDG Oil Filling
8. Engine Oil Filling
9. Refueling / Defueling
10. Gravity Fuel Filling
Panels
11. Refueling/defueling
Panel
12. APU oil filling
1/12/2021 Cockpit Door Controller | Strike Lights | Section 1.2.0
A320 D P
C D C S 1.2.0
S L Previous Section
TOP, MID, BOT STRIKE LIGHTS Strike Lights
The STRIKE Lights indicate the Pressure Sensors

status of the door's electrical
Channel Lights
latches. The TOP, MID, and BOT
strike green lights illuminate Next Section
when the respective locking latch is faulty.

L
NOTE
Intrusion resistance has been

demonstrated to be satisfactory with
any two working latches.
1/12/2021 Cockpit Door Controller | Door Pressure Sensors | Section 1.2.1
A320 D P
C D C S 1.2.1
P S Previous Section
Pressure sensors simultaneously open all Strike Lights
latches when a defined pressure drop is Pressure Sensors

detected.
Channel Lights
Next Section
1/12/2021 Cockpit Door Controller | Channel Lights | Section 1.2.2
A320 D P
C D C S 1.2.2
C L Previous Section
The cockpit door has two channel Strike Lights
lights that indicate the status of the Pressure Sensors

door pressure sensors. A channel
Channel Lights
light illuminates amber when a
respective pressure sensor is faulty. Next Section
1/12/2021 Cockpit Door Panel | Cockpit Door Lights | Section 1.3.0
A320 D P
C D P S 1.3.0
C D L Previous Section
OPEN - The OPEN light illuminates Cockpit Door Lights
amber when the door is open or Cockpit Door Switch

not locked. Flashes for 30 seconds
Next Section
after the emergency access code
is entered. L
FAULT - The FAULT light illuminates:
When a system failure is detected

Momentarily when the door is
unlocked using the COCKPIT DOOR
switch, or following entry of the
emergency access code
Illumination of the FAULT light does not

trigger the MASTER WARN, CAUTION lights
or ECAM.
1/12/2021 Cockpit Door Panel | Cockpit Door Switch | Section 1.3.1
A320 D P
C D P S 1.3.1
C D S Previous Section
UNLOCK - Unlocks door when Cockpit Door Lights
raised above the detent and held Cockpit Door Switch

in this position. Door must be
Next Section
pushed to open. UNLOCK is an
override and reset selection of any previous L
action.
NORM - When NORM is selected, it allows

the door to be locked when closed. It also
allows the door to be opened after an
emergency access code entry and 30
second delay in case of pilot incapacitation.
LOCK - Momentarily placing the cockpit door

switch to LOCK illuminates the red cockpit
access panel light, rejects keypad entry
request, inhibits aural alerts, and prevents
further access code entry for 20 minutes.
The cockpit door switch returns to NORM
when released, but remains in locked mode
for 20 minutes or until UNLOCK is selected.
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Airspeed Max | Section 1.1.0
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.0
Previous Section
Airspeed Max
Pressure Altitude
Max Weights
Wind Limits
Operating Speeds
Oxygen Pressure
Airplane General Limits
Anti-Ice
Autoflight Limits
Next Section
A M
VMO/MMO 350 KIAS/.82 Mach
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Pressure Altitude | Section 1.4.1
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.1
P A - O Previous Section
Airspeed Max
Maximum 39,100 feet
Pressure Altitude
P A - T L Max Weights
Wind Limits
Maximum 9,200 feet
Operating Speeds
Oxygen Pressure
Anti-Ice
Autoflight Limits
Next Section
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Max Weights | Section 1.4.2
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.2
A S W Previous Section
Airspeed Max
Aircraft Model A320 A319
Pressure Altitude
Pax Capacity 12F/132C 8F/112C
Max Weights
Max TO Weight 169,700 lbs. 166,400 lbs. Wind Limits
Max Landing Operating Speeds

142,200 lbs. 137,700 lbs.
Weight
Oxygen Pressure
Max Zero Fuel

134,400 lbs. 128,900 lbs. Airplane General Limits
Weight
Anti-Ice
Autoflight Limits
Next Section
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Wind Limits | Section 1.4.3
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.3
W L Previous Section
Airspeed Max
T L C G
Pressure Altitude
Reported Braking Action Normal Narrow Max Weights
Dry (including gusts) 38 38 Wind Limits
Good 38 33 Operating Speeds
Oxygen Pressure
Medium 25 10
Poor 15 10
Anti-Ice
Nil Prohibited Prohibited
Autoflight Limits
M T W L Next Section
Aircraft Model A320 A319
Max Tailwind Knots 15 10
Max Tailwind Landing Knots 10 10
Crosswind Nil Braking Prohibited Prohibited
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Operating Speeds | Section 1.4.4
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.4
O S Previous Section
Airspeed Max
Severe Turbulence
(Recommended) Pressure Altitude
Above 20,000 feet .76 Mach/275 KIAS Max Weights
Wind Limits
Below 20,000 feet 250 KIAS
Operating Speeds
Best climb rate 280 KIAS
Oxygen Pressure
Best climb angle Green Dot
Anti-Ice
Turbulent air penetration speeds provide an optimum margin
between low and high speed buffets. Autoflight Limits
Next Section
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Oxygen Pressure | Section 1.4.5
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.5
O P - M Previous Section
Airspeed Max
Flight Deck 850 PSI
Pressure Altitude
Portable Bottle 1600 PSI
Max Weights
A Wind Limits
Operating Speeds
OAT > 20°C + 3 PSI per 1°C above 20°C
Oxygen Pressure
OAT < 20°C - 3 PSI per 1°C below 20°C
For each unoccupied OMC seat: - 150 PSI from flight deck limit
Anti-Ice
Autoflight Limits
Next Section
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Airplane General Limits | Section 1.4.6
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.6
A G L Previous Section
Airspeed Max
W W O
Pressure Altitude
Maximum 230 KIAS Max Weights
Wind Limits
W O - F D
Operating Speeds
Maximum 200 KIAS
Oxygen Pressure
D O - P Airplane General Limits
Anti-Ice
Maximum wind for passenger
65 knots
door operation Autoflight Limits
Next Section
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Anti-Ice | Section 1.4.7
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.7
A -I Previous Section
Engine anti‑ice must be on during all ground Icing conditions exist in flight when: Airspeed Max
and flight operations when icing conditions Pressure Altitude

exist or are anticipated, except during climb Total air temperature 10°C or below
and Max Weights
and cruise when temperature is below ‑
40°C SAT. Visible moisture in any form is Wind Limits
present (i.e., clouds, fog/mist with
Operating Speeds
Engine anti‑ice must be on prior to and visibility of 1 mile or less, rain, snow,
during descent in icing conditions, including sleet, or ice crystals) Oxygen Pressure
temperatures below ‑40°C SAT. Airplane General Limits

Anti-ice and rain parameters include:
Icing conditions exist on the ground and for Anti-Ice
Wing anti‑ice is not permitted on the
takeoff when: Autoflight Limits
ground
Outside air temperature 10°C or Use of APU bleed air for wing anti‑ice Next Section
below is not permitted

Visible moisture in any form is
present (i.e., clouds, fog/mist with
visibility of 1 mile or less, rain, snow,
sleet, or ice crystals), or
While operating on ramps, taxiways,
or runways where surface snow,
standing water, or slush may be
ingested by the engines or freeze on
the engines, nacelles, or engine
sensor probes.
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Autoflight Limits | Section 1.4.8
A320 D P
O L S 1.4.8
A L Previous Section
Airspeed Max
A M
Pressure Altitude
Approach Aircraft Status Minimums Max Weights
CAT II - 100 feet DH Wind Limits
CAT III Fail Passive 50 feet DH Operating Speeds
Oxygen Pressure
CAT III Fail Operational 100 feet AH
A E - M H
Anti-Ice
After takeoff (at least 5 seconds Autoflight Limits

100 feet AGL
after liftoff
Next Section
Enroute 500 feet AGL
Nonprecision approaches At DA
Nonautoland ILS with CAT 1 FMA 160 feet AGL
Nonautoland ILS with CAT 2 or 3

80 feet AGL
FMA
Go-around 100 feet AGL
Circling Approaches MDA - 100 feet
A M W
Headwind 30 Knots
Tailwind 10 Knots
Crosswind 15 Knots
1/12/2021 System Limits | Engine Limits | Section 1.5.0
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.0
E L Previous Section
Engine Limits
E EGT T - M
Engine Parameters
Time Limit1 Instrument APU Limits

EGT N1/N2
(minutes) Marking
APU Parameters
See Engine
Fuel Limits
Start Starter Duty Red 635°C -
Cycle Flight Control Limits
Takeoff/Go‑around 5 (102) Red 635°C 100% Flight Control Parameters
Landing Gear Limits

Maximum
Unlimited Amber 610°C -
Continuous Warning System Parameters
1 The time limit is maximum operating time at thrust setting. Next Section
2 The time limit is 10 minutes with an engine out.
E O P
Minimum 60 PSI
E O T
Maximum continuous operation 155°C
E O P
Minimum 60 PSI
E D C
ON OFF
2 minutes 15 seconds
Consecutive start attempts 2 minutes 15 seconds
1 minutes 30 minutes
Continuous engagement
4 minutes 30 minutes
(cranking)
Start attempt timing is from start valve opening until closing.

If open for more than 2 minutes, the ENG MASTER switch
must be selected OFF for 30 minutes.
Maximum starter reengagement is 10% N2.
1/12/2021 System Limits | APU Parameters | Section 1.5.3
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.3
APU P Previous Section
Engine Limits
APU A - M
Engine Parameters
For APU start using battery APU Limits

25,000 feet
power only
APU Parameters
For APU start using normal
39,0001 feet Fuel Limits
electrics
Two-pack operation: 15,000 feet
One-pack operation 20,000 feet
Landing Gear Limits
For engine start 20,000 feet
1 APU start capability is improved below 31,000 feet.
Next Section
APU O Q
Minimum before start ECAM
APU ECAM Page LOW OIL LEVEL Message: The remaining oil
quantity allows for normal operation for approximately 10
hours.
APU O
Do not start APU during fueling operations following an APU
automatic shutdown or failed start.
APU S D C
Required Cooling Time
Between each start attempt 1 Minute
After three consecutive start

60 Minutes
attempts
1/12/2021 Operating Limits | Fuel Limits | Section 1.5.4
A320 D P
O L S 1.5.4
F L Previous Section
Engine Limits
F C
Engine Parameters
Two Wing Tanks 27,525 pounds APU Limits
One Center Tank 14,547 pounds APU Parameters
Total 42,078 pounds Fuel Limits

Weights are based on the total volume capacity and an
average of 6.676 (pounds/US gallon). Flight Control Parameters
Landing Gear Limits

M I I T - (AFM L )
Fuel Quantity (Heavier Tank) Maximum Difference
Next Section
Full 3,300 pounds
5,000 pounds 5,000 pounds
M I O T - (AFM L )
Maximum Difference 1,520 pounds
O F V
Threshold no-option fuel 850 pounds
Taxi Fuel Two Engines 1,500 pounds/hour
Taxi Fuel One Engines 900 pounds/hour
APU electrical power only 200 pounds/hour
APU electrical and pneumatic

290 pounds/hour
power
Threshold no-option fuel: The amount of fuel required to

execute a go-around at runway threshold to 1000 feet AGL, fly a
VFR pattern, intercept a 3° glideslope at approximately 2.5 miles
from the runway, and continue to a landing (with no fuel
remaining). Crossing the threshold below this value removes the
go-around option; the pilots have no alternative but to land.
T C T F
WARNING
Takeoff with center tank fuel supplying the engines is

prohibited.
1/12/2021 System Limits | Flight Control Limits | Section 1.5.5
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.5
F C L Previous Section
Engine Limits
F /S E A
Engine Parameters
Maximum Flaps or Slats 20,000 feet MSL APU Limits
APU Parameters
F /S S - P
Fuel Limits
Flaps 1 1+F 2 3 4
VFE1 230 215 200 185 177

1 Use VFE - 10 KIAS for any flap setting except as directed by Landing Gear Limits
a procedure, or during flap retraction, if necessary to comply
with minimum flap or slat retraction speeds.
Next Section
F M L A
Clean configuration ‑1.0g to +2.5gL
Flaps retracted and slats

‑1.0g to +2.5g
extended
Flaps and slats extended 0.0g to +2.0g
1/12/2021 System Limits | Flight Control Parameters | Section 1.5.6
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.6
F C P Previous Section
Engine Limits
A T
Engine Parameters
With the autopilot engaged, the aircraft is considered
APU Limits
properly trimmed if the rudder trim indication is between 1°
right and 2.3° left, provided the aircraft is in level flight at APU Parameters
approximately M.77, with symmetrical thrust and fuel Fuel Limits

distribution. No maintenance action is required if the rudder
trim indication is within these limits.
S B Landing Gear Limits

All meteorological conditions Do not use below 1000 feet AGL
Next Section
In flight with slats retracted Do not use below 200 KIASg
Speed brakes should not be extended more than one‑half

when below Mach .75 at altitudes above FL 310 to prevent
activation of the high angle of attack protection
1/12/2021 System Limits | Landing Gear Limits | Section 1.5.7
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.7
L G L Previous Section
Engine Limits
L G S - M
Engine Parameters
Retraction – VLO 220 KIAS APU Limits
Extension – VLO1 250 KIAS APU Parameters
Fuel Limits
VLE 280 KIAS/.67 Mach
1Use Extension VLO - 10 KIAS for landing gear extension Flight Control Parameters
Landing Gear Limits

T S - M (A320) Warning System Parameters
When takeoff weight is higher than 167,500 pounds, do not Next Section
exceed 20 knots in a turn.
T S
Maximum 195 knots groundspeed
B T
Maximum for takeoff 300°C
L G E A
Maximum 25,000 feet MSL
1/12/2021 System Limits | Warning System Parameters | Section 1.5.8
A320 D P
S L S 1.5.8
W S P Previous Section
Engine Limits
ECAM P A QRH M
Engine Parameters
The following ECAM procedures are to be completed by reference to the QRH/Flight Manual
APU Limits
rather than following the ECAM presented on the E/WD. These procedures are labeled as
Special. APU Parameters
Fuel Limits
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED ABNORMAL PR (Special)
AIR ENG 1(2) BLEED FAULT (Special) Flight Control Limits
AVIONICS SMOKE (Special) Flight Control Parameters

F/CTL SPLR FAULT (Special)
Landing Gear Limits
Next Section
1/12/2021 Audio Control Panel | Transmission Buttons | Section 2.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 2.0 2.0 COMMUNICATIONS
A C P S 2.1.0
T B Previous Section
When a transmission button is Transmission Buttons
pressed, it selects the Reception Knobs

associated radio for
INT/RAD Switch
transmission and at the same time,
deselects the previously selected radio. On Voice Button
Selection is indicated by illumination of Reset Button

three green lights. The transmission keys all
Next Section
have CALL lights that illuminate with
SELCAL on the VHF and HF radios. L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
VHF/HF - When pressed, allows
communication on applicable transceiver. INT - When pressed, allows communication
CALL flashes when a SELCAL is received on on the flight interphone system. MECH
the applicable radio. flashes when a call is received from the
external service interphone panel.
PA - Used for PA transmission via boom,
oxygen mask, or hand mike. The
transmission button must be pressed and
held to use the PA system.
CAB - When pressed, allows communication

on the cabin interphone system. ATT flashes
when a call is received from a flight
attendant station. Light extinguishes after
60 seconds if not reset.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/communications/sys-2.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Audio Control Panel | Reception Knobs | Section 2.1.1
A320 D P
A C P S 2.1.1
R K Previous Section
The reception knobs allow for Transmission Buttons
receiving associated channels Reception Knobs

and adjust audio levels. When
INT/RAD Switch
the knob is released out, the
respective channel is selected and the knob On Voice Button
illuminates. Reset Button
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL LOCATION - The Next Section
ACPs are located on the control pedestal.

The Captain, First Officer and jump seat
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
positions all have audio control panels
numbered 1 through 3. The ACPs provide
the transmission and reception of all
communication, standby navigation,
interphone (flight and cabin), and passenger
address (PA) systems.
1/12/2021 Audio Control Panel | Interphone Radio Switch | Section 2.1.2
A320 D P
A C P S 2.1.2
I R S Previous Section
The INT/RAD switch operates Transmission Buttons
as a press-to-talk switch for Reception Knobs

boom or oxygen mask
INT/RAD Switch
microphones.
On Voice Button
INT - The interphone is hot
Reset Button
between pilots, regardless of transmission
button selection. The INT knob must be Next Section
selected for reception.

L
Neutral - When the switch is selected to < PREVIOUS NEXT >
neutral it disconnects microphones from

transmission. Reception is normal.
RAD - When the switch is selected to RAD.
1/12/2021 Audio Control Panel | On Voice Button | Section 2.1.3
A320 D P
A C P S 2.1.3
O V B Previous Section
When the ON VOICE button is Transmission Buttons
selected it inhibits ADF and Reception Knobs

VOR IDENT signals, and
INT/RAD Switch
illuminates the ON label a
green color when pressed. On Voice Button
Reset Button
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Audio Control Panel | Reset Button | Section 2.1.4
A320 D P
A C P S 2.1.4
R B Previous Section
When the RESET Button is Transmission Buttons
selected, it resets CALL, MECH, Reception Knobs

and ATT lights on the
INT/RAD Switch
transmission buttons.
On Voice Button
Reset Button
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Calls Panel | Call Buttons | Section 2.2.0
A320 D P
C P S 2.2.0
C B Previous Section
MECH Button - The MECH button initiates a Call Buttons
call to ground personnel. When pushed, the Emergency Call

cockpit call light illuminates on the external
Next Section
service interphone panel, and an external
horn sounds. When released, the external L
horn is silenced. The cockpit call light
remains illuminated until the reset switch,
located on the external service interphone
panel is pushed.
FWD/AFT - When the FWD or AFT call

button is pushed:
A pink light illuminates at the

corresponding flight attendant area
call panel
A "CAPTAIN CALL" message appears
on the corresponding flight attendant
indication panel
A high/low chime sounds through the
corresponding loudspeaker
1/12/2021 Calls Panel | Emergency Call Switch | Section 2.2.1
A320 D P
C P S 2.2.1
E C S Previous Section
The calls panel allows the cockpit Call Buttons
to initiate calls to the flight Emergency Call

attendants via the cabin
Next Section
interphone system and the
mechanic via the flight L
interphone system. The flight interphone ON - When the EMER Call Switch is selected
system provides communication between ON:
the cockpit and the external service
interphone panel located at the nose gear. The ON light flashes
The cabin interphone system provides The CALL light flashes
communication between the cockpit, flight A pink light flashes at all flight
attendant stations, and various external attendant area call panels
locations on the aircraft. An "EMERGENCY CALL" message
appears on all flight attendant
RESET - Reset is achieved when the flight indication panels
attendant hangs up the handset or by A high/low chime sounds through all
cycling the emergency call switch from ON loudspeakers.
to OFF.
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | Flight Interphone Jack | Section 2.3.0
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.0
F I J Previous Section
The flight interphone jack Flight Interphone Jack
enables communication Ext Power Available Lights

between the cockpit and
Cockpit Call Light
ground personnel.
Additional external external ADIRU and Vent Light
interphone jacks are located on the APU Fire Light

engines and various locations on the
Light Test Button
aircraft.
Cockpit Call Button
LOCATION - The External Service
Reset Button
Interphone Panel is located on the
bottom of the fuselage next to the APU Shut Off Switch
nose gear. Next Section

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | External Power Not In Use | Section 2.3.1
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.1
E P N U A L Previous Section
EXT PWR NOT IN Flight Interphone Jack
USE LIGHT - The Ext Power Available Lights

NOT IN USE light
Cockpit Call Light
illuminates white
when external ADIRU and Vent Light
power is connected but is not APU Fire Light

supplying electrical power.
Light Test Button
EXT PWR AVAIL LIGHT - The external Cockpit Call Button

power AVAIL light illuminates amber
Reset Button
when external electrical power
parameters are normal. APU Shut Off Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | Cockpit Call Light | Section 2.3.2
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.2
C C L Previous Section
When the cockpit calls Flight Interphone Jack
the mechanic or ground, Ext Power Available Lights

the call light illuminates
Cockpit Call Light
blue and an external horn
also sounds. ADIRU and Vent Light
APU Fire Light
Light Test Button
Cockpit Call Button
Reset Button
APU Shut Off Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | ADIRU and Avionics Vent Light | Section 2.3.3
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.3
ADIRU A V L Previous Section
The ADIRU and Vent light Flight Interphone Jack
illuminates red when the Ext Power Available Lights

avionics and ventilation
Cockpit Call Light
fans fail with the engines
stopped. An external horn is also ADIRU and Vent Light
triggered. APU Fire Light
Light Test Button
Cockpit Call Button
Reset Button
APU Shut Off Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | APU Fire Light | Section 2.3.4
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.4
APU F L Previous Section
The APU fire light Flight Interphone Jack
illuminates when an APU Ext Power Available Lights

fire is detected on the
Cockpit Call Light
ground. An external
warning horn sounds. the APU fire ADIRU and Vent Light
extinguisher discharges 3 seconds APU Fire Light

automatically after the fire warnings
Light Test Button
activate. The APU FIRE light
extinguishes and the external Cockpit Call Button
warning horn silences when the fire Reset Button

is extinguished.
APU Shut Off Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | Light Test Button | Section 2.3.5
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.5
L T B Previous Section
Pushing the light test Flight Interphone Jack
button illuminates the Ext Power Available Lights

APU Fire, ADIRU and
Cockpit Call Light
Vent, and External Power
lights. ADIRU and Vent Light
APU Fire Light
Light Test Button
Cockpit Call Button
Reset Button
APU Shut Off Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | Cockpit Call Button | Section 2.3.6
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.6
C C B Previous Section
The COCKPIT CALL Flight Interphone Jack
BUTTON initiates a call to Ext Power Available Lights

the cockpit. When
Cockpit Call Light
pushed, the MECH light
flashes on the pilot's audio control ADIRU and Vent Light
panel and a buzzer sounds in the APU Fire Light

cockpit.
Light Test Button
Cockpit Call Button
Reset Button
APU Shut Off Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | Reset Button | Section 2.3.7
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.7
R B Previous Section
When RESET button is Flight Interphone Jack
pushed the COCKPIT CALL Ext Power Available Lights

light extinguishes.
Cockpit Call Light
ADIRU and Vent Light
APU Fire Light
Light Test Button
Cockpit Call Button
Reset Button
APU Shut Off Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 External Service Interphone Panel | APU Shut Off Switch | Section 2.3.8
A320 D P
E S I P S 2.3.8
APU S O S Previous Section
The guarded APU SHUT Flight Interphone Jack
OFF switch shuts down Ext Power Available Lights

the APU and silences the
Cockpit Call Light
external fire warning
when pushed. ADIRU and Vent Light
APU Fire Light
Light Test Button
Cockpit Call Button
Reset Button
APU Shut Off Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Radio Management Panel | Frequency Displays and Transfer Button | Section 2.4.0
A320 D P
R M P S 2.4.0
F D T B Previous Section
STBY/CRS FREQUENCY DISPLAY - The Frequency Display
standby communication frequency is Radio Selection Buttons

normally displayed in this window. This
Frequency Selector
frequency is changed by rotating the
frequency selector knob and is activated by Nav Buttons
pushing the transfer button. The CRS is On/Off Switch

displayed when a navigation radio is
Next Section
remotely tuned. The transfer button when
pushed, exchanges the active and standby L
frequencies, and tunes the new active
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
frequency.
ACTIVE FREQUENCY DISPLAY - The active

or selected radio frequency is displayed on
this window. The selected radio is identified
by the illuminated green color radio
selection button. A communication radio is
normally displayed in this window; however,
a navigation radio and course can be
remotely tuned.
TRANSFER BUTTON - The transfer

button when pushed, exchanges the
active and standby frequencies, and
tunes the new active frequency.
1/12/2021 Radio Management Panel | Radio Selection Buttons | Section 2.4.1
A320 D P
R M P S 2.4.1
R S B Previous Section
When a radio Frequency Display
selection button Radio Selection Buttons

is pushed, the
Frequency Selector
ACTIVE window
displays the tuned frequency and the Nav Buttons
STBY/CRS window displays the standby On/Off Switch

frequency. The selected radio button
Next Section
displays a green color light that identifies
the selected radio. L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Radio Management Panel | Frequency Selector Knob | Section 2.4.2
A320 D P
R M P S 2.4.2
F S K Previous Section
The frequency selector knob Frequency Display
allows for dialing in the desired Radio Selection Buttons

frequency or course in the
Frequency Selector
STBY/CRS window.
Nav Buttons
On/Off Switch
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Radio Management Panel | Navigation and Standby Navigation Button | Section 2.4.3
A320 D P
R M P S 2.4.3
N S N B Previous Section
When the STBY NAV button is Frequency Display
selected it enables remotely tuning Radio Selection Buttons

the respected navaid and desired
Frequency Selector
course. Each RMP tunes it's
respective navaid. Tuning and ILS on either Nav Buttons
RMP tunes both ILS receivers if both RMPs On/Off Switch

have their NAV button pressed.
Next Section
REMOTE TUNING A RADIO - To remotely

tune a radio frequency and course:
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1. Select NAV using the NAV button.
2. Dial in the desired radio frequency When a navaid is remotely tuned, the letter
using the frequency selector knob. "R" is displayed next the navaid identifier on
3. Then push the transfer button to the Navigation Display. When an ILS has
transfer the standby frequency to the been remotely tuned the PFDs do not
active window and display the display DME.
selected course in the STBY/CRS
window. NOTE
4. Select the desired course by rotating
When a radio is remotely tuned,
the frequency selector knob.
automatic radio tuning is deactivated
and the RAD/NAV page on both MCDUs
are deactivated.
1/12/2021 Radio Management Panel | On/Off Switch | Section 2.4.4
A320 D P
R M P S 2.4.4
O /O S Previous Section
The On/Off switch controls the power Frequency Display
supply to the RMP. When a Radio Radio Selection Buttons

Management Panel (RMP) has failed or
Frequency Selector
is turned off, RMP 3 passes through the
failed/off panel and is connected directly to Nav Buttons
the selected transceiver. On/Off Switch
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Recorder Panel | Ground Control Switch | Section 2.5.0
A320 D P
R P S 2.5.0
G C S Previous Section
The recorder (RCDR) panel consist of a Ground Control Switch
cockpit voice recorder (CVR) and digital CVR Erase Button

flight data recorder (DFDR) controls. On the
CVR Test Button
ground, the RCDR automatically energizes
for five minutes after electrical power Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
application or continuously if at least one
engine is running. It operates continuously
L
The CVR and DFDR are automatically
in flight. The system stops automatically 5 energized during the following:
minutes after the last engine is shutdown.
Selecting the GND CTL switch to ON On the ground for the first five
energizes both the CVR and DFDR. minutes following electrical power
application
ON - The ON function energizes On the ground with at least one
the cockpit voice recorder engine running
(CVR) and digital flight data Continuously in flight regardless if
recorder (DFDR). This function engines are operating
is used to test the CVR and The CVR and DFDR both stop
DFDR. automatically five minutes after the
last engine is shut down.
1/12/2021 Recorder Panel | CVR Erase Button | Section 2.5.1
A320 D P
R P S 2.5.1
CVR E B Previous Section
ERASE - When the ERASE button Ground Control Switch
is pushed for two seconds,it CVR Erase Button

erases the CVR tape, provided
CVR Test Button
the airplane is on the ground and
the parking brake handle is ON. Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
DESCRIPTION - The cockpit voice recorder L
is located in the aft section of the airplane,
and is equipped with an underwater locating
beacon. The system records direct
conversations between crew members
through a cockpit area microphone and
boom microphones, aural cockpit warnings,
inter communications and radio
transmissions.
The passenger address system is also

recorded if the PA reception knob is selected
on. Only the last 30 minutes of recording is
retained.
1/12/2021 Recorder Panel | CVR Test Button | Section 2.5.2
A320 D P
R P S 2.5.2
CVR T B Previous Section
When pushed and held, the CVR Ground Control Switch
test is activated provided the CVR Erase Button

CVR is energized and the parking
CVR Test Button
brake handle is ON. During the
test, a low frequency tone is Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
heard through the cockpit loudspeakers.
L
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | Normal Power | Section 3.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 3.0 3.0 ELECTRICAL AND LT
E S D S 3.1.0
N P Previous Section
The electrical system generates and Normal Power
distributes AC and DC power to airplane APU Power

systems. Three generators provide AC
External Power Available
power, two batteries provide power for APU
start and for emergency power, and an External Power Only
emergency generator provides AC power in AC 1 Bus Failure

the event all three main generators fail.
TR 1 Failure
System operation is normally automatic. Generator Disconnect

The power sources are normally isolated
Generator Line 1
from one another.
Dual AC Bus Failure
Electrical SD example is with engines
Next Section
operating.
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/electrical/sys-3.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | APU Power | Section 3.1.1
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.1
APU P Previous Section
The APU can supply electrical power for the Normal Power
entire airplane on the ground. A receptacle APU Power

forward of the nose wheel well is used to
connect external power to the airplane.
External power can be used instead of APU External Power Only
power; however, both cannot be used AC 1 Bus Failure

simultaneously.
TR 1 Failure
Electrical SD example is with APU operating. Generator Disconnect
Generator Line 1
Dual AC Bus Failure
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | External Power Available | Section 3.1.2
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.2
E P A Previous Section
The main AC system is divided into two Normal Power
electrical channels (1 and 2); they cannot APU Power

be paralleled. Each AC bus is normally
supplied by an IDG on the associated
engine. The IDG incorporates a generator, a External Power Only
constant speed drive, and the drive oil AC 1 Bus Failure

system in a single unit. IDG oil is cooled by
TR 1 Failure
a fuel/oil heat exchanger. The IDG can be
disconnected from an engine by an IDG Generator Disconnect
disconnect switch, but can only be Generator Line 1

reconnected on the ground.
Dual AC Bus Failure
Engine Generators (IDGs) are providing Next Section

power and external power is available in
this example. L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | External Power Only | Section 3.1.3
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.3
E P O Previous Section
Although the two AC channels are normally Normal Power
isolated, a bus tie priority system provides APU Power

for automatic interconnection of both
channels when one engine driven generator
is powering the airplane, or when external External Power Only
power or the APU is supplying electrical AC 1 Bus Failure

power.
TR 1 Failure
External power is connected and the Generator Disconnect

batteries are charging in is this SD example.
Generator Line 1
Dual AC Bus Failure
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | AC 1 Bus Failure | Section 3.1.4
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.4
AC 1 B F Previous Section
Loss of AC 1 bus will result in loss of TR 1, Normal Power
AC Essential Bus, Essential TR, and APU Power

numerous systems, including the Captain's
PFD, ND, VHF 1, and NAV 1 radios.
External Power Only
To get the AC Essential Bus back on line on
AC 1 Bus Failure
some aircraft requires manually selecting
the AC ESS FEED switch on the electrical AC 1 Bus Normal
control panel to ALTN. This results in AC Bus AC 1 Bus Failure Fault

2 powering AC Essential Bus, the Essential
AC 1 Bus Failure Essential Power
TR and the DC ESS Bus.
TR 1 Failure
On some airplanes the AC ESS Bus is
Generator Disconnect
connected via automatic switching.
Generator Line 1
The illustration to the right depicts normal
Dual AC Bus Failure
power. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | AC 1 Bus Failure Fault | Section 3.1.4.A
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.4.A
AC 1 B F F Previous Section

External Power Only
AC 1 Bus Failure

TR 1 Failure
Generator Line 1
The illustration to the right depicts AC BUS
Dual AC Bus Failure
1 FAILURE fault. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/electrical/sys-3.1.4.A.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | AC 1 Bus Failure Essential Power | Section 3.1.4.B
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.4.B
AC 1 B F E P Previous Section

External Power Only
AC 1 Bus Failure

TR 1 Failure
Generator Line 1
The illustration to the right depicts AC ESS
Dual AC Bus Failure
BUS powered via AC BUS 2. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/electrical/sys-3.1.4.B.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | TR 1 Failure | Section 3.1.5
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.5
TR 1 F Previous Section
DC channels are normally isolated, but loss Normal Power
of any TR results in automatically APU Power

interconnecting through the DC BAT bus to
power both DC channels.
External Power Only
In the event a TR fails or is unpowered, DC
AC 1 Bus Failure
buses 1 and 2 will interconnect through the
DC battery bus and DC essential power will TR 1 Failure
disconnect from the DC battery bus. DC Generator Disconnect

essential power will then be provided by the
Generator Line 1
essential TR, which is powered by the AC
essential bus. Dual AC Bus Failure
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | Generator Disconnect | Section 3.1.6
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.6
G D Previous Section
One generator operation results in Normal Power
automatically shedding: APU Power
The main galley bus External Power Available
In-seat power supply and External Power Only

Pax entertainment system
AC 1 Bus Failure
TR 1 Failure
Generator Line 1
Dual AC Bus Failure
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | Generator Line 1 | Section 3.1.7
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.7
G L 1 Previous Section
If avionics smoke is detected, the ECAM Normal Power
directs the airplane to be placed in the APU Power

smoke configuration. This requires placing
the GEN 1 LINE switch on the EMER ELEC
PWR panel to OFF. When this occurs; External Power Only
AC 1 Bus Failure
the GEN 1 line contactor opens
GEN 2 powers AC buses 1 and 2 TR 1 Failure
(main galley bus is shed) through the Generator Disconnect

tie bus,
Generator Line 1
and GEN 1 powers a fuel pump in
each wing. Dual AC Bus Failure
Next Section
This permits removing AC power from all
buses during the AVIONICS SMOKE ECAM
L
procedure without removing power from the
fuel pumps. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | Dual AC Bus Failure Gear Up | Section 3.1.8
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.8
D AC B F G U Previous Section
A ram air turbine (RAT) automatically Normal Power
extends if both AC busses 1 and 2 lose APU Power

electrical power above 100 knots; however,
a minimum airspeed of 140 knots (on
earlier A320s) is required to provide External Power Only
sufficient blue hydraulic pressure to operate AC 1 Bus Failure

the emergency generator.
TR 1 Failure
On later A320s and all A319s, the Generator Disconnect

emergency generator operates until
Generator Line 1
touchdown (greater than 125 knots),
regardless of landing gear position. Dual AC Bus Failure
Dual AC Bus Failure GU

In this example a dual generator failure has
occurred, the RAT is extended, the gear is Dual AC Bus Failure GD
up, and the emergency generator is Dual AC Bus Failure Spd 100
operating. Electrical power is provided to < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Dual AC Bus Failure Spd 50
the:
Next Section
AC ESS BUS
AC ESS SHED BUS L
DC ESS and DC ESS SHED busses
through the ESS TR
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | Dual AC Bus Failure Gear Down | Section 3.1.9
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.9
D AC B F G D Previous Section
When the landing gear is down on (earlier Normal Power
A320s); the emergency generator no longer APU Power

powers the essential busses.
In this example a dual generator failure has External Power Only

occurred, the RAT is extended, the landing
AC 1 Bus Failure
gear is down, and the static inverter is
operating. Electrical power configuration TR 1 Failure
consist of: Generator Disconnect
BAT 1 powers the AC ESS bus Generator Line 1
through the static inverter Dual AC Bus Failure

BAT 2 powers the DC ESS bus
The AC and DC ESS SHED busses are
not powered Dual AC Bus Failure GD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | Dual AC Bus Failure Speed 100 | Section 3.1.10
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.10
D AC B F S 100 Previous Section
When the speed is below 100 knots IAS, the Normal Power
DC bus connects to the batteries providing APU Power

power for:
APU fire detection External Power Only

APU fire protection
AC 1 Bus Failure
Manual pressurization
TR 1 Failure
Generator Line 1
Dual AC Bus Failure
Dual AC Bus Failure GD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/12/2021 Electrical System Displays | Dual AC Bus Failure Speed 50 | Section 3.1.11
A320 D P
E S D S 3.1.11
D AC B F S 50 Previous Section
When the speed is below 50 knots IAS, the Normal Power
AC ESS bus is no longer powered and the APU Power

CRTs are lost.
The DC ESS bus remains powered which External Power Only

provides communiction capability
AC 1 Bus Failure
TR 1 Failure
Generator Line 1
Dual AC Bus Failure
Dual AC Bus Failure GD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | Commercial Switch | Section 3.2.0
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.0
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
AC Essential Feed Switch
Galley and Cabin Switch
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
C S APU Generator Switch
AUTO - When the commercial OFF - When the commercial switch is Bus Tie Switch
switch is selected to AUTO all selected to OFF, the OFF light illuminates
External Power Switch
lights are extinguished. The white and removes all commercial electrical
AUTO position enables loads as listed above. Electrical Schematic
operation of the airplane's Next Section

commercial electrical loads (on some
airplanes) that includes: L
Cabin and cargo lights
Water and toilet systems
Drain mast ice protection
Galleys
Passenger entertainment system,
and
In-seat power supply system
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | Battery Indicator | Section 3.2.1
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.1
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
B I APU Generator Switch
Two battery indicators labeled Bus Tie Switch

BAT 1 and BAT 2 provide
battery voltage readings for
each battery. The normal Electrical Schematic
voltage is from 25 to 31 volts and discharge Next Section

current from 0 to 5 amps.
L
On the ECAM ELEC page the battery voltage
normally appears as a green color in the
normal range, and becomes amber if the
voltage is less than 25 V or greater than
31V. Battery current normally appears green
and becomes amber if discharge current
becomes greater than 5A.
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | Battery Switches | Section 3.2.2
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.2
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
B S APU Generator Switch
AUTO - When the battery switches are FAULT - The battery FAULT Bus Tie Switch
selected to the AUTO all lights are light illuminates amber when
extinguished. The AUTO selection enables the charging current for the
the batteries to connect to the DC BAT bus corresponding battery is Electrical Schematic
during the following: outside normal limits causing the battery Next Section
contactor to open.
APU starting
L
Battery charging, and OFF - When the battery switches are
Below 100 knots on the ground with selected to OFF, the battery charge limiter is
AC busses 1 and 2 not powered. not operating and the battery line contactor
is open. The OFF light illuminates white if
Two batteries, BAT 1 and BAT 2, are
the DC BAT bus is powered. The HOT BAT
installed and each is connected directly to
busses remain powered regardless of
its respective HOT BAT bus. Each battery
battery switch selection.
has its own battery charge limiter that
monitors battery charging and controls it's
battery contactor.
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | AC Essential Feed Switch | Section 3.2.3
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.3
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
AC E F S APU Generator Switch
ALTN - Pushing the AC ESS Bus Tie Switch

FEED switch enables the AC
ESS Bus to be powered via AC
Bus 2 instead of AC Bus 1. A Electrical Schematic
white boxed ALTN light will Next Section

illuminate on the switch. Normally AC ESS
Bus is supplied from AC Bus 1. L
FAULT - An amber FAULT light indicates the
AC ESS Bus is not electrically powered.
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | Galley and Cabin Switch | Section 3.2.4
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.4
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
G C S APU Generator Switch
AUTO - When selected to AUTO OFF - When the switch is selected to OFF, it Bus Tie Switch
all lights are extinguished on turns off the power to:
the GALY & CAB switch and
The main galley bus
arms the electrical system for Electrical Schematic
automatically shedding In-seat power supply system to the

Next Section
electrical systems for a one generator passenger entertainment system.
operation. When the electrical system loses FAULT - An amber FAULT light indicates a L
one generator it automatically sheds: generator load is above 100 ‰ of its rated
output.
The main galley bus
In-seat power supply system, and to
the passenger entertainment system
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | Integrated Drive Generator Switch | Section 3.2.5
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.5
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
I D G S APU Generator Switch
GUARDED - The IDG switch is Bus Tie Switch

guarded and normally spring-
loaded out. When pushed, the
IDG is disconnected from its Electrical Schematic
drive shaft and can only be Next Section

reconnected by maintenance.
L
The main galley bus
In-seat power supply system, and to
the passenger entertainment system
FAULT - An amber FAULT light indicates an

IDG oil outlet overheat or low oil pressure.
Inhibited below 14% N2.
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | Generator Switch | Section 3.2.6
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.6
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
G S APU Generator Switch
ON - On is indicated when all lights are Bus Tie Switch

extinguished on the switch. Selecting the
switch to ON energizes the generator field
and the line contactor closes provided Electrical Schematic
electrical parameters are normal. Next Section
OFF - When the OFF light

L
illuminates white, the
generator field is de-energized
and the line contactor opens.
The fault circuit is reset.
FAULT - When the FAULT light illuminates

amber, a protection trip is initiated by the
generator control unit (GCU), or the line
contactor opens without selecting the GEN
switch to OFF. In this example, GEN 1 is selected OFF with
engine 1 running and engine 2 has not
started.
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | APU Generator Switch | Section 3.2.7
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.7
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
APU G S APU Generator Switch
ON - The APU generator field is energized Bus Tie Switch

and the line contactor closes provided
electrical parameters are normal and the
EXT PWR line contactor is open. The bus tie Electrical Schematic
contactor (1 and/or 2) automatically closes Next Section

if generators 1 and/or 2 are not operating.
L
amber, a protection trip is initiated by the
APU generator control unit (GCU), or the
line contactor opens without selecting the
APU GEN switch to OFF.
OFF - When the OFF light illuminates white,

the APU generator field is de-energized and
the line contactor opens. The fault circuit is
reset. In this example, GEN 1 is selected ON with
engine 1 running, APU operating, and
engine 2 has not started.
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | Bus Tie Switch | Section 3.2.8
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.8
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
B T S APU Generator Switch
ON - When selected to AUTO all Bus Tie Switch

lights are extinguished on the
switch, and the bus tie
contactors open or close Electrical Schematic
automatically to maintain Next Section

power supply to AC buses 1 and 2. One
contactor is closed when one engine-driven L
generator supplies the associated AC bus
and the APU generator or external power
supplies the other side. Both contactors are
closed in case of one engine-driven
generator, APU generator, or external power
supply is connected.
OFF - The bus tie switch OFF light

illuminates white when selected to OFF.
Both bus tie contactors are open when In this example, generator 1 has failed and
selected to OFF isolating the other AC the bus tie switch is off that prevents AC
power. bus 1 from being powered by Gen 2.
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | External Power Switch | Section 3.2.9
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.9
Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
E P S APU Generator Switch
ON - When the EXT PWR AVAIL Bus Tie Switch

light is illuminated, pushing the
EXT PWR switch illuminates the
blue ON light, closes the Electrical Schematic
external power line contactor, Next Section

and the AVAIL light goes off.
L
AVAIL - A green AVAIL light illuminates
when external power is plugged in and the
electrical parameters are normal. On the
ECAM ELEC page the EXT PWR indication
normally appears white. Voltage (110V to
120V) and Frequency (390Hz to 410Hz)
appears green when in normal range, and is
amber when it exceeds the normal range.
1/12/2021 Electrical Control Panel | Electrical Schematic | Section 3.2.10
A320 D P
E C P S 3.2.10
E S Previous Section
Commercial Switch
Battery Indicator
Battery Switches
IDG Switch
Generator Switch
APU Generator Switch
Bus Tie Switch
Electrical Schematic
Next Section
1/12/2021 Emergency Electrical Control Panel | Emergency Generator Test Switch | Section 3.3.0
A320 D P
E E C P S 3.3.0
E G T S Previous Section
When pushed and held with Emer Gen Test
only the battery power Gen 1 Line Switch

supplying electrical power, the
RAT and Emer Gen
AC ESS bus is powered by the
static inverter. Normally the Next Section
EMER GEN TEST switch is used by

maintenance.
L
When pushed and held with the AC buses

normally powered:
The emergency generator is

hydraulically powered provided the
blue electric pump is operating
The AC ESS and DC ESS buses are
connected to the emergency
generator
The ECAM ELEC page is automatically
displayed on the ground
1/12/2021 Emergency Electrical Control Panel | Generator 1 Line Switch | Section 3.3.1
A320 D P
E E C P S 3.3.1
G 1 L S Previous Section
SMOKE - The smoke light Emer Gen Test
illuminates amber when smoke Gen 1 Line Switch

is detected in the avionics
RAT and Emer Gen
ventilation system, with
associated ECAM warning. Next Section
If avionics smoke is detected, ECAM directs L

the airplane to be placed in the smoke
configuration. This requires placing the GEN
1 LINE switch on the EMER ELEC PWR panel
to OFF. When this occurs:
The GEN 1 line contactor opens

GEN 2 powers AC buses 1 and 2
(main galley bus is shed) through the
tie bus,
and GEN 1 powers a fuel pump in
each wing.
This permits removing AC power from all

buses during the AVIONICS SMOKE ECAM
procedure without removing power from the
fuel pumps.
OFF - Causes generator 1 line contactor to

open. AC bus 1 is supplied from generator 2
through the tie bus. In addition, generator 1
powers a fuel pump in each wing tank.
1/12/2021 Emergency Electrical Control Panel | RAT and Emergency Generator Manual On Switch | Section 3.3.2
A320 D P
E E C P S 3.3.2
RAT E G M O S Previous Section
AUTO - The Ram Air Turbine Emer Gen Test
extends automatically, Gen 1 Line Switch

provided AC bus 1 and 2
RAT and Emer Gen
are not electrically powered
and speed is above 100 Next Section
knots. On earlier aircraft, the emergency

generator is only powered when the landing
L
gear is up. On newer aircraft the emergency MAN ON - The RAT extends and couples the
generator is powered above 125 KIAS with emergency generator.
the gear up or down. The emergency
generator is hydraulically powered by the
WARNING
blue hydraulic system and is connected to
the electrical system when electrical Ram Air Turbine extension occurs any
parameters are normal. On older aircraft a time the Ram Air Turbine Manual ON
minimum of 140 knots is required to switch is selected, since the switch is
provide sufficient blue hyrualic pressure to always powered.
operate the emergency generator.
FAULT - The RAT and Emergency Generator

Fault light illuminates red with a loss of AC
buses 1 and 2 if: the emergency generator
is not supplying electrical power and the
nose gear is up.
1/12/2021 Instrument Lighting Control Panel | PFD and ND Lighting Control Panel | Section 3.4.0
A320 D P
I L C P S 3.4.0
Previous Section
PFD & ND Lighting
FCU Lighting
ECAM Lighting
Main Flood and Integral Lighting
Pedestal Flood Lighting
Next Section
PFD ND L C P
PFD LT CONTROL KNOB - The PFD lighting
knob controls the intensity of the primary
flight display lighting.
ND LT CONTROL KNOB - The ND lighting

knob controls the intensity of the navigation
display lighting.
CONSOLE FLOOR LT CONTROL SWITCH -

The console floor lighting switch controls the
flood lighting intensity of the floor around
the pilot seats, side consoles, and flight bag
storage area.
1/12/2021 Instrument Lighting Control Panel | FCU Lighting Control Knobs | Section 3.4.1
A320 D P
I L C P S 3.4.1
Previous Section
PFD & ND Lighting
FCU Lighting
ECAM Lighting
Next Section
FCU L C K
LEFT FCU CONTROL KNOB - The left FCU
knob controls the integral panel lighting of
FCU labels, knobs, and switches.
RIGHT FCU LT CONTROL KNOB - The right

FCU knob controls the integral panel lighting
adjustment of FCU numerical displays.
1/12/2021 Instrument Lighting Control Panel | ECAM Lighting Control Knobs | Section 3.4.2
A320 D P
I L C P S 3.4.2
Previous Section
PFD & ND Lighting
FCU Lighting
ECAM Lighting
Next Section
ECAM L C K
ECAM UPPER DISPLAY KNOB - The ECAM
UPPER DISPLAY knob controls the intensity
of the upper ECAM display lighting.
ECAM LOWER DISPLAY KNOB - The ECAM

LOWER DISPLAY knob controls the intensity
of the lower ECAM display lighting.
1/12/2021 Instrument Lighting Control Panel | Main Flood and Integral Lighting Panel | Section 3.4.3
A320 D P
I L C P S 3.4.3
Previous Section
PFD & ND Lighting
FCU Lighting
ECAM Lighting
Next Section
M F I L P
MAIN FLOOD LT CONTROL KNOB - The flood
light knob controls the intensity of the
forward instrument flood lighting.
INTEG LT CONTROL KNOB - The Integral

lighting knob controls the intensity of the
center instrument panel and control
pedestal integral lighting.
1/12/2021 Instrument Lighting Control Panel | Pedestal Flood Lighting Control Knob | Section 3.4.4
A320 D P
I L C P S 3.4.4
Previous Section
PFD & ND Lighting
FCU Lighting
ECAM Lighting
Next Section
P F L C K
The PED Flood lighting knob controls the
intensity of the pedestal flood lighting.
1/12/2021 Exterior Lighting Control Panel | Strobe Light Switch | Section 3.5.0
A320 D P
E L C P S 3.5.0
Previous Section
Strobe Light
Rotating Beacon
Wing
Nav and Logo
Runway Turn Off
Landing Light
S L S
Takeoff and Taxi
ON - The ON position
Next Section
illuminates the strobe lights.
OFF - The OFF position L

extinguishes the strobe lights.
AUTO - The AUTO position causes the strobe

lights to illuminate automatically when the
main gear shock absorbers are not
compressed. The strobe lights are located
on each wing tip and the below the APU tail
cone.
1/12/2021 Exterior Lighting Control Panel | Rotating Beacon Light Switch | Section 3.5.1
A320 D P
E L C P S 3.5.1
Previous Section
Strobe Light
Rotating Beacon
Wing
Nav and Logo
Runway Turn Off
Landing Light
R B L S
Takeoff and Taxi
OFF - The OFF position
Next Section
extinguishes the rotating
beacon lights.
L
illuminates the rotating anti-
collision beacon lights. The red beacon
lights are mounted on the top and bottom
of the fuselage.
1/12/2021 Exterior Lighting Control Panel | Wing Light Switch | Section 3.5.2
A320 D P
E L C P S 3.5.2
Previous Section
Strobe Light
Rotating Beacon
Wing
Nav and Logo
Runway Turn Off
Landing Light
W L S
Takeoff and Taxi
Next Section
extinguishes the wing lights.
ON - The ON position L
illuminates the wing lights. The
wing lights are located forward
of the leading edge on each side of the
fuselage to illuminate the wing leading edge
and engine nacelle.
1/12/2021 Exterior Lighting Control Panel | Navigation and Logo Light Switch | Section 3.5.3
A320 D P
E L C P S 3.5.3
Previous Section
Strobe Light
Rotating Beacon
Wing
Nav and Logo
Runway Turn Off
Landing Light
N L L S
Takeoff and Taxi
OFF - The OFF position POSITION 2 - The 2 position illuminates the
Next Section
extinguishes the navigation second set of navigation lights (aft
and logo lights. position). On the A319, it also illuminates
the logo lights when the airplane is on the
L
POSITION 1 - The 1 position ground or in flight when slats are extended.
illuminates the first set of
navigation lights (forward position).
On the A319, it also illuminates the logo

lights when the airplane is on the ground or
in flight when slats are extended.
1/12/2021 Exterior Lighting Control Panel | Runway Turn Off Light Switch | Section 3.5.4
A320 D P
E L C P S 3.5.4
Previous Section
Strobe Light
Rotating Beacon
Wing
Nav and Logo
Runway Turn Off
Landing Light
R T O L S
Takeoff and Taxi
Next Section
extinguishes the runway turn
off lights.
L
illuminates the runway turn off lights. The
runway turn off lights are mounted on the
nose gear strut and extinguish automatically
when the landing gear is retracted.
1/14/2021 Exterior Lighting Control Panel | Landing Light Switch | Section 3.5.5
A320 D P
E L C P S 3.5.5
Previous Section
Strobe Light
Rotating Beacon
Wing
Nav and Logo
Runway Turn Off
Landing Light
L L S
Takeoff and Taxi
Next Section
causes the respective
landing light to
remained extended
L
and illuminates the
light when fully extended.
OFF - The OFF position causes the

respective landing light to extend and
extinguish the light.
RETRACT - The RETRACT position causes

the respective landing light to retract and
extinguish.
1/12/2021 Exterior Lighting Control Panel | Nose Selector Taxi and Takeoff Light Switch | Section 3.5.6
A320 D P
E L C P S 3.5.6
Previous Section
Strobe Light
Rotating Beacon
Wing
Nav and Logo
Runway Turn Off
Landing Light
N S T T L S
Takeoff and Taxi
TAKE OFF - The TAKE OFF
Next Section
position illuminates both the taxi
and takeoff lights. Both lights
extinguish automatically when
L
the landing gear is retracted.
TAXI - The TAXI position illuminates the taxi

light.
1/12/2021 Integral and Cabin Signs Lighting Control Panel | Overhead Integral Light Knob | Section 3.6.0
A320 D P
I C S L C P S 3.6.0
O I L K Previous Section
The OVHD INTEG LT Knob Overhead Integral
controls the intensity of the Ice and Stby Compass

overhead panel integral
Dome
lighting.
Annunciator Light
Seat Belts
No Smoking
Emergency Exit
Next Section
1/12/2021 Integral and Cabin Signs Lighting Control Panel | Ice Indicator and Standby Compass | Section 3.6.1
A320 D P
I C S L C P S 3.6.1
I I S C Previous Section
OFF - The OFF position Overhead Integral
extinguishes the ice indicator Ice and Stby Compass

and standby compass integral
Dome
lighting.
Annunciator Light
Seat Belts
illuminates the ice indicator and standby
compass integral lighting. No Smoking
Emergency Exit
Next Section
1/12/2021 Integral and Cabin Signs Lighting Control Panel | Dome Light Switch | Section 3.6.2
A320 D P
I C S L C P S 3.6.2
D L S Previous Section
extinguishes both dome lights. Ice and Stby Compass
DIM - The DIM position Dome
reduces both dome lights to Annunciator Light

low intensity.
Seat Belts
BRT - The BRT position increases both dome No Smoking

lights' intensity to high.
Emergency Exit
Next Section
1/12/2021 Integral and Cabin Signs Lighting Control Panel | Annunciator Light Switch | Section 3.6.3
A320 D P
I C S L C P S 3.6.3
A L S Previous Section
TEST - The TEST position Overhead Integral
causes all cockpit annunciator Ice and Stby Compass

lights to illuminate and all
Dome
liquid crystal displays (LCDs)
to indicate 8s. Annunciator Light
Seat Belts
DIM - The DIM position reduces illumination
of the annunciator lights. No Smoking
Emergency Exit
BRT - The BRT position increases
illumination of the annunciator lights. Next Section
1/12/2021 Integral and Cabin Signs Lighting Control Panel | Seat Belts Light Switch | Section 3.6.4
A320 D P
I C S L C P S 3.6.4
S B L S Previous Section
extinguishes the seat belt signs Ice and Stby Compass

and an associated chime
Dome
sounds.
Annunciator Light
ON - The ON position illuminates the
Seat Belts
FASTEN SEAT BELT and RETURN TO YOUR
SEAT signs and an associated chime to No Smoking
sound. These signs will also automatically Emergency Exit

illuminate when the cabin altitude exceeds
Next Section
11,300 feet, regardless of the SEAT BELTS
light switch position. A SEAT BELTS L
message will appear on the Engine Warning
Display (upper ECAM display) when the
signs are displayed.
1/12/2021 Integral and Cabin Signs Lighting Control Panel | No Smoking Light Switch | Section 3.6.5
A320 D P
I C S L C P S 3.6.5
N S L S Previous Section
extinguishes the NO SMOKING Ice and Stby Compass

and EXIT signs and the
Dome
associated chime sounds.
Annunciator Light
ON - The ON position causes the NO
Seat Belts
SMOKING signs to illuminate and the
associated chime to sound. The EXIT signs No Smoking
may or may not illuminate depending on Emergency Exit

which cabin attendant module (CAM) is AUTO - The AUTO position causes the NO Next Section
installed. The NO SMOKING and EXIT SMOKING and EXIT signs to illuminate when
automatically illuminate when the cabin the landing gear is extended, and to L
altitude exceeds 11,300 feet, regardless of extinguish when the gear is retracted.
the NO SMOKING light switch position. A NO Associated chime sounds when the signs
SMOKING message will appear on the illuminate and extinguish.
Engine Warning Display (upper ECAM
display) when the signs are displayed.
1/12/2021 Integral and Cabin Signs Lighting Control Panel | Emergency Exit Light Switch | Section 3.6.6
A320 D P
I C S L C P S 3.6.6
E E L S Previous Section
turns off the escape Ice and Stby Compass

path lighting,
Dome
overhead emergency
lights, and EXIT signs. Annunciator Light
Seat Belts
ON - The ON position causes escape path
lighting, overhead emergency lights, and No Smoking
EXIT signs to illuminate. Emergency Exit
ARM - The ARM position causes the Next Section
overhead emergency lights and escape path

lighting to automatically illuminate if normal
L
electrical power fails. Escape path lighting
illuminates when the emergency generator
drops of line on later A320s and all A319s.
EXIT signs automatically illuminate if DC
ESS SHED bus or normal electrical power
fails without the emergency generator
operating.
A NO SMOKING message will appear on the

Engine Warning Display (upper ECAM
display) when the signs are displayed.
1/12/2021 Electrical System | Description | Section 3.7.0
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.0
D Previous Section
The electrical system generates and The APU or external electrical power is then Description
distributes AC and DC power to aircraft automatically disconnected from that AC AC Power

systems. Three generators provide AC bus, and the AC TIE bus continues to power
Batteries
power, two batteries provide power for APU the AC bus of the IDG that is not running.
start and for emergency power, and an When the second engine is started, the IDG Circuit Breakers
emergency generator provides AC power in automatically powers its AC bus when the DC Power
the event all three main generators fail. voltage and frequency parameters are
Emergency Electrical Config
System operation is normally automatic. satisfied. The APU or external electrical
The power sources are normally isolated power is disconnected automatically from Essential Power
from one another. that AC bus; however, it continues to power Smoke Configuration
the AC TIE bus, and the EXT PWR ON light
Ground Services Busses
O remains illuminated. Once the APU or
external power source is removed from the Next Section
The electrical system is automatic with all AC TIE bus, the bus is no longer powered.
switches in AUTO. The only switch on the
electrical panel that must be used for If an IDG fails to power its own AC bus, the
placing power on the AC TIE bus is the EXT operating IDG powers both AC busses
PWR switch. When running, the APU through the AC TIE bus and sheds the main
automatically powers the AC TIE bus, unless galley bus. On newer aircraft (those with a
the EXT PWR switch is ON. When an engine GALY & CAB switch), the in-seat power and
is started while the APU or external sources passenger entertainment system are also
are powering the electrical system, the IDG shed. If the APU is started, its generator
automatically powers its electrical channel powers the AC TIE bus and the AC bus no
(AC bus) once the voltage and frequency longer being powered by its own IDG. In
parameters are satisfied. addition, power is restored to all systems.
1/12/2021 Electrical System | AC Power | Section 3.7.1
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.1
AC P Previous Section
The main AC electrical power sources are: TThe APU can supply electrical power for the Description
entire aircraft on the ground. A receptacle AC Power

Left and right engine integrated drive forward of the nose wheel well is used to
generators (IDGs) (90-KVA each) Batteries
connect external power to the aircraft.
APU generator (90-KVA) External power can be used instead of APU Circuit Breakers
External power power; however, both cannot be used DC Power
The main AC system is divided into two simultaneously.

electrical channels (1 and 2); they cannot
Although the two AC channels are normally Essential Power
be paralleled. Each AC bus is normally
isolated, a bus tie priority system provides
supplied by an IDG on the associated Smoke Configuration
for automatic interconnection of both
engine. The IDG incorporates a generator, a Ground Services Busses
channels when one engine‑driven generator
constant speed drive, and the drive oil
is powering the aircraft, or when external Next Section
system in a single unit. IDG oil is cooled by
power or the APU issupplying electrical
a fuel/oil heat exchanger. The IDG can be
power.
disconnected from an engine by an IDG
disconnect switch, but can only be The normal priority for supplying electrical
reconnected on the ground. power to AC bus 1 and 2 is:
The number 1 AC bus normally supplies 1. Engine generators (i.e., GEN 1 to AC

power to TR 1, and to the AC ESS bus that BUS 1, GEN 2 to AC BUS 2)
supplies power to the AC ESS SHED bus. 2. External power (when EXT PWR
The number 2 AC bus normally supplies switch is ON)
power to TR 2 and to the AC GND/FLT bus. 3. APU
4. Remaining engine generator (i.e.,
GEN 2 to AC BUS 1)
1/12/2021 Electrical System | Batteries | Section 3.7.2
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.2
B Previous Section
Two batteries, BAT 1 and BAT 2, are Description
installed. They are not connected in parallel, AC Power

and each is connected directly to its
Batteries
respective HOT BAT bus. Each battery has
its own battery charge limiter that monitors Circuit Breakers
battery charging and controls its battery DC Power

contactor. The batteries can be charged
when DC power is supplied to the DC BAT
bus. In addition to powering their respective Essential Power
HOT BAT busses, the batteries can also Smoke Configuration

supply power for the following:
APU starting Next Section

Static inverter (used in the
emergency electrical configuration)
DC ESS bus
On the ground, the batteries have an
Provided BAT 1 and 2 switches are ON, the automatic cutoff logic that prevents them
batteries are automatically connected to the from being completely discharged. In flight,
DC BAT bus when the APU is being started, battery endurance is approximately 22
when the batteries are being charged, and minutes.
on the ground below 100 knots when AC
buses 1 and 2 are both unpowered.
1/12/2021 Electrical System | Circuit Breakers | Section 3.7.3
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.3
C B Previous Section
Circuit breakers are installed to prevent Description
damage to systems or components from AC Power

electrical faults and can be used to isolate
Batteries
equipment during maintenance. They can
also be used to reset computer faults not Circuit Breakers
resolved after accomplishing ECAM DC Power

procedure(s) or to remove power from a
system that does not have a dedicated
power switch (e.g., FMGC). Essential Power
Smoke Configuration
MONITORED CBs - There are two types of
circuit breakers (CBs): monitored and Ground Services Busses
non‑monitored. Color‑coding is used for Next Section

identification. Green CBs are monitored by
the electronic centralized and aircraft On aircraft without yellow-guarded circuit
monitoring (ECAM) system. The ECAM C/B breakers, the required action is covered in
TRIPPED warning appears when a the appropriate irregular procedure. Red
monitored circuit breaker is pulled/tripped guards are installed on wing tip brakes CBs
for more than 1 minute. to preclude cycling the wing tip brakes in
NON-MONITORED CBs - Black CBs, and case of asymmetry.
yellow-guarded CBs (if installed), are not

monitored by the ECAM system. Yellow-
guarded CBs may be pulled when flying on
battery power only.
1/12/2021 Electrical System | DC Power | Section 3.7.4
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.4
DC P Previous Section
The main DC system is divided into two Description
sides, each supplied by its associated main AC Power

AC bus through a transformer rectifier (TR).
Batteries
The two sides are normally isolated. TR 1
normally powers DC bus 1 and the DC Circuit Breakers
battery bus. TR 2 normally powers DC bus DC Power

2. Batteries are charged automatically
through the DC battery bus.
Essential Power
The DC battery bus normally provides
Smoke Configuration
essential DC power by powering the DC
essential bus and its respective DC essential Ground Services Busses
shed bus. Next Section
In the event a TR fails or is unpowered, DC

buses 1 and 2 will interconnect through the
DC battery bus and DC essential power will
disconnect from the DC battery bus. DC
essential power will then be provided by the
essential TR, which is powered by the AC
essential bus. See TR 1 Failure page 3.1.5.
1/12/2021 Electrical System | Emergency Electrical Configuration | Section 3.7.5
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.5
E E C Previous Section
A ram air turbine (RAT) automatically On later 320s and all 319s, the emergency Description
extends (see RAT and Emer Gen, page generator operates until touchdown (greater AC Power
3.3.2) if both AC busses 1 and 2 lose than 125 knots), regardless of landing gear
Batteries
electrical power above 100 knots; however, position.
a minimum airspeed of 140 knots is Circuit Breakers
required to provide sufficient blue hydraulic After the emergency generator drops off
DC Power
pressure to operate the emergency line, power is transferred to the batteries.
The RAT can be stowed only on the ground. Emergency Electrical Config
generator. The RAT pressurizes the blue
hydraulic system, which powers the Essential Power
To view busses powered in the emergency
emergency generator via a hydraulic motor. electrical configuration see Dual AC Bus Smoke Configuration
A generator control unit (GCU) controls the Failure, page 3.1.8. Ground Services Busses
generator speed, voltage, generator line
contactor and start‑up. The emergency Next Section
generator is automatically coupled to the NOTE

electrical system after RAT extension is
The RAT can also be extended by
complete.
pressing the RAT MAN ON switch,
On earlier 320s, the emergency generator located on the hydraulic panel;
operates only with the landing gear however, this switch is dedicated to
retracted. On these aircraft, if the landing pressurizing the blue hydraulic system
gear is extended and AC busses 1 and 2 only and does not provide emergency
lose power, the emergency generator does electrical power.
not operate until the nose gear is retracted
and the EMER ELEC PWR MAN ON switch is
selected on. If the nose gear is extended
after RAT deployment, the emergency
generator drops off line and cannot be
manually recoupled until the nose gear is
retracted.
1/12/2021 Electrical System | Essential Power | Section 3.7.6
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.6
The AC and DC ESS busses provide power Description
to critical instruments, communication, and AC Power

navigation equipment. The AC and DC ESS
Batteries
SHED busses provide power to equipment
not essential for the safe completion of the Circuit Breakers
flight. They are shed when the aircraft is on DC Power

battery power to preserve battery
endurance for critical items. See Dual AC
Bus Failure page 3.1.8. Essential Power
Smoke Configuration
The AC ESS bus is normally powered by AC
bus 1. The AC ESS SHED bus is powered by Ground Services Busses
the AC ESS bus. In case of AC bus 1 failure, Next Section

the AC ESS bus can be manually transferred
to AC bus 2 by selecting the AC ESS FEED
switch on the overhead panel to ALTN. On
aircraft that are modified with the addition There are four essential busses:
of an automatic switching system, the
AC ESS
switch should not need to be pushed.
AC ESS SHED
The DC ESS bus is normally powered by the DC ESS
DC BAT bus. It can also be powered by the DC ESS SHED
ESS TR if TR 1 or TR 2 fails. The DC ESS
SHED bus is powered by the DC ESS bus.
1/12/2021 Electrical System | Smoke Configuration | Section 3.7.7
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.7
S C Previous Section
If avionics smoke is detected, ECAM directs Description
the aircraft be placed in the smoke AC Power

configuration. This requires placing the GEN
Batteries
1 LINE switch on the EMER ELEC PWR panel
to OFF, see Gen 1 Line Switch page 3.3.1. Circuit Breakers
DC Power
When this occurs, the GEN 1 line contactor
opens, GEN 2 powers AC busses 1 and 2 Emergency Electrical Config
(main galley bus is shed) through the tie Essential Power

bus, and GEN 1 powers a fuel pump in each
Smoke Configuration
wing tank. This permits removing AC power
from all busses during the AVIONICS Ground Services Busses
SMOKE ECAM procedure without removing Next Section

power from the fuel pumps.
L
1/12/2021 Electrical System | Ground Services Busses | Section 3.7.8
A320 D P
E S S 3.7.8
G S B Previous Section
The GND/FLT service busses can be Description
powered on the ground using external AC Power

power without powering the entire aircraft.
Batteries
With external power plugged in and the
MAINT BUS switch in the forward cabin Circuit Breakers
ceiling placed to ON, power is supplied to DC Power

the AC GND/FLT bus and TR 2, which
powers the DC GND/FLT bus. The GND/FLT
busses are normally powered through AC Essential Power
bus 2 and DC bus 2 when the MAINT BUS Smoke Configuration

switch is OFF.
Next Section
1/12/2021 Emergency Oxygen Systems | Cockpit Oxygen System | Section 4.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 4.0 4.0 EMERGENCY EQUIP
E O S S 4.1.0
C O S Previous Section
OXYGEN FULL FACE MASK - The full face Cockpit Oxygen
mask is a quick-donning high comfort face Cabin Oxygen

piece that shields the entire face from
Next Section
smoke and fumes. Each mask is equipped
with a mask-mounted regulator and smoke L
visor (all have a microphone except the
Cockpit Oxygen
second observer position).
Min Pressure - 850 PSI
Cockpit oxygen is supplied from a single
Portable Oxygen Bottle
high pressure bottle that is reduced to a
Min Pressure - 1600 PSI
regulated low pressure. Oxygen bottle
pressure is displayed on the ECAM
DOOR/OXY page. Full bottle pressure is
approximately 1850 PSI. The ECAM REGUL
LO PR indication alerts pilots when oxygen
pressure is low. A green over pressure blow
out disk is located on the lower left side of
the forward fuselage.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/emergency-equipment/sys-4.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Emergency Oxygen Systems | Cabin Oxygen System | Section 4.1.1
A320 D P
E O S S 4.1.1
C O S Previous Section
Oxygen is supplied by chemical oxygen Cockpit Oxygen
generators. The oxygen masks and chemical Cabin Oxygen

oxygen generators are located in overhead
Next Section
compartments above each passenger and
flight attendant seat and in the lavatories.
All oxygen mask doors open automatically if

the cabin altitude exceeds 14,000 feet.
Passenger masks can be manually deployed

from the cockpit by pressing the MASK MAN
ON pushbutton on the overhead panel for at
least 2 seconds. If the pushbutton is not
pressed and held for at least 2 seconds,
some of the masks may not deploy.
The chemical generators are activated when

the oxygen masks are pulled. The mask
receives pure oxygen under positive
pressure (approximately 13 minutes).
1/12/2021 Emergency Exits and Slides | Cabin and Cockpit Exits | Section 4.2.0
A320 D P
E E S S 4.2.0
C C E Previous Section
CABIN EXITS - The four passenger cabin Cabin and Cockpit Exits
entry/service doors serve as emergency Door Slides

exits and are paired along the airplane
Over Wing Slides
cabin. The doors are identified as 1
(forward) and 2 (aft) left and right. All Next Section
entry/service doors may be opened or

closed manually from inside or outside of
the airplane.
COCKPIT EXITS - The cockpit door and

windows can be used for emergency exit.
Ropes are located in the overhead cockpit
area that allowed for an emergency exit via
the cockpit windows.
1/12/2021 Emergency Exits and Slides | Door Slides | Section 4.2.1
A320 D P
E E S S 4.2.1
D S Previous Section
DOOR SLIDES - A slide or slide/raft is Cabin and Cockpit Exits
installed at each entry/service door. Slides Door Slides

are single-lane width; slide/rafts, dual-lane
Over Wing Slides
width. In a ditching situation, the inflated
slide/raft can be detached from the door sill Next Section
by pulling the slide/raft disconnect handle

located in the area where the girt bar
attaches to the airplane. The slide/raft
remains attached to the airplane by a
mooring line.
ARMED DOORS - When the slide arming

lever is in the ARMED position, the slide/raft
is connected to the floor brackets on both
sides of the door. If the door is opened from
the inside with the slide armed, the slide
automatically inflates and the door is
pneumatically-assisted open. The slides
contain a manual inflation handle for use in
case the slide does not automatically inflate.
Opening a door from the outside disarms
the door and escape slide.
1/12/2021 Emergency Evacuation Panel | Evacuation Command Switch | Section 4.3.0
A320 D P
E E P S 4.3.0
The emergency evacuation Evacuation Command Switch
signal system alerts the flight Horn Shut Off

attendants to evacuate the
Evacuation Switch
passenger cabin. An EVAC
COMMAND switch is located in Next Section
the cockpit and a guarded EVAC CMD (or

CMD) button is located at each flight EVAC ON - Activates the evacuation alert. L
attendant panel. The EVAC light flashes red and the
evacuation horn sounds in the cockpit and
Each flight attendant cabin CMD button cabin. Pushing the EVAC COMMAND switch a
activates the evacuation signals in the cabin second time cancels the evacuation alert in
and in the cockpit if the evacuation switch is cockpit and the cabin.
selected to the CAPT & PURS position.
Pressing the CMD button again cancels the
FWD/AFT FA P
evacuation alert. The EVAC lights flash at
the forward and aft flight attendant panels
and the evacuation tone sounds in the cabin
when the evacuation alert is active. Pressing
the RESET button at the FA panel silences
the evacuation tone.
1/12/2021 Emergency Evacuation Panel | Horn Shutoff Button | Section 4.3.1
A320 D P
E E P S 4.3.1
H S O B Previous Section
When pushed, silences the evacuation horn Evacuation Command Switch
in the cockpit. Horn Shut Off
Evacuation Switch
Next Section
1/12/2021 Emergency Evacuation Panel | Evacuation Switch | Section 4.3.2
A320 D P
E E P S 4.3.2
This switch allows activation of an Evacuation Command Switch
evacuation alert from the cockpit or cabin. Horn Shut Off
CAPT & PURS - When the evacuation switch Evacuation Switch
is selected to CAPT & PURS the evacuation Next Section

alert may be activated from the cabin or
cockpit. L
CAPT - When evacuation switch is selected

to CAPT the evacuation alert may be
activated only from the cockpit.
1/12/2021 Oxygen Panel | Video In Use Light | Section 4.4.0
A320 D P
O P S 4.4.0
V U L Previous Section
The VIDEO IN USE LIGHT Video in Use
illuminates a blue color when the Mask Manual On

cabin video system is powered.
Passenger Oxygen Sys On
Crew Supply
Next Section
1/12/2021 Oxygen Panel | Oxygen Mask Manual On Switch | Section 4.4.1
A320 D P
O P S 4.4.1
O M M O S Previous Section
AUTO - The Oxygen Mask Video in Use
Manual ON switch is normally Mask Manual On

set to AUTO. This allows the
cabin oxygen mask doors to
open automatically when the Crew Supply
cabin altitude exceeds 14,000 feet. Next Section
ON - The cabin oxygen mask doors open L

regardless of cabin altitude when the
Oxygen Mask Manual ON switch is selected
to ON.
1/12/2021 Oxygen Panel | Passenger Oxygen System On Light | Section 4.4.2
A320 D P
O P S 4.4.2
P O S O L Previous Section
SYS ON - The PASSENGER SYS Video in Use
ON Light illuminates white when Mask Manual On

the oxygen mask doors are
actuated. It remains ON until the
OXYGEN TIMER RESET switch is pushed on Crew Supply
the overhead maintenance panel. Next Section
1/12/2021 Oxygen Panel | Oxygen Crew Supply Switch | Section 4.4.3
A320 D P
O P S 4.4.3
O C S S Previous Section
OFF - When the OXYGEN CREW Video in Use
SUPPLY switch is selected OFF, Mask Manual On

the OFF light illuminates white,
and the oxygen supply valve is
closed. Crew Supply
Next Section
ON - When the OXYGEN CREW SUPPLY
switch is selected ON, the OFF light L
extinguishes, and the cockpit oxygen supply
valve is open. Low pressure oxygen is
supplied to the masks.
1/12/2021 APU Control Panel | APU Master Switch | Section 5.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 5.0 5.0 ENGINES AND APU
APU C P S 5.1.0
APU M S Previous Section
ON - When the APU MASTER FAULT - The FAULT light Master Switch
switch is selected to ON: illuminates amber when an Start Switch

automatic APU shut down
APU ON light Next Section
occurs.
illuminates blue
Electronic Control Box The APU shuts down automatically for the
L
(ECB) power-up test is following:
initiated
APU fire (ground only)
APU air inlet flap opens
APU air inlet flap not open
APU fuel isolation valve
APU over speed or under speed
opens
APU fuel pump runs (if Abnormal start (e.g., slow, no flame,
no acceleration)
fuel pressure is low)
ECAM APU page is Over-temperature
displayed when AC Low oil pressure
busses are powered High oil temperature

DC power loss (BATs OFF when
OFF - When OFF is selected: airplane on batteries only)
ECB failure
After the APU bleed air switch is
Loss of over speed protection
closed the APU continues to run for
Reverse air flow
120 seconds to cool down the APU
After the APU cool down, the ON light
extinguishes, the APU shuts down,
and the APU air inlet flap closes at
7% N.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/engines/sys-5.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 APU Control Panel | APU Start Switch | Section 5.1.1
A320 D P
APU C P S 5.1.1
APU S S Previous Section
ON - When the APU START AVAIL - The AVAIL light Master Switch
switch is selected to ON; illuminates when N is above Start Switch

95% and extinguishes when the
ON light illuminates Next Section
APU shuts down.
blue
APU starter is energized
L
after air inlet flap is
fully open and ignition
occurs.
At a preset N, the
starter is de-energized,
and ignition ceases.
At 95% N; the ON light
extinguishes, APU bleed
air and/or electrical
power is available, and
after 10 seconds, the
ECAM APU page
disappears.
1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | FMA During Taxi | Section 5.2.0
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.0
FMA D T Previous Section
During taxi the FD bars and A/THR FMAs are FMA During Taxi
not normally displayed until the A/THR FMA During Takeoff

system is armed.
FMA at Rotation
FMA at THR Altitude
A/THR Engaged In Flight
Alpha Floor
TOGA Lock
Thrust Lock
Retard Mode
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
To view all FMA definitions see Section

13.3.0 Flight Mode Annunciations.
1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | FMA During Takeoff | Section 5.2.1
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.1
FMA D T Previous Section
When the thrust lever is set in the FLX (or FMA During Taxi
TOGA) detent position during takeoff roll, FMA During Takeoff

the auto thrust system is armed.
FMA at Rotation
The FD speed reference system is engaged FMA at THR Altitude

(SRS FMA) and commands pitch to maintain
V2+10 knots.
Alpha Floor
Runway guidance is engaged (RWY FMA) if
TOGA Lock
an operational runway localizer is available.
Thrust Lock
The ATH/R status is confirmed armed when
Retard Mode
a blue color A/THR annunciation (right
column) is displayed. Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >

1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | FMA at Rotation | Section 5.2.2
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.2
FMA R Previous Section
At rotation the AP/FD lateral FMA changes FMA During Taxi
automatically form RWY to RWY TRK. The FMA During Takeoff

track mode engages at rotation or 30 feet
FMA at Rotation
AGL and the RWY TRK annunciation is
displayed automatically. RWY TRK mode FMA at THR Altitude
provides lateral guidance to maintain the A/THR Engaged In Flight

track being flown upon engagement.
Alpha Floor
If the Flight Control Unit (FCU) NAV mode is TOGA Lock

armed the navigation mode will
Thrust Lock
automatically engage after rotation as
indicated by NAV in the AP/FD FMA. The Retard Mode
FCU NAV mode can be manually engaged by Next Section

pushing the heading selector.
L
To engage the AP/FD to HDG the FCU's
heading selector must be pulled after < PREVIOUS NEXT >
rotation and the AP/FD FMA will change to
HDG, see FMA at THR Altitude.
1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | FMA at Thrust Reduction Altitude | Section 5.2.3
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.3
FMA T R A Previous Section
At the thrust reduction altitude the ATHR FMA During Taxi
operation FMA (left column) LVR CLB flashes FMA During Takeoff
white to prompt setting thrust levers to the
FMA at Rotation
CLIMB detent position.
FMA at THR Altitude
In this example, HDG has also been
selected after rotation.
Alpha Floor
TOGA Lock
Thrust Lock
Retard Mode
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >

1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | FMA A/THR Engaged In Flight | Section 5.2.4
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.4
FMA A/THR E I F Previous Section
A/THR is engaged when the thrust lever is FMA During Taxi
reduced from TOGA or MCT to the CLB FMA During Takeoff

detent.
FMA at Rotation
This is confirmed by the A/THR operation FMA at THR Altitude

FMA (left column) changing from TOGA or
MAN FLEX to THR CLB and by the A/THR
status (far right column) changing from a Alpha Floor
blue color A/THR (armed) to a white color TOGA Lock

A/THR (engaged).
Thrust Lock
Retard Mode
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >

1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | Alpha Floor | Section 5.2.5
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.5
A F Previous Section
The amber boxed A FLOOR annunciation is FMA During Taxi
displayed when the speed is between ALPHA FMA During Takeoff

Max and ALPHA Protection, and the auto
FMA at Rotation
thrust system commands TO/GA thrust
regardless of thrust lever position. ALPHA FMA at THR Altitude
FLOOR occurs at a predetermined angle of A/THR Engaged In Flight

attack.
Alpha Floor
The A FLOOR engaged mode changes to TOGA Lock

TOGA LK when A FLOOR conditions no
Thrust Lock
longer exist.
Retard Mode
The α floor function is not available below
Next Section
100 feet RA or during single engine
operation with flaps at CONF 1 or greater. L
Alpha floor protection is only available in
normal law. < PREVIOUS NEXT >

1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | TOGA Lock | Section 5.2.6
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.6
TOGA L Previous Section
The ALPA FLOOR annunciation changes to FMA During Taxi
an amber boxed TOGA LOCK annunciation FMA During Takeoff

when alpha floor conditions no longer exist
FMA at Rotation
(airspeed above alpha protection).
FMA at THR Altitude
TOGA thrust remains engaged whenver in
TOGA LOCK. To recover normal autothrust
control, the autothrust system must be Alpha Floor
disengaged. Reengaging the autothrust TOGA Lock

system will then operate normally.
Thrust Lock
Retard Mode
NOTE
Next Section
If an autothrust disconnect button is
pushed and held for more than 15 L
seconds, the autothrust system is
disconnected for the remainder of the < PREVIOUS NEXT >
flight. All autothrust functions,

including alpha floor, are lost. The
autothrust system can be regained only
during the next FMGC power-up.
1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | Thrust Lock | Section 5.2.7
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.7
T L Previous Section
THR LK flashes once when thrust is FMA During Taxi
disconnected with thrust levers set below FMA During Takeoff

CLB detent.
FMA at Rotation
THR LK flashes continuously when thrust is FMA at THR Altitude

disconnected with thrust levers set in CLB
detent.
Alpha Floor
TOGA Lock
Thrust Lock
Retard Mode
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >

1/12/2021 Auto Thrust FMA | Retard Mode | Section 5.2.8
A320 D P
A T FMA S 5.2.8
R M Previous Section
At 40 ft. the flare mode engages, at 30 ft. FMA During Taxi
A/THR reduces thrust to idle, at 10 ft. a FMA During Takeoff

RETARD auto call out reminds you to
FMA at Rotation
manually set the thrust levers to idle. If
FLARE does not annunciate by 30 feet RA, FMA at THR Altitude
the airplane cannot autoland. A/THR Engaged In Flight
Alpha Floor
TOGA Lock
Thrust Lock
Retard Mode
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >

1/12/2021 Engine Warning and System Displays | EWD Prior to Start | Section 5.3.0
A320 D P
E W S D S 5.3.0
EWD P S Previous Section
The flight management and guidance EWD Prior to Start
computer (FMGC) calculates EPR values for EWD During Start

all engine operating regions when the auto
EWD After Start
thrust system is engaged. The FMGC also
computes maximum EPR limits in the event SD APU Page
of a FADEC failure. SD APU Page 2
Engine indications are displayed by the SD Engine Page
electronic centralized aircraft monitoring SD Engine Page 2

system (ECAM). The upper ECAM provides
SD Cruise Page
engine/warning displays (E/WD) and the
lower ECAM provides system/status displays Next Section
(S/D).
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Engine Warning and System Displays | EWD During Start | Section 5.3.1
A320 D P
E W S D S 5.3.1
EWD D S Previous Section
The ignition system provides for engine EWD Prior to Start
start on the ground and restart in flight. It EWD During Start

consists of two identical independent
EWD After Start
circuits (channel A and B) for each engine.
Each FADEC controls its respective engine SD APU Page
igniters. SD APU Page 2
During an automatic start on the ground, SD Engine Page
only one igniter is used; the other igniter SD Engine Page 2

serves as a backup. The FADEC
SD Cruise Page
automatically alternates the use of the
igniters at each start. Ignition and fuel flow Next Section
are introduced approximately 30 seconds

after the ENG MASTER switch is selected
L
ON. The start valve closes and ignition cuts
off automatically when N2 reaches 43%.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
During a manual start or an inflight
automatic start, both igniters are used.
1/12/2021 Engine Warning and System Displays | EWD After Start | Section 5.3.2
A320 D P
E W S D S 5.3.2
EWD A S Previous Section
1. IDLE INDICATION - Displays green when EWD Prior to Start
engines are at idle thrust. Indication flashes EWD During Start

for 10 seconds, then becomes steady.
EWD After Start
2. MAXIMUM EPR - Displays the EPR limit SD APU Page

value corresponding to the full forward
SD APU Page 2
thrust lever position.
SD Engine Page
3. THRUST LEVER INDICATION - Displays
SD Engine Page 2
the predicted EPR corresponding to the
thrust lever position. SD Cruise Page
Next Section
4. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EGT -
Represented by red line. If 635°C is L
exceeded, a red mark appears at maximum
value reached. It will only disappear at the
next takeoff or by maintenance action. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
5. ACTUAL EPR INDICATION - Displays

green.
6. ACTUAL EGT POINTER AND INDICATION

When EGT exceeds 610°C, the analog
needle pulses amber. When EGT exceeds
635°C, the digital display turns steady red
and the analog needle pulses red.
1/12/2021 Engine Warning and System Displays | APU System Display | Section 5.3.3
A320 D P
E W S D S 5.3.3
APU S D Previous Section
1. AVAIL INDICATION - Displays green EWD Prior to Start
when APU N is above 95%. EWD During Start
2. APU GEN LINE CONTACTOR - Displays EWD After Start
green when the APU GEN line contactor is SD APU Page

closed.
SD APU Page 2
3. APU GEN PARAMETERS - APU generator SD Engine Page

load normally appears green. Becomes
SD Engine Page 2
amber if load exceeds 100%. APU generator
voltage normally appears green. Becomes SD Cruise Page
amber if voltage is less than 110V or Next Section

greater than 120V. APU generator frequency
normally appears green. Becomes amber if L
the frequency is less than 390 Hz or greater
than 410 Hz.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
4. APU N INDICATION - Displays green
when APU speed is normal. Becomes amber
when N is 102% or greater. If N exceeds
107%, the display becomes red.
1/12/2021 Engine Warning and System Displays | APU System Display 2 | Section 5.3.4
A320 D P
E W S D S 5.3.4
APU S D 2 Previous Section
5. APU EGT INDICATION - Displays green at EWD Prior to Start
normal operating temperatures. Becomes EWD During Start

amber if temperature approaches maximum
EWD After Start
EGT. If temperature exceeds maxiumum
EGT, the indication becomes red and the SD APU Page
APU automatically shuts down. SD APU Page 2
6. APU BLEED VALVE POSITION INDICATOR SD Engine Page
When vertical, valve is not closed (green). SD Engine Page 2

When horizontal, valve is fully closed
SD Cruise Page
(green).
Next Section
7. APU BLEED AIR PRESSURE - Displays
bleed air pressure in green. When the APU L
is running and the APU BLEED is selected
off, it is normal for bleed pressure to read
0-2 PSI. Amber XXs replace the indication < PREVIOUS NEXT >
when ADIRS 2 is not available or is selected
OFF.
1/12/2021 Engine Warning and System Displays | Engine System Display | Section 5.3.5
A320 D P
E W S D S 5.3.5
E S D Previous Section
1. FUEL USED INDICATION - Displays fuel EWD Prior to Start
used as computed by the FADEC. The value EWD During Start

is frozen at engine shutdown, and is reset at
EWD After Start
engine start on the ground. The last two
digits are dashed if the fuel used indication SD APU Page
is inaccurate due to loss of fuel flow for SD APU Page 2

more than 1 minute.
SD Engine Page
2. OIL QUANTITY INDICATION - Displays oil SD Engine Page 2

quantity in quarts. Represented by pointer
SD Cruise Page
and digital display. Indication pulses below
5 quarts (decreasing) or 7 quarts Next Section
(increasing).
L
3. OIL PRESSURE INDICATION
Represented by pointer and digital display.
The digital indication pulses if oil pressure < PREVIOUS NEXT >
increases above 390 PSI and stops pulsing
when oil pressure decreases below 385 PSI.
Both indications become amber below 80
PSI, and red below 60 PSI. Note: The
indicated oil pressure can be different
between engines by as much as 80 PSI
without being an indication of oil system
malfunction.
1/12/2021 Engine Warning and System Displays | Engine System Display 2 | Section 5.3.6
A320 D P
E W S D S 5.3.6
E S D 2 Previous Section
4. OIL TEMPERATURE INDICATION - EWD Prior to Start
Displays oil temperature in °C. The EWD During Start

indication pulses if oil temperature increases
EWD After Start
above 156°C and stops pulsing when oil
temperature decreases below 150°C. It SD APU Page
becomes amber if the temperature exceeds SD APU Page 2

156°C for more than 15 minutes, or
SD Engine Page
instantaneously when above 165°C.
SD Engine Page 2
5. START VALVE INDICATION - Displays
SD Cruise Page
position of start valve. A horizontal line
through the circle signifies the valve is fully Next Section
open. A vertical line signifies the valve is

fully closed.
L
6. IGN INDICATION - Displayed during start

sequence. The selected igniters A or B or AB < PREVIOUS NEXT >
are displayed when supplied.
7. ENGINE BLEED PRESSURE INDICATION -

Displays bleed pressure upstream from the
precooler. The value becomes amber below
21 PSI when N2 exceeds 10 ‰ with the
engine start valve not closed, or when bleed
over pressure is detected.
1/12/2021 Engine Warning and System Displays | Cruise Page | Section 5.3.7
A320 D P
E W S D S 5.3.7
C S D Previous Section
The Cruise Page is normally displayed for all EWD Prior to Start
phases of flight. Other system displays will EWD During Start

automatically appear for ecam faults or
EWD After Start
other system changes such as flight control
check during taxi or landing gear down SD APU Page
during an approach. SD APU Page 2
SD Engine Page
SD Engine Page 2
SD Cruise Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Engine Thrust Levers | Thrust Lever Detents | Section 5.4.0
A320 D P
E T L S 5.4.0
T L D Previous Section
THRUST LEVER DESCRIPTION - Two thrust Thrust Lever Detents
levers control engine thrust, or set the ATHR Disconnect

authority of the auto thrust system. The
Rev Thrust Detent
levers can only be moved manually; they do
not move automatically. Next Section
When the thrust levers are moved, they L

transmit signals to the FADEC, which
computes the thrust rating limit and EPR. If
a thrust lever is set in a detent, the FADEC
selects the rating limit corresponding to that
detent. If the thrust lever is set between
two detents, the FADEC selects the rating
limit corresponding to the higher detent.
This limit is displayed on the upper ECAM.
There are five positions defined by stops or

detents:
Takeoff / Go-Around (TO/GA)

Flex/Max Continuous Thrust
(FLX/MCT)
Climb (CL)
Forward Idle
Max Reverse
1/12/2021 Engine Thrust Levers | Autothrust Disconnect Buttons | Section 5.4.1
A320 D P
E T L S 5.4.1
A D B Previous Section
The auto thrust is disconnected by: Thrust Lever Detents
ATHR Disconnect
Pushing either disconnect button on
the thrust levers Rev Thrust Detent
Positioning both thrust levers to the Next Section

idle stop. Pushing the A/THR button
when the auto thrust system is L
engaged
Losing of arming signals
Setting both thrust levers above CL
or one thrust lever above MCT with
both the flight directors and
autopilots off when the radio altitude
is below 100 feet
Max Reverse
CAUTION
If an auto thrust disconnect button is

pushed and held for more than 15
seconds, the auto thrust system is
disconnected for the remainder of the
flight. All auto thrust functions,
including alpha floor, are lost. The auto
thrust system can be regained only
during the next FMGC power-up.
1/12/2021 Engine Thrust Levers | Reverse Thrust Detent | Section 5.4.2
A320 D P
E T L S 5.4.2
R T D Previous Section
Select reverse thrust by clearing the stop at Thrust Lever Detents
the forward idle position. The stop is reset ATHR Disconnect

when the thrust lever is selected back to
Rev Thrust Detent
forward thrust. When the idle stop is cleared
by pulling the reverse levers up, reverse idle Next Section
is monitored and controlled by the FADEC.

L
Each engine is equipped with a hydraulically
operated fan air reverser. The thrust
reversers can only be operated on the
ground with a signal from the main landing
gear control interface unit (LGCIU).
Hydraulic pressure for the operation of the
thrust reversers is provided by the
associated hydraulic system.
Actuation of the reverse levers causes aft

movement of the reverser sleeve, exposing
fixed cascade vanes, and closes fan blocker
doors to redirect the flow of fan air forward
through the vanes to produce reverse
thrust.
1/12/2021 Engine Start and Ignition Panel | Engine Master Switch | Section 5.5.0
A320 D P
E S I P S 5.5.0
E M S Previous Section
OFF - When OFF is selected, the HP and LP Eng Master Switch
fuel valves close, ignition is turned OFF, and Eng Fire/Fault Light
both channels of the FADEC are reset.
Eng Mode Selector
ON - Selecting ENG MASTER switch to ON: Eng Mode Continued
Opens the LP fuel valve if the ENG FADEC Schematic
FIRE switch is IN Next Section

Initiates an automatic start, if the
ENG MAN START switch is OFF L
Initiates a manual start if the MAN
START switch is ON
1/12/2021 Engine Start and Ignition Panel | Engine Fire/Fault Light | Section 5.5.1
A320 D P
E S I P S 5.5.1
E F /F L Previous Section
FIRE - The Engine Start and Eng Master Switch
Ignition Panel's FIRE light Eng Fire/Fault Light

illuminates red when the
Eng Mode Selector
respective engine fire warning is
activated and during a fire test. Eng Mode Continued
FADEC Schematic
FAULT - The Engine Start and Ignition
Panel's FAULT light illuminates amber for the Next Section
respective engine, in the event of an

automatic aborted start, a start valve fault,
L
or for a disagreement between the HP fuel
valve and its commanded position.
1/12/2021 Engine Start and Ignition Panel | Engine Mode Selector | Section 5.5.2
A320 D P
E S I P S 5.5.2
CRANK - The start valve Eng Master Switch
opens if the ENG MAN Eng Fire/Fault Light

START switch is ON and
Eng Mode Selector
N2 is less than 10%.
Ignition is not supplied. Eng Mode Continued
FADEC Schematic
NORM - When the NORM position is
selected, continuous ignition A and B is Next Section
automatically selected when an engine is

running and one of the following is met:
L
FLX or TO/GA thrust is selected on

the ground
TO/GA thrust is selected in flight
ENG ANTI ICE switch is ON
Engine surge or stall occurs in flight
FLAPS lever position is other than 0
in flight (approach idle is selected)
IGN/START IN FLIGHT - When the ENG

MODE selector is positioned to IGN/START
inflight the ENG MASTER switch is armed
and provides continuous ignition using both
igniters.
CONTINUE
1/12/2021 Engine Start and Ignition Panel | Engine Mode Selector Continued | Section 5.5.3
A320 D P
E S I P S 5.5.3
CONTINUED Eng Master Switch
Eng Fire/Fault Light

IGN/START ON GROUND - When the ENG
MODE selector is positioned to IGN/START Eng Mode Selector
on the ground: Eng Mode Continued
The ENG page on the System Display FADEC Schematic
(S/D) is displayed, if another page Next Section

has not been manually selected on
the S/D L
Supplies electrical power to the
FADECs
Amber XXs disappear from all engine
parameters except N1 and N2
Arms the ENG MASTER switch
Closes pack valves. If the ENG
MASTER switch is not selected ON
within 30 seconds, the pack valves
reopen, then re-close when the
switch is selected ON. Likewise, if the
second engine is not started within
30 seconds of the first start valve
closing, the pack valves reopen until
the second ENG MASTER switch in
selected ON
If one or more engines are running,
provides continuous ignition using
both igniters
1/12/2021 Engine Start and Ignition Panel | FADEC Signal Schematic | Section 5.5.4
A320 D P
E S I P S 5.5.4
FADEC S S Previous Section
Eng Master Switch
Eng Fire/Fault Light
Eng Mode Selector
Eng Mode Continued
FADEC Schematic
Next Section
1/12/2021 Engine Manual Start and Ignition Panel | Engine Manual Start Switches | Section 5.6.0
A320 D P
E M S I P S 5.6.0
E M S S Previous Section
ON - When an ENG MAN Eng Man Start
START switch is selected Eng N1 Mode / Alternate Control

to ON, the engine start
Eng N1 Mode / Rated / Unrated
valve opens, if the ENG
MODE selector is in Next Section
CRANK or IGN/START and N2 is less than

15%. The ON light illuminates blue to
L
confirm switch is selected to ON.
OFF - When OFF is selected, the associated

engine start valve is closed unless an
automatic start cycle is in progress. No
illumination indicates the switch is selected
to OFF.
MANUAL STARTS - Manual starts are only

performed on the ground. During start, the
FADEC controls the igniters (A and B), the
high pressure fuel valve, and the closure of
the start valve. The FADEC monitors N1, N2,
and EGT when N2 is below 50%. ECAM start
fault detection is available, however,
automatic abort and crank capabilities are
not available.
1/12/2021 Engine Manual Start and Ignition Panel | Engine N1 Mode Switch | Section 5.6.1
A320 D P
E M S I P S 5.6.1
E N1 M S Previous Section
ALTERNATE CONTROL MODE - If any of the Eng Man Start
inputs required for normal control mode are Eng N1 Mode / Alternate Control
lost, the FADEC automatically reverts to its
alternate control mode, which uses N1 as
the controlling engine parameter (EPR mode Next Section
inoperative). The alternate control mode

consist of an N1 Rated Mode or N1 Unrated
L
ON - When an ENG N1
Mode. All auto thrust functions, including MODE switch is selected
alpha floor, are lost. Depending upon which to ON, associated thrust
specific inputs are lost, the engine may control reverts from the
revert to either of two N1 modes; N1 rated normal (EPR) control
mode, or N1 unrated mode. Additionally, the mode to the alternate (N1) control mode.
N1 mode can be manually selected by When an automatic reversion to the N1
pressing the N1 MODE switch on the rated or unrated mode occurs, selecting the
overhead panel. switch ON confirms the mode. The ON light
illuminates blue to confirm the switch is
OFF - When an ENG N1 MODE switch is
selected to ON.
selected to OFF (no light illumination), the
normal (EPR) control mode is selected, if
available.
1/12/2021 Engine Manual Start and Ignition Panel | Engine N1 Mode/Rated/Unrated | Section 5.6.2
A320 D P
E M S I P S 5.6.2
E N1 M / R / U Previous Section
N1 RATED MODE - In the Eng Man Start
N1 rated mode, the Eng N1 Mode / Alternate Control

FADEC controls engine N1
as a function of thrust
lever position, Next Section
temperature, and altitude while preventing

the engine from exceeding operating limits.
L
The thrust lever detents do not provide limit
Thrust is controlled in the same manner as protections; over boost is possible. With one
in the normal mode without auto thrust. engine in the N1 rated mode, the N1 of the
Place the thrust lever in the TO/GA detent unrated engine should be matched with the
to obtain TO/GA thrust, the MCT detent to N1 of the rated engine (the thrust levers
obtain MCT thrust, and the CL detent to may not be aligned). If both engines
obtain climb thrust. degrade to the N1 unrated mode, N1 limit
values in the Takeoff Performance, Climb
N1 UNRATED MODE - In the N1 unrated
Performance, and Landing Performance
mode (N1 DEGRADED mode on ECAM) the
chapters must be used.
FADEC controls engine N1 as a function of
thrust lever position only.
1/12/2021 IAE V2527/V2522 Engines | Description | Section 5.7.0
A320 D P
IAE V2527/V2522 E S 5.7.0

D Previous Section
The 320 has two IAE V2527‑A5 high bypass Description
ratio turbofan engines, each capable of FADEC

producing 26,500 pounds of thrust. The 319
Engine Power Setting Modes
has two IAE V2522-A5 engines, each
capable of producing 22,000 pounds of Idle Control Modes
thrust. Ignition
Each engine is equipped with a full authority Oil System
digital engine control (FADEC) system which Start System

provides complete engine management. The
Next Section
flight management and guidance computer
(FMGC) calculates EPR values for all engine
operating regions when the autothrust
system is engaged. The FMGC also
computes maximum EPR limits in the event
of a FADEC failure.
Engine indications are displayed by the

electronic centralized aircraft monitoring
system (ECAM). The upper ECAM provides
engine/warning displays (E/WD) and the
lower ECAM provides system/status displays
(S/D).
1/12/2021 IAE V2527/V2522 Engines | Full Authority Digital Engine Control | Section 5.7.1
A320 D P
IAE V2527/V2522 E S 5.7.1

F A D E C Previous Section
The FADEC has full authority over the If the alternator fails, the FADEC switches Description
operation of the engine. It controls the over to aircraft electrical power FADEC
following: automatically. Aircraft data used for engine
management is transmitted to the FADEC by
Fuel metering an engine interface unit. Idle Control Modes
Engine limits
Ignition
Engine parameters transmission and The FADEC has two engine power setting
monitoring for flight deck indications modes: Oil System
Automatic and manual starting Start System

Normal
sequences
Alternate Next Section
Thrust reversers
Fuel recirculation
Detection, isolation, and recording of
failures
FADEC cooling
See FADEC Schematic page 5.5.4
Each FADEC has two channels for

redundancy. Should the active channel fail,
the other channel takes control
automatically. The FADEC is powered by its
own alternator when N2 RPM increases
above 15%, or by the aircraft’s electrical
system when N2 decreases below 15%.
1/12/2021 IAE V2527/V2522 Engines | Engine Power Setting Modes | Section 5.7.2
A320 D P
IAE V2527/V2522 E S 5.7.2

E P S M Previous Section
Description
N C M (EPR)
FADEC
In the normal mode, the FADEC meters fuel
to maintain a reference EPR as the
controlling engine parameter. The reference Idle Control Modes
EPR is computed by the FADEC as a function Ignition

of thrust lever position, temperature, Additionally, the N1 mode can be manually Oil System
altitude, airspeed, and bleed configuration. selected by pressing the N1 MODE switch on
The autothrust system is available in the Start System
the overhead panel. See Engine N1 Mode
normal mode. Switch page 5.6.1. Next Section
A C M (N1)
If any of the inputs required for normal
control mode are lost, the FADEC
automatically reverts to its alternate control
mode, which uses N1 as the controlling
engine parameter (EPR mode inoperative).
All autothrust functions, including alpha
floor, are lost. Depending upon which
specific inputs are lost, the engine may
revert to either of two N1 modes; N1 rated
mode, or N1 unrated mode.
1/12/2021 IAE V2527/V2522 Engines | Idle Control Modes | Section 5.7.3
A320 D P
IAE V2527/V2522 E S 5.7.3

I C M Previous Section
The FADEC has three idle modes: Description
FADEC
M I Engine Power Setting Modes
Engine idle speed depends on bleed system Idle Control Modes

demands and ambient atmospheric
Ignition
conditions. Selected inflight when the FLAPS
lever is UP and on the ground when not in Oil System
reverse range. Start System
Next Section
A I
Engine idle speed depends on altitude and is
selected when the FLAPS lever is out of the
UP position. Approach idle ensures rapid
acceleration from idle to go-around thrust
(i.e., the engine is spooled up).
R I
Selected on the ground when the thrust
lever is in the REV IDLE position. Reverse
idle thrust is slightly higher than forward
idle thrust.
1/12/2021 IAE V2527/V2522 Engines | Ignition | Section 5.7.4
A320 D P
IAE V2527/V2522 E S 5.7.4

I Previous Section
The ignition system provides for engine Description
start on the ground and restart in flight. It FADEC

consists of two identical independent
circuits (channel A and B) for each engine.
Each FADEC controls its respective engine Idle Control Modes
igniters. Ignition
AUTOMATIC START - During an automatic Oil System
start on the ground, only one igniter is Start System

If continuous ignition is required after the
used; the other igniter serves as a backup.
engines are started, the ENG MODE selector Next Section
The FADEC automatically alternates the use
must be cycled to NORM and then back to
of the igniters at each start. Ignition and
IGN/START.
fuel flow are introduced approximately 30
seconds after the ENG MASTER switch is AUTOMATIC CONTINUOUS IGNITION - With
selected ON. The start valve closes and the ENG MODE selector positioned to NORM
ignition cuts off automatically when N2 and the engine running, continuous ignition
reaches 43%. During a manual start or an is automatically provided under the
inflight automatic start, both igniters are following conditions:
used.
FLX or TO/GA thrust is selected on
CONTINUOUS IGNITION - Continuous the ground.
ignition can be selected manually by TO/GA thrust is selected in flight
positioning the Eng Mode Selector to ENG ANTI ICE switch is ON
IGN/START, see page 5.5.2. Engine surge or stall occurs in flight
FLAPS lever position is other than 0
in flight
1/12/2021 IAE V2527/V2522 Engines | Oil System | Section 5.7.5
A320 D P
IAE V2527/V2522 E S 5.7.5

O S Previous Section
Oil from the engine tank is circulated under Description
pressure through the engine to lubricate FADEC

and cool internal parts.
The oil is cooled by an engine‑mounted Idle Control Modes

fuel/oil heat exchanger and an air/oil heat
Ignition
exchanger. Engine oil temperature, quantity,
pressure, and oil filter clog are displayed on Oil System
the ECAM. Start System
Next Section
1/12/2021 IAE V2527/V2522 Engines | Start System | Section 5.7.6
A320 D P
IAE V2527/V2522 E S 5.7.6

S S Previous Section
DESCRIPTION - Pneumatic air drives a Description
starter motor. The APU normally supplies FADEC

air, but ground or engine bleed air may also
be used. Fuel and ignition are controlled by
the FADEC. Normally the engine start is fully Idle Control Modes
automatic, however, it may be controlled Ignition

manually.
Oil System
GROUND AUTO START - During an Start System

automatic ground start, the FADEC controls
Next Section
the start valve, igniter (A or B), and the
high pressure fuel valve. The FADEC
monitors N1, N2, EGT, and detects hot
starts, hung starts, stalls, and no starts.
When N2 is below 50%, the FADEC
automatically aborts the start, if necessary,
and also automatically cranks the engine if
needed to cool it and eliminate residual fuel
vapor. Above 50% N2, the FADEC no longer
monitors start parameters and will not abort
the start. During an automatic start with a
residual EGT above 250°C, the FADEC will
crank the engine until EGT decreases below MANUAL START - Manual starts are only
250°C before initiating the start sequence. performed on the ground. During start, the
There is no ECAM message to indicate this. FADEC controls the ignitors (A and B), the
See EWD During Start page 5.3.1. high pressure fuel valve, and the closure of
the start valve. The FADEC monitors N1, N2,
INFLIGHT AUTO START - During an
and EGT when N2 is below 50%. ECAM start
automatic inflight start, the FADEC controls
fault detection is available, however,
the start valve and the high pressure fuel
automatic abort and crank capabilities are
valve. The FADEC will not abort the start.
not available. See Engine Manual Start
Switches page 5.6.0.
1/12/2021 A319 Cargo Smoke Panel | Cargo Smoke and Discharge Lights | Section 6.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 6.0 6.0 FIRE PROTECTION
A319 C S P S 6.1.0
C S D L Previous Section
DISCH - The amber color DISCH Smoke Disch Lights
light indicates low pressure in the Discharge Switch

fire extinguisher bottle. The
Test Button
DISCH light illuminates in
approximately 60 seconds after pressing the Cargo Fire Schematic
Discharge Switch. Next Section

SMOKE - The SMOKE light
CARGO SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM - The illuminates red when smoke is
L
cargo compartments have a smoke detected in respective cargo
detection system. Cavities in the cargo compartment. Activation of the
compartment have ceiling panels that each AFT CARGO SMOKE light also closes the aft
hold two smoke detectors. Each smoke cargo inlet and outlet isolation valves, and
detector is linked to one of two of the shuts off the aft cargo extraction fan.
detection loops. The forward cargo
SMOKE WARNING - Smoke in one cavity
compartment has one cavity and the aft
activates the smoke warning if:
cargo compartment has two cavities. The
Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU) Both smoke detectors detect smoke
receives signals from the detectors and One smoke detector detects smoke
transmits them to the E/WD and displays a and the other is inoperative
warning.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/fire-protect/sys-6.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 A319 Cargo Smoke Panel | Discharge Switch | Section 6.1.1
A320 D P
A319 C S P S 6.1.1
The DISCH Switch (guarded) Smoke Disch Lights
discharges associated agent in the Discharge Switch

respective cargo compartment
Test Button
(FWD or AFT). There is only one
bottle to fight fires in the A319 Cargo Fire Schematic
cargo compartment. Next Section
CARGO FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM - L

The fire extinguishing system protects the
forward and aft cargo compartments. One
fire bottle supplies three nozzles in the
A319 aircraft. One in the forward cargo
compartment and two in the aft cargo
compartment. The fire extinguisher bottle
has two discharge heads, in each
compartment. When a SMOKE light
illuminates, the crew presses the AGENT
switch to discharge the agent. This action
ignites the squib on the fire bottle, and then
discharges the extinguishing agent into
respective cargo compartment.
1/12/2021 A319 Cargo Smoke Panel | Test Button | Section 6.1.2
A320 D P
A319 C S P S 6.1.2
When the TEST button is pressed for at Smoke Disch Lights
least 3 seconds, it tests: Discharge Switch
The cargo smoke detectors in Test Button
sequence Cargo Fire Schematic

SMOKE light illuminates red twice
Next Section
Displays the ECAM warning twice on
the E/WD L
DISCH lights illuminate amber
Closes the ventilation system's
isolation valves
1/12/2021 A319 Cargo Smoke Panel | Cargo Fire Extinguisher System Schematic | Section 6.1.3
A320 D P
A319 C S P S 6.1.3
C F E S S Previous Section
Smoke Disch Lights
Discharge Switch
Test Button
Cargo Fire Schematic
Next Section
1/12/2021 A320 Cargo Smoke Panel | Smoke Light | Section 6.2.0
A320 D P
A320 C S P S 6.2.0
S L Previous Section
CARGO SMOKE LIGHT - Smoke Light
Illuminates red when smoke is Test Button

detected in respective cargo
Discharge Switch
compartment. Activation of the
AFT CARGO SMOKE light also closes the aft Discharge Lights
cargo inlet and outlet isolation valves, and Agent 2 Light

shuts off the aft cargo extraction fan.
Cargo Ext Schematic
CARGO SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM - The Next Section

cargo compartments have a smoke
detection system. Cavities in the cargo SMOKE WARNING - Smoke in one cavity L
compartment have ceiling panels that each activates the smoke warning if:
hold two smoke detectors. Each smoke
Both smoke detectors detect smoke
detector is linked to one of two of the
One smoke detector detects smoke
detection loops. The forward cargo
and the other is inoperative
compartment has one cavity and the aft
cargo compartment has two cavities. The
Smoke Detection Control Unit (SDCU)
receives signals from the detectors and
transmits them to the E/WD and displays a
warning.
1/12/2021 A320 Cargo Smoke Panel | Test Button | Section 6.2.1
A320 D P
A320 C S P S 6.2.1
When the TEST button is pressed for at Smoke Light
least 3 seconds, it tests: Test Button
The cargo smoke detectors in Discharge Switch
sequence Discharge Lights

SMOKE light illuminates red twice
Agent 2 Light
Displays the ECAM warning twice on
the E/WD Cargo Ext Schematic
DISCH lights illuminate amber Next Section

Closes the ventilation system's
isolation valves L
1/12/2021 A320 Cargo Smoke Panel | Discharge Toggle Switch | Section 6.2.2
A320 D P
A320 C S P S 6.2.2
D T S Previous Section
The Discharge Toggle Smoke Light
Switch discharges Test Button

associated agent (1 or 2)
Discharge Switch
in the respective cargo
compartment (FWD or AFT). Discharge Lights
Agent 2 Light
When the FWD (AFT) SMOKE light comes
on, the crew selects AGENT 1 with the Cargo Ext Schematic
Discharge Toggle Switch. This action ignites Next Section

the corresponding squib on the fire bottle,
and then discharges the extinguishing agent It takes approximately 40 minutes for the L
into that cargo compartment. When bottle DISCH 2 light to illuminate an amber color.
one is discharged, DISCH 1 light (amber This ensures sufficient agent concentration
color) comes on in approximately 60 for 180 minutes.
seconds.
CARGO FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM -
Sixty minutes after the discharge of the first The fire extinguishing system protects the
bottle, DISCH AGENT 2 light appears. This forward and aft cargo compartments. Two
message or light alerts the crew to fire bottles supply three nozzles. One in the
discharge AGENT 2 (fire extinguisher bottle forward cargo compartment and two in the
2) to maintain the required agent aft cargo compartment. Each bottle has two
concentration. When bottle 2 is discharged, discharge heads, in each compartment.
a flow metering system controls bottle 2's
agent discharge rate.
1/12/2021 A320 Cargo Smoke Panel | Discharge Lights | Section 6.2.3
A320 D P
A320 C S P S 6.2.3
D L Previous Section
DISCH 1 - The associated DISCH 1 Smoke Light
or 2 light illuminates amber when Test Button

extinguishing agent has been
Discharge Switch
discharged. When bottle one is
discharged, DISCH 1 light (amber color) Discharge Lights
comes on in approximately 60 seconds. Agent 2 Light
DISCH 2 - When bottle 2 is discharged, a Cargo Ext Schematic
flow metering system controls bottle 2's Next Section

agent discharge rate. It takes approximately
40 minutes for DISCH 2 light to illuminate L
an amber color. This ensures sufficient
agent concentration for 180 minutes.
1/12/2021 A320 Cargo Smoke Panel | Discharge Agent 2 Light | Section 6.2.4
A320 D P
A320 C S P S 6.2.4
D A 2 L Previous Section
DISCH AGENT 2 - This light Smoke Light
illuminates amber 60 minutes Test Button

after agent 1 is discharged in the
Discharge Switch
FWD or AFT cargo compartment.
The DISC AGENT 2 light extinguishes when Discharge Lights
agent 2 has discharged. Agent 2 Light
When bottle one is discharged, DISCH 1 Cargo Ext Schematic
light (amber color) comes on in Next Section

approximately 60 seconds. Sixty minutes
after the discharge of the first bottle, DISCH When bottle 2 is discharged, a flow L
AGENT 2 light appears. metering system controls bottle 2's agent
discharge rate. It takes approximately 40
This message or light alerts the crew to minutes for the DISCH 2 light to illuminate
discharge AGENT 2 (fire extinguisher bottle an amber color. This ensures sufficient
2) to maintain the required agent agent concentration for 180 minutes.
concentration.
1/12/2021 A320 Cargo Smoke Panel | Cargo Fire Extinguishing System Schematic | Section 6.2.5
A320 D P
A320 C S P S 6.2.5
C F E S S Previous Section
Smoke Light
Test Button
Discharge Switch
Discharge Lights
Agent 2 Light
Cargo Ext Schematic
Next Section
1/12/2021 Engine and APU Fire Panel | Engine Fire Switch | Section 6.3.0
A320 D P
E APU F P S 6.3.0
Previous Section
Engine Fire Switch
Engine Agent Switch
Engine Test Button
APU Fire Switch
E F S APU Agent Switch
ENGINE FIRE WARNING INDICATIONS - An LOOP FAULTS - Loop faults cautions appear APU Test Button
engine fire is indicated by an aural CRC, the on the the E/WD; if one loop has a fault, if Next Section
illumination of the engine's FIRE light on the two loops have faults, or if the fire detection
Engine Fire panel, illumination of the unit fails. L
engine's FIRE switch on the Engine Start
ENGINE FIRE SWITCH (guarded) - When the
and Ignition Panel, illumination of the
MASTER WARNING lights, and by an ECAM ENG FIRE Switch is released out, an
warning. electrical signal:
ENGINE FIRE WARNING CONDITIONS - An Silences the aural warning

Arms the squibs (Squib light
engine fire warning appears under the
following conditions: illuminates)
Deactivates the Integrated Drive
Both loops detect a fire Generator (IDG)
One loop detects a fire when the Cuts off the FADEC power supply
other loop is faulty Closes the fuel LP valve
A break in both loops occurs within 5 Closes the hydraulic fire shutoff valve
seconds of each other Closes the engine bleed valve
A fire test is performed Closes the pack flow control valve
1/12/2021 Engine and APU Fire Panel | Engine Agent Switch | Section 6.3.1
A320 D P
E APU F P S 6.3.1
Previous Section
Engine Fire Switch
Engine Agent Switch
Engine Test Button
APU Fire Switch
E A S APU Agent Switch
SQUIB - The engine's AGENT FIRE PROTECTION - Each engine is provided APU Test Button
switches are active when a with two fire extinguishers with electrically Next Section
corresponding engine FIRE switch operated squibs to discharge their contents.
is released out. The SQUIB lights Each squib has a dual electric supply. An L
illuminate white to facilitate identification of AGENT switch for each fire extinguisher
the agent switch(es) that are active. bottle is located on the respective ENG FIRE
panel that enables discharging of the fire
DISCH - When the engine's AGENT switch is extinguisher's agent.
active and pushed momentarily, the fire
extinguisher bottle is discharged. The
DISCH light illuminates amber when the fire
extinguisher bottle agent pressure is low.
1/12/2021 Engine and APU Fire Panel | Engine Test Button | Section 6.3.2
A320 D P
E APU F P S 6.3.2
Previous Section
Engine Fire Switch
Engine Agent Switch
Engine Test Button
APU Fire Switch
E T B APU Agent Switch
TEST - The Engine's TEST Button FIRE DETECTION - Each engine is equipped APU Test Button
permits testing of the engine's fire with a fire and overheat detection system Next Section
detection and extinguishing consisting of two identical loops (A and B)
system operation. When the TEST mounted in parallel. Each detection loop L
Button is pressed it: consists of three sensing elements located
in the pylon nacelle, engine core, and
Activates an ECAM ENG FIRE warning engine fan section. When a sensing element
on the Engine Warning Display detects an overheat, a signal is transmitted
Activates the Continuous Repetitive to a fire detection unit. If a fault or break
Chime occurs in one loop, the fire warning system
Illuminates two flashing MASTER is not affected; fire detection is provided by
WARNING lights the unaffected loop.
Illuminates the associated ENG FIRE
switch
Illuminates the SQUIB lights (if
discharge supplies are available)
Illuminates the DISCH lights
Illuminates the FIRE light on engine
start and ignition panel
1/12/2021 Engine and APU Fire Panel | APU Fire Switch | Section 6.3.3
A320 D P
E APU F P S 6.3.3
Previous Section
Engine Fire Switch
Engine Agent Switch
Engine Test Button
APU Fire Switch
APU F S APU Agent Switch
APU FIRE WARNING INDICATIONS - An APU APU FIRE SWITCH (guarded) - The APU Fire APU Test Button
fire is indicated by an aural CRC, the Switch is normally IN and Guarded. When Next Section
illumination of the APU FIRE switch and the APU ENG FIRE Switch is released OUT,
MASTER WARNING lights, and by an ECAM an electrical signal: L
warning on the E/WD.
Silences the aural warning
APU FIRE WARNING - An APU fire warning Arms the squib (Squib light
appears under the following conditions: illuminates)
Deactivates the APU Generator
Both loops detect a fire APU shuts down
One loop detects a fire when the
APU fuel pump is turned off
other loop is faulty APU bleed and cross bleed valves are
A break in both loops occurs within 5
closed
seconds of each other
When a fire test is performed
1/12/2021 Engine and APU Fire Panel | APU Agent Switch | Section 6.3.4
A320 D P
E APU F P S 6.3.4
Previous Section
Engine Fire Switch
Engine Agent Switch
Engine Test Button
APU Fire Switch
APU A S APU Agent Switch
SQUIB - The APU AGENT switch is FIRE PROTECTION - A single fire APU Test Button
active when a corresponding APU extinguisher bottle is provided for the APU. Next Section
FIRE switch is released out. The If an APU fire is detected on the ground, the
SQUIB light illuminates white to APU automatically shuts down and the L
indicate that the agent switch is active. extinguishing agent is automatically
discharged (3 seconds after fire warning is
DISCH - When the APU's AGENT switch is activated).
active and pushed momentarily, the fire
extinguisher bottle is discharged. The If an APU fire is detected in flight, the APU
DISCH light illuminates amber when the fire must be manually shut down, and the agent
extinguisher bottle agent pressure is low. manually discharged.
1/12/2021 Engine and APU Fire Panel | APU Test Button | Section 6.3.5
A320 D P
E APU F P S 6.3.5
Previous Section
Engine Fire Switch
Engine Agent Switch
Engine Test Button
APU Fire Switch
APU T B APU Agent Switch
FIRE DETECTION - The APU is When the APU's TEST Button is pressed it: APU Test Button
equipped with a fire and overheat Next Section

Activates an ECAM APU FIRE warning
detection system in the APU
on the Engine Warning Display
compartment that consists of two L
identical loops (A and B) mounted in Activates the Continuous Repetitive
Chime (CRC)
parallel. When a sensing element detects an
overheat, a signal is transmitted to a fire Illuminates two flashing MASTER
detection unit. If a fault or break occurs in WARNING lights
one loop, the fire warning system is not Illuminates the associated APU FIRE
affected; fire detection is provided by the switch
unaffected loop. Illuminates the SQUIB light (if

discharge supplies are available)
TEST - The APU's TEST Button permits Illuminates the DISCH light
testing of the APU's fire detection and
extinguishing system operation.
1/12/2021 Fire Protection System | Engine Fire Switch | Section 6.4.0
A320 D P
F P S S 6.4.0
D Previous Section
Fire detection and extinguishing systems Aircraft fire protectection systems include: Description
are provided for the engines and APU. Two APU

identical loops detect overheat conditions in Fire/overheat detection and
extinguishing systems for the: Avionics Compartment
the engine pylon nacelle, core, and fan
section, as well as the APU compartment. Engines Cargo Compartments
APU
Engines
Smoke detectors are located in the
Smoke detection and extinguishing Lavatories
lavatories, avionics compartment, and cargo
systems for the:
compartments. Each lavatory trash bin is Next Section
Cargo Compartments and
equipped with an automatic fire
Lavatories
extinguishing system. L
Smoke detection for the:
Avionics compartment
Portable fire extinguishers for the:

Cockpit and
Passenger cabin
1/12/2021 Fire Protection Systems | APU | Section 6.4.1
A320 D P
F P S S 6.4.1
APU Previous Section
FIRE DETECTION - The APU is equipped FIRE PROTECTION - A single fire Description
with a fire and overheat detection system in extinguisher bottle is provided for the APU. APU
the APU compartment that consists of two If an APU fire is detected on the ground, the
Avionics Compartment
identical loops (A and B) mounted in APU automatically shuts down and the
parallel. The system is continuously extinguishing agent is automatically Cargo Compartments
monitored by the flight warning computer. discharged (3 seconds after fire warning is Engines
When a sensing element detects an activated). If an APU fire is detected in
Lavatories
overheat, a signal is transmitted to a fire flight, the APU must be manually shut
detection unit. If a fault or break occurs in down, and the agent manually discharged. Next Section
one loop, the fire warning system is not

affected; fire detection is provided by the FIRE WARNING INDICATIONS - An APU fire L
unaffected loop. is indicated by an aural continuous
repetitive chime (CRC), the illumination of
APU fire warnings appear when: the APU FIRE switch and MASTER WARN
lights, and by an ECAM warning on the
Both loops detect a fire E/WD. See APU Fire Switch page 6.3.3.
One loop detects a fire when the
other loop is faulty If a fire is detected on the ground, a
A break in both loops occurs within 5 warning horn in the nose wheel well sounds,
seconds of each other and the APU FIRE light illuminates on the
A fire test is performed external service interphone panel, see APU
Fire Light page 2.3.4. The light extinguishes
and the horn silences when the fire is
extinguished.
1/12/2021 Fire Protection System | Avionics Compartment | Section 6.4.2
A320 D P
F P S S 6.4.2
A C Previous Section
One smoke detector is installed in the Description
avionics compartment air extraction duct. APU

Avionics smoke is indicated by an aural
single chime (SC), the illumination of the
SMOKE light on the EMER ELEC PWR panel, Cargo Compartments
the BLOWER and EXTRACT FAULT lights on Engines

the VENTILATION panel and MASTER CAUT
Lavatories
lights, and by an ECAM caution on the
E/WD. See Avionics Schematic Smoke Next Section
Configuration page 15.5.5.

L
1/12/2021 Fire Protection System | Cargo Compartments | Section 6.4.3
A320 D P
F P S S 6.4.3
C C Previous Section
SMOKE DETECTION - The forward and aft Description
cargo compartments are equipped with a APU

dual loop smoke detection system. Cavities
in the cargo compartment ceiling panels
each hold two smoke detectors. Each Cargo Compartments
detector is linked to one of the the two Engines

dectection loops. The forward cargo
Lavatories
compartment has one cavity. The aft cargo
compartment has two cavities. The Smoke Next Section
Detection Control Unit (SDCU) receives

signals from the detectors and transmits
FIRE PROTECTION - The A320 has two fire L
bottles installed; both can be discharged to
them to the ECAM that displays a warning in
either the forward or aft cargo
the cockpit.
compartment. See A320 Cargo Smoke Light
If cargo ventilation is installed, and the page 6.2.0.
cargo smoke warning is activated, the
The A319 has only one fire bottle installed
associated isolation valves close and the
and can be discharged into either the
extraction fan stops. See Avionics
forward or aft cargo compartment. See
Schematic Smoke Configuration page
A319 Cargo Smoke Light page 6.1.0.
15.5.5.
SMOKE WARNING - Smoke in one cavity

activates the smoke warning if:
Both smoke detectors detect smoke

One smoke detector detects smoke
and the other is inoperative
1/12/2021 Fire Protection System | Engines | Section 6.4.4
A320 D P
F P S S 6.4.4
E Previous Section
FIRE DETECTION - Each engine is equipped Description
with a fire and overheat detection system APU

consisting of two identical gas detection
loops (A and B) mounted in parallel. Each
detection loop consists of three sensing Cargo Compartments
elements located in the pylon nacelle, Engines

engine core, and engine fan section. The
Lavatories
system is continuously monitored by the
flight warning computer. When a sensing Next Section
element detects an overheat, a signal is

transmitted to a fire detection unit. If a fault
L
or break occurs in one loop, the fire warning
system is not affected; fire detection is
provided by the unaffected loop. FIRE PROTECTION - Each engine is provided
with two fire extinguishers. An AGENT
Both loops detect a fire DISCH switch for each bottle is located on
One loop detects a fire when the the respective ENG FIRE panel.
other loop is faulty
A break in both loops occurs within 5 FIRE WARNING INDICATIONS - An engine
seconds of each other fire is indicated by an aural CRC, the
A fire test is performede illumination of the FIRE light on the ENG
panel, ENG FIRE switch, and MASTER WARN
lights, and by an ECAM warning on the
E/WD. See Engine and APU Fire Panel page
6.3.0.
1/12/2021 Fire Protection System | Lavatories | Section 6.4.5
A320 D P
F P S S 6.4.5
L Previous Section
SMOKE DETECTION - Each lavatory is Description
equipped with a smoke detector which is APU

connected to a dual channel smoke
detection control unit (SDCU). When smoke
is detected, the lavatory detector sounds an Cargo Compartments
audible warning and the SDCU transmits a Engines

detection signal to the cabin
Lavatories
intercommunication data system (CIDS),
which sounds a chime through the flight Next Section
attendant loudspeakers and illuminates the

LAV SMOKE light on the forward attendant’s
L
panel. Pushing the RESET button on the
forward attendant’s panel silences all smoke
alarms.
FIRE PROTECTION - A fire extinguisher is

installed above each trash bin. The
extinguisher is completely self‑contained
and requires no electrical power to operate.
The extinguisher automatically discharges
Halon gas through one or both heat
activated nozzles whenever the temperature
rises sufficiently to melt the nozzle tips. The
extinguisher indicator needle will be in the
red band after being discharged.
1/12/2021 Flap Lever | Flap Description | Section 7.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 7.0 7.0 FLIGHT CONTROLS
F L S 7.1.0
D Previous Section
FLAP LEVER - The flaps are powered by both the green Flap Description
Commands flaps and yellow hydraulic systems. If one Flap Protections

and slats for hydraulic system fails, the associated
Flap Limits
simultaneous surfaces extend and retract at half speed. If
operation to one SFCC fails, all of the flaps and slats Next Section
selected position. operate at half speed.

Lever must be
L
pulled out of detent prior to positioning.
Detents are provided at positions 1 and 3 to
avoid excessive flap/slat travel by a single
action.
When the FLAPS lever is in any position

other than 0 in flight, idle RPM is increased
(approach idle) and continuous ignition
activated.
The five slat and two flap panels on each

wing are electrically controlled and
hydraulically actuated via inputs from the
flap lever. Signals from the FLAPS lever
position are transmitted to two slat flap
control computers (SFCCs). The slats are
powered by both the green and blue
hydraulic systems.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/flight-controls/sys-7.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Flap Lever | Flap Protections | Section 7.1.1
A320 D P
F L S 7.1.1
F P Previous Section
TAKEOFF WITH FLAPS 1 - When flaps 1 is FLAPS SELECTION IN FLIGHT - When the Flap Description
selected for takeoff (1 + F), the trailing flaps lever is moved from configuration 0 to Flap Protections
edge flaps automatically retract to 1 in flight, only the slats are extended.
Flap Limits
configuration 0 at 210 KIAS.
FLAP DIFFENTIAL SAME WING - A flap Next Section
TAKEOFF OR GO-AROUND WITH FLAPS 2 disconnect detection system is installed
OR 3 - When flaps 1 is selected, the 1 + F which stops flap movement if excessive L
configuration is obtained if airspeed is less differential movement is detected between
than 210 KIAS. The trailing edge flaps the inner and outer flaps on the same wing.
automatically retract to configuration 0 at
210 KIAS.
HIGH AOA - An alpha lock function prevents

initiation of slat retraction from position 1 to
0 at a high angle of attack or low airspeed.
The inhibition is removed automatically
when the angle of attack is reduced or
airspeed is increased.
WING TIP BRAKES - Four hydraulically

operated wing tip brakes are installed to
lock the flaps or slats in case of asymmetry,
overspeed, symmetrical runaway, or
uncommanded movement. The brakes
cannot be reset in flight.
1/12/2021 Flap Lever | Flap Limits | Section 7.1.2
A320 D P
F L S 7.1.2
A F L Previous Section
Flap Description
Position Slats° Flaps° Max Speed
Flap Protections
1 18 0 230
1+F 18 10 215 Flap Limits
2 22 15 200 Next Section
3 22 20 185
L
4 27 40 177
1/12/2021 Flight Control System Display | F/CTL Page Description | Section 7.2.0
A320 D P
F C S D S 7.2.0
F/CTL P D Previous Section
1. SPOILERS/SPEED BRAKES INDICATIONS F/CTL Page Description 1
F/CTL Page Description 2

Spoiler deflected
Flaps Indicator Description 1
Spoiler retracted
Spoiler fault deflected Flaps Indicator Description 2
Spoiler fault retracted Next Section
2. AILERONS POSITION IDICATOR - L

Displays white scale and green index. Index
changes to amber when both actuators
(green and blue) are not available.
3. ELAC and SEC INDICATIONS - The

number displays green and the box displays
white. Both change to amber in case of
failure of associated computer or both flight
control data concentrators. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
4. PITCH TRIM POSITION INDICATION - 5. ELEVATOR POSITION INDICATION -

PITCH TRIM displays white; changes to Displays white scale and green index. Index
amber in case of pitch trim jam. G Y changes to amber when both associated
displays green; changes to amber in case of actuators are not available.
hydraulic system low pressure.
6. RUDDER POSITION INDICATION -
Displays green. Rudder symbol and scale
change to amber when all three hydraulic
systems indicate low pressure.
1/12/2021 Flight Control System Display | F/CTL Page Description 2 | Section 7.2.1
A320 D P
F C S D S 7.2.1
F/CTL P D 2 Previous Section
1. HYDRAULIC SYS PRESSURE INDICATION F/CTL Page Description 1
- Displays green when pressurization is F/CTL Page Description 2

normal; changes to amber when low
pressure detected.
2. ELEVATOR ACTUATOR INDICATION -
Next Section
Displays green; changes to amber when the
associated actuator is not available. Partially L
boxed amber if associated computer fails.
3. RUDDER TRIM POSITION - Displays blue;

changes to amber if rudder trim reset fails.
Amber Xs appear if the aircraft reverts to
the yaw mechanical mode.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Engine Warning Display | Flaps Indicator Description 1 | Section 7.2.2
A320 D P
E W D S 7.2.2
F I D 1 Previous Section
1. FLAP INDICATION - Displays when slats F/CTL Page Description 1
or flaps not fully retracted. Disappears when F/CTL Page Description 2

flaps and slats are up.
Displays white when selected position Flaps Indicator Description 2

is reached
Next Section
Blue when flaps or slats are in transit
Changes to amber with loss of both L
supplying hydraulic systems, except
on ground with both engines shut
down, application of wing tip brakes
or failure of slats or flaps
2. S and F INDICATION
Displays when slats and/or flaps not

fully retracted. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Changes to amber with loss of both
supplying hydraulic systems, except
on ground with both engines shut
down, application of wing tip brakes
or failure of slats or flaps.
1/12/2021 Engine Warning Display | Flaps Indicator Description 2 | Section 7.2.3
A320 D P
E W D S 7.2.3
F I D 2 Previous Section
1. POSITION TRIANGLE - Displays green; F/CTL Page Description 1
changes to amber with of both supplying F/CTL Page Description 2

hydraulic systems, except on ground with
both engines shut down, application of wing
tip brakes or failure of slats or flaps. Flaps Indicator Description 2
Next Section
2. FLAPS LEVER POSITION - Displays green
when selected position (0, 1 + F, 1, 2, 3, or L
FULL) is reached.
0 not displayed when clean configuration is

reached.
Indication displays blue during transit.
S (F) LOCKED indication appears amber

when wing tip brakes are applied or when
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
nonalignment between flaps is detected.
3. SELECTABLE POSITIONS - Display white.
Alpha LOCK indication flashes blue when the
Not displayed in clean configuration.
slat alpha/speed lock function is active.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Direct Law - Description | Section 7.3.0
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.0
D L - D Previous Section
In direct law, flight control inputs are like Direct Law
conventional flight controls. No protections Alternate Law

are provided in direct law. Over speed
Normal Law
indications, stall indications and stall aural
warnings are furnished on the PFD. The PFD Abnormal Attitude Law
airspeed scale provides VMAX, VLS, and VSW. Mechanical Backup
The airplane's pitch must be manually Next Section

trimmed.
PITCH DIRECT - The pitch direct law is a

direct side stick-to-elevator position
relationship. An amber USE MAN PITCH
TRIM message appears on the PFD.
ROLL DIRECT - Roll direct law is a direct

side stick-to-aileron and spoiler position
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
relationship. A maximum roll rate of 30
degrees per second can be obtained in roll RECONFIGURATION OF FLT CTL LAWS
direct law. If multiple system failures occur, the flight
YAW MECHANICAL - Yaw is yaw mechanical control computers will reconfigure to a

degraded flight control law. See
and is a direct relationship with rudder
movement. In yaw mechanical law, there is Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram.
no turn coordination or yaw damping.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Alternate Law - Description | Section 7.3.1
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.1
A L - D Previous Section
The first level of flight control law Direct Law
degradation is pitch alternate law, roll direct Alternate Law

law, and yaw alternate law. The autopilot
Description
may be available, depending on the specific
failures. Alternate law reduces Vmo to 320 Load Factor Demand Mode
KIAS. The ECAM message F/CTL ALTN LAW Load Factor Limitation
(PROT LOST) is displayed. In alternate law
Low Speed Stability
when the landing gear is extended the flight
control system reconfigures to direct law. High Speed Stability
Load Alleviation Function

PITCH ALTERNATE - The pitch alternate law
provides load factor demand mode, load Stall Warning Speed
factor limitation, high speed stability, low Normal Law

speed stability protections, and load
Abnormal Attitude Law
alleviation function (on some A320s).
Mechanical Backup
ROLL DIRECT - Roll direct law is a direct < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
side stick-to-aileron and spoiler position
In yaw mechanical law, there is no turn
relationship. A maximum roll rate of 30
coordination or yaw damping.
degrees per second can be obtained in roll
direct law. RECONFIGURATION OF FLT CTL LAWS
If multiple system failures occur, the flight
YAW ALTERNATE - Yaw is yaw alternate or
control computers will reconfigure to a
yaw mechanical, depending on malfunction.
Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Alternate Law - Load Factor Demand Mode | Section 7.3.2
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.2
A L - L F D M Previous Section
Whenever in alternate law, load factor Direct Law
demand mode is only available while in Alternate Law

flight when the landing gear is up. When the
Description
landing gear is extended the flight control
system reconfigures from alternate law to Load Factor Demand Mode
direct law and Load Factor Demand Mode is Load Factor Limitation
lost.
Low Speed Stability
AUTOMATIC PITCH TRIM - Load Factor High Speed Stability

Demand Mode is automatic pitch trim with
built-in protections. This automatic pitch
trim is engaged when the side stick is Stall Warning Speed
displaced from neutral and the G-load is Normal Law

between .5Gs to 1.25Gs. When the G load
demand exceeds the automatic pitch trim
G-limits (less than 0.5Gs or more than Mechanical Backup
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1.25Gs or 33° of bank angle), then the Next Section
stabilizer stops trimming and the G-load is
displayed on the lower ECAM display.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Alternate Law - Load Factor Limitation | Section 7.3.3
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.3
A L - L F L Previous Section
The load factor is automatically limited to: Direct Law
Alternate Law
Trailing edge flaps retracted: +2.5g
to -1.0g Description
Trailing edge flaps extended: +2.0g Load Factor Demand Mode

to 0.0g
Load Factor Limitation
Low Speed Stability
High Speed Stability
Stall Warning Speed
Normal Law
Mechanical Backup
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Alternate Law - Low Speed Stability | Section 7.3.4
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.4
A L - L S S Previous Section
Automatic pitch trim stops trimming nose Direct Law
up momentarily at approximately 5 to 10 Alternate Law

knots above stall speed. This provides a
Description
momentary pitch down when low speed
stability is active, but automatic trimming Load Factor Demand Mode
will continue if speed reduction is continued Load Factor Limitation

by pilot. An aural "Stall, Stall ..." will be
Low Speed Stability
heard 5 to 10 knots prior to stall.
Low Speed Stability may or may not be
available in alternate law depending on the
type of flight control failure. Without low Stall Warning Speed
speed stability the momentary pitch down Normal Law

will not occur at approximately 5 to 10
knots above stall speed.
Mechanical Backup
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Alternate Law - High Speed Stability | Section 7.3.5
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.5
A L - H S S Previous Section
Automatic pitch trim stops trimming nose Direct Law
down momentarily at VMO or MMO. This Alternate Law
provides a momentary pitch up when high Description

speed stability is active, but automatic
Load Factor Demand Mode
trimming will continue if over speed is
continued by pilot. An aural "crickets" Load Factor Limitation
warning will be heard at VMO plus 4 knots or Low Speed Stability

/ MMO plus .006M.
High Speed Stability may or may not be Load Alleviation Function
available in alternate law depending on the Stall Warning Speed

type of flight control failure. Without high
Normal Law
speed stability the momentary pitch up will
not occur at VMO or MMO. Abnormal Attitude Law
Mechanical Backup
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Alternate Law - Load Alleviation Function | Section 7.3.6
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.6
A L - L A F Previous Section
In alternate law, a Load Alleviation Function Direct Law
(LAF) is available on some A320s and Alternate Law

relieves wing structural loads in turbulent
Description
conditions. The ELACs and SECs monitor the
airplane's load factor and pilot-demanded Load Factor Demand Mode
load factor to determine LAF activation. Load Factor Limitation

When activated, the ailerons and spoilers 4
Low Speed Stability
and 5 on each wing are deflected
symmetrically upward. Pilot control High Speed Stability
authority is not changed when this function Load Alleviation Function

is active.
Stall Warning Speed
The LAF is inhibited under the following Normal Law

conditions:
FLAPS lever not in the 0 position Mechanical Backup

Airspeed below 200 KIAS or above < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
VMO + 10 knots
Slats/flaps wing tip brakes engaged
Pitch alternate law without stability
protection
Pitch direct law
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Alternate Law - Stall Warning Speed | Section 7.3.6A
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.6A
A L - S W S Previous Section
It is important to recognize that you can Direct Law
stall and overspeed the aircraft in alternate Alternate Law

law.
Description
The VSW is defined by the top of a red and Load Factor Demand Mode
black strip along the speed scale. It Load Factor Limitation

represents the speed corresponding to the
Low Speed Stability
stall warning, as computed by the FACs.
The VSW symbol is displayed on the PFD in
alternate and direct law.
Stall Warning Speed
Normal Law
Mechanical Backup
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/flight-controls/sys-7.3.6A.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Description | Section 7.3.7
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.7
N L - D Previous Section
Normal Law consist of three modes of Direct Law
operation that includes; Alternate Law
Ground Mode Normal Law
Flight Mode, and Description

Flare Mode
Ground Mode
The ground mode and flare mode are direct Flare Mode
law with no active protections and no
automatic trimming. The flight mode
provides flight envelope protection that Load Factor Limitation
includes: High Speed Protection
Load factor demand mode Pitch Attitude Protection
Load factor limitation High AOA Protection

Pitch attitude protection
Alpha Protection
High speed protection < PREVIOUS NEXT >
High AOA protection (Alpha Prot, Alpha Max
Alpha Floor, and Alpha Max) The rudder pedals directly command rudder Alpha Floor
Bank angle protection, and surface movement via cables.
Bank Angle Protection
Load Alleviation Function (on earlier
RECONFIGURATION OF FLT CTL LAWS
aircraft) Load Alleviation Function
If multiple system failures occur, the flight
Lowest Selectable Speed
YAW NORMAL LAW - Yaw in normal law uses control computers will reconfigure to a
the rudder for turn coordination and yaw degraded flight control law. See Low Energy Warning
damping. Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram. Abnormal Attitude Law
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Ground Mode | Section 7.3.8
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.8
N L - G M Previous Section
The ground mode is active when the aircraft Direct Law
is on the ground and until 50 feet radio Alternate Law

altitude. Flight controls are in direct law.
Normal Law
Bank angle protection is displayed after
engine start. Trim can be manually set prior Description
to takeoff when in the ground mode. Ground Mode
Illustration depicts typical PFD in Ground Flare Mode
Mode. Load Factor Demand Mode
High Speed Protection
Pitch Attitude Protection
High AOA Protection
Alpha Protection
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
Alpha Floor
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Flare Mode | Section 7.3.9
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.9
N L - F M Previous Section
In normal law, the stabilizer (pitch trim) Direct Law
stops trimming at 50 feet radio altitude Alternate Law

during landing. If autopilot is engaged the
Normal Law
stabilizer stops trimming at 100 feet radio
altitude. Description
Ground Mode
Flight controls are in direct law in the flare
mode. However during a normal approach Flare Mode
to landing; Alpha Max, Alpha Prot, and Load Factor Demand Mode
Minimum Line Selectable Speed are all
displayed until touch down. Pitch trim is
automatically set to zero after landing. High Speed Protection

Illustration depicts PFD in flare mode.
High AOA Protection
Alpha Protection
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
Alpha Floor
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Load Factor Limitation | Section 7.3.11
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.11
N L - L F L Previous Section
In normal law the load factor is Direct Law
automatically limited to: Alternate Law
Trailing edge flaps retracted: +2.5g Normal Law
to -1.0g Description
Trailing edge flaps extended: +2.0g
Ground Mode
to 0.0g
Flare Mode
High AOA Protection
Alpha Protection
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
Alpha Floor
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - High Speed Protection | Section 7.3.12
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.12
N L - H S P Previous Section
When high speed protection is active: Direct Law
Alternate Law
The autopilot disconnects
High speed aural warning is heard Normal Law
Automatic pitch trimming stops Description

Bank angle limit is reduced from 67°
Ground Mode
to 45°
Positive spiral static stability is Flare Mode
introduced to 0° bank angle (instead Load Factor Demand Mode

of 33° bank angle in normal law), so
that when the side stick is release it
always returns to 0° bank angle High Speed Protection
instead of 33° bank angle Pitch Attitude Protection

High speed protection can be
High AOA Protection
overridden, but side stick nose-down
authority is reduced and a positive Alpha Protection
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
pitch-up command is introduced Alpha Max
If the stick is released, the airplane In normal law, high speed protection is Alpha Floor
continues to pitch-up until the activated when airspeed exceeds VMO + 6
airspeed slows to VMO/MMO at which Bank Angle Protection
knots or MMO + M.01 (at the green =
point the high speed protection is Load Alleviation Function
symbol on airspeed scale).
deactivated and normal control laws
are restored
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Load Factor Demand Mode | Section 7.3.10
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.10
N L - L F D M Previous Section
The load factor demand mode is only Direct Law
available while in flight, above 50 feet radio Alternate Law

altitude.
Normal Law
AUTOMATIC PITCH TRIM - Load Factor Description

Demand Mode is automatic pitch trim with
Ground Mode
built-in protections. This automatic pitch
trim is engaged when the side stick is Flare Mode
displaced from neutral and the G-load is Load Factor Demand Mode
between .5Gs to 1.25Gs. When the G load
demand exceeds the automatic pitch trim
G-limits (less than 0.5Gs or more than High Speed Protection
1.25Gs or 33° of bank angle), then the Pitch Attitude Protection

stabilizer stops trimming and the G-load is
High AOA Protection
displayed on the lower ECAM display.
Alpha Protection
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
Alpha Floor
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Pitch Attitude Protection | Section 7.3.13
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.13
N L - P A P Previous Section
In normal law the airplane's pitch attitude is Direct Law
limited as follows and is indicated by the Alternate Law

pitch limit indicator (green = symbols) on
Normal Law
the PFD attitude scale:
Description
30° nose-up with flaps 0 to 3
Ground Mode
(progressively reduced to 25° at low
speed) Flare Mode
25° nose-up with flaps FULL Load Factor Demand Mode

(progressively reduced to 20° at low
speed)
15° nose-down High Speed Protection

The flight director bars are removed when
pitch exceeds 25° up or 13° down. High AOA Protection
Alpha Protection
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
Alpha Floor
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - High Angle of Attack Protection | Section 7.3.14
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.14
N L - H A A P Previous Section
High Angle of Attack Protection is provided Direct Law
by normal law and includes three angle of Alternate Law

attack functions:
Normal Law
Alpha Protection (Va PROT), top of Description

black and amber color band
Ground Mode
Alpha Floor (Va FLOOR)
Alpha Maximum (a MAX), top of red Flare Mode
color band Load Factor Demand Mode
The associated V-speeds; Alpha Protection, Load Factor Limitation
Alpha Floor, and Alpha Max vary with High Speed Protection
airplane weight and configuration.
High AOA Protection
Alpha Protection
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
Alpha Floor
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Alpha Protection | Section 7.3.15
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.15
N L - A P Previous Section
When the angle of attack is greater than Direct Law
Alpha Protection (black and amber band on Alternate Law

airspeed scale) Alpha Protection is activated
Normal Law
and:
Description
The autopilot disconnects
Ground Mode
The speed brakes retract
The angle of attack is proportional to Flare Mode
side stick deflection Load Factor Demand Mode

Nose-up pitch trim is inhibited
to 45° High Speed Protection

When airspeed is in the Alpha Protection
range to Alpha Max, the side stick High AOA Protection
commands angle of attack directly. Alpha Protection

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
To change the AOA Protection to flight Alpha Max
mode, the pilot must: Alpha Floor
Push the side stick more than 8° Bank Angle Protection
forward or Load Alleviation Function

Increase IAS beyond Alpha Prot for
at least 0.5 seconds a < aMax
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Alpha Max | Section 7.3.16
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.16
N L - A M Previous Section
Alpha Max protection (top of red band on Direct Law
airspeed scale) is only available in normal Alternate Law

law above 100 feet AGL. It cannot be
Normal Law
exceeded (if above 100 feet radio altitude)
even if the side stick is pulled and held fully Description
back against the mechanical stop. If the Ground Mode

side stick is released, the angle of attack
Flare Mode
returns to and maintains Alpha Prot. This
function provides protection against stall Load Factor Demand Mode
and wind shear and has priority over all Load Factor Limitation
other protections.
On takeoff, Alpha Prot is equal to Alpha Max Pitch Attitude Protection

for 5 seconds. If angle of attack protection
High AOA Protection
is active, the side stick must be pushed
forward to return to the normal mode. Alpha Protection
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
If high angle of attack protection is active,
the bank angle is limited to 45°. Alpha Floor
NOTE
VLS, Alpha Protection, and Alpha
A M D Maximum do not appear on the ground. Load Alleviation Function
Alpha Maximum Speed is defined by the top They appear in flight shortly after Lowest Selectable Speed
of a red strip along the speed scale. liftoff.
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Alpha Floor | Section 7.3.17
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.17
N L - A F Previous Section
The Va Floor function, which normally Direct Law
occurs at a predetermined angle of attack Alternate Law

between Alpha Protection and Alpha Max,
Normal Law
engages the auto thrust system. TO/GA
thrust is provided regardless of thrust lever Description
position. Alpha Floor is also triggered if the Ground Mode

pilot applies a large aft stick input while
Flare Mode
either pitch attitude or angle of attack
protection is active. Load Factor Demand Mode

The Alpha Floor function is not available
below 100 feet RA or during single engine High Speed Protection
operation with flaps at CONF 1 or greater. Pitch Attitude Protection
If high angle of attack protection is active, High AOA Protection
the bank angle is limited to 45°. Alpha Protection

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
Alpha Floor
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Bank Angle Protection | Section 7.3.18
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.18
N L - B A P Previous Section
In normal law the roll attitude is held Direct Law
constant with the side stick at neutral (up to Alternate Law

33° of bank). If full stick deflection is held,
Normal Law
the bank angle is limited to a maximum of
67°. If the side stick is released to neutral Description
with a bank angle greater than 33°, the Ground Mode

bank angle decreases automatically to
Flare Mode
approximately 33°. Above 33°, the
automatic pitch trim is inoperative. Load Factor Demand Mode

If high angle of attack protection is active,
the bank angle is limited to 45°. If high High Speed Protection
speed protection is active, the bank angle is Pitch Attitude Protection

limited to 45° and a 0° bank angle is
High AOA Protection
commanded with the side stick neutral.
Alpha Protection
If the bank angle exceeds 45°, the autopilot < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
automatically disconnects and the flight
director bars disappear. Alpha Floor
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Load Alleviation Function | Section 7.3.19
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.19
N L - L A F Previous Section
A Load Alleviation Function (LAF) is Direct Law
available on some A320s and relieves wing Alternate Law

structural loads in turbulent conditions. The
Normal Law
ELACs and SECs monitor the airplane's load
factor and pilot demanded load factor to Description
determine LAF activation. When activated, Ground Mode

the ailerons and spoilers 4 and 5 on each
Flare Mode
wing are deflected symmetrically upward.
Pilot control authority is not changed when Load Factor Demand Mode
this function is active. Load Factor Limitation
The LAF is inhibited under the following High Speed Protection
conditions: Pitch Attitude Protection
FLAPS lever not in the 0 position High AOA Protection
Airspeed below 200 KIAS or above Alpha Protection

VMO + 10 knots < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
Slats/flaps wing tip brakes engaged
Alpha Floor
Pitch alternate law without stability
protection Bank Angle Protection
Pitch direct law Load Alleviation Function
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Lowest Selectable Speed | Section 7.3.19A
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.19A
N L - L S S Previous Section
VLS is defined by the top of the amber strip Direct Law
along the speed scale. VLS is the minimum Alternate Law
speed that provides an adequate margin Normal Law

above stall. It is the slowest speed the auto
Description
flight and auto thrust system will fly, if
Ground Mode
engaged. It provides a 1.2 G low speed
buffet margin when above FL 200. During Flare Mode
approach or below FL 200 provides a 1.23
VSTALL margin for landing. VLS on the PFD is
a dynamic number computed by the FACs
based on airplane configuration and load High Speed Protection
factor. Pitch Attitude Protection
VLS is displayed in normal, alternate, and High AOA Protection
direct law. Alpha Protection

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Alpha Max
VLS in the MCDU is a static number
Alpha Floor
generated by the FMGC based on predicted
landing weight and selected landing flap Bank Angle Protection
configuration on the PERF APPR page (e.g.,
FLAPS 3 or FULL).
Low Energy Warning
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/flight-controls/sys-7.3.19A.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Normal Law - Low Energy Warning | Section 7.3.19B
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.19B
N L - L E W Previous Section
A low energy warning alerts pilots when Direct Law
airplane energy is insufficient to achieve a Alternate Law

climbing flight path through pitch control
Normal Law
alone. The “SPEED, SPEED, SPEED” voice
alert repeats every 5 seconds while the Description
condition exists. Thrust must be increased Ground Mode

to achieve a climbing flight path.
Flare Mode
The low energy warning is computed by the Load Factor Demand Mode
FACs and available in Normal Law. It is
available in configurations 2, 3, and FULL
and is based on airplane configuration, High Speed Protection
airspeed deceleration rate, and flight path Pitch Attitude Protection

angle.
High AOA Protection
The low energy warning is inhibited: Alpha Protection

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
When TO/GA is selected Alpha Max
Below 100 feet RA or above 2000 Alpha Floor

feet RA
When alpha floor or a GPWS alert is
triggered Load Alleviation Function
In alternate or direct law Lowest Selectable Speed

If both RAs are failed
Low Energy Warning
At flaps 1 or UP
Mechanical Backup
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/flight-controls/sys-7.3.19B.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Abnormal Attitude Law - Description | Section 7.3.20
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.20
A A L - D Previous Section
The abnormal attitude law activates when Direct Law
any one of the following parameters is Alternate Law

exceeded:
Normal Law
Pitch attitude is greater than 50° Abnormal Attitude Law

nose-up or 30° nose-down
Description
Angle of attack is greater than 30° or
less than -10° (A319: -15°) Attitude Law Normal Limits
Airspeed is greater than 440 knots or Mechanical Backup

less than 60 knots or Mach is greater
Next Section
than .91 or less than .1
Bank angle is greater than 125°
When the abnormal attitude law is

activated, the following laws are incurred
until the airplane returns to normal limits:
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Pitch alternate with load factor
protection and without automatic RECONFIGURATION OF FLT CTL LAWS
trim nor any other protections If multiple system failures occur, the flight
Roll direct control computers will reconfigure to a
Yaw mechanical degraded flight control law. See
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Abnormal Attitude Law - Normal Limits | Section 7.3.21
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.21
A A L - N L Previous Section
When the airplane returns to normal Direct Law
attitude limits from an extreme attitude Alternate Law

limit, the following laws are active for the
Normal Law
remainder of the flight:
Pitch alternate with load factor
Description
protection and automatic trim (load
factor demand mode). No high nor Attitude Law Normal Limits
low speed stability protections are Mechanical Backup

available.
Next Section
Roll direct
Yaw alternate
When the airplane returns to normal limits

and pitch alternate law becomes active, it
remains in alternate law until landing. There
is no reversion to direct law when the < PREVIOUS NEXT >
landing gear extends.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Laws | Mechanical Backup - Description | Section 7.3.22
A320 D P
F C L S 7.3.22
M B - D Previous Section
In the event of a complete loss of electrical Direct Law
flight control computer signals, the airplane Alternate Law

reverts to a mechanical mode. The side
Normal Law
stick is inoperative, pitch is controlled via
pitch trim wheel, roll and yaw are controlled Abnormal Attitude Law
through the rudder pedals. Mechanical Backup
PITCH CONTROL - Pitch control is achieved Next Section
through the horizontal stabilizer by use of

the manual trim wheel if hydraulic (green or
yellow) power is available. A red MAN PITCH
TRIM ONLY warning appears on the PFD.
ROLL CONTROL - A combination of engine

thrust and rudder may provide roll, yaw,
and pitch control.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
YAW MECHANICAL - Lateral control is
accomplished using the rudder pedals if RECONFIGURATION OF FLT CTL LAWS
hydraulic power is available. If multiple system failures occur, the flight
control computers will reconfigure to a
1/12/2021 Flight Controls | General Description | Section 7.4.0
A320 D P
F C S 7.4.0
FLY-BY-WIRE - The A319 and A320 ELECTRICAL FAILURE - In case of complete Flight Controls Description
incorporate a fly-by-wire flight control electrical failure, the pilot can manually Flight Control Inputs
system. Flight control computers interpret control the stabilizer via a mechanical
Pitch Control
the pilot’s commands and move the flight connection (pitch trim wheel) to the
control surfaces as necessary to achieve the stabilizer hydraulic jack. Rudder control can Roll Control
desired response. The flight control also be controlled manually via mechanical Yaw Control
computers also provide flight envelope connections (rudder pedals) to the rudder
Next Section
protection; they do not permit flight outside hydraulic jack. Loss of all hydraulics results
of the safe flight envelope in normal law. in complete loss of all flight controls.
1/12/2021 Flight Controls | Flight Control Inputs | Section 7.4.1
A320 D P
F C S 7.4.1
F C I Previous Section
All flight control surfaces are hydraulically The side stick and rudder pedals input Flight Controls Description
actuated via hydraulic jacks. Flight control commands to the flight control computers. Flight Control Inputs
inputs are normally accomplished via The flight computers then send appropriate
Pitch Control
electrical inputs from flight control electrical signals to hydraulic jacks.
computers to hydraulically actuated flight Roll Control
surfaces. Yaw Control
Next Section
1/12/2021 Flight Controls | Pitch Control | Section 7.4.2
A320 D P
F C S 7.4.2
P C Previous Section
PITCH CONTROL - Pitch is controlled by the FLIGHT CONTROL COMPUTERS - Normally, Flight Controls Description
elevators and horizontal stabilizer. They are the elevators and stabilizer are electrically Flight Control Inputs
electrically controlled by the ELACs or SECs, controlled by the ELACs. If both ELACs fail,
Pitch Control
and are hydraulically actuated. pitch control is transferred to the SECs.
Roll Control
PITCH ACTIVATION - A screw jack drives MECHANICAL CONTROL - The stabilizer can
Yaw Control
the horizontal stabilizer (THS). The screw also be mechanically controlled (via a cable)
jack is driven by two hydraulic motors that using the pitch trim wheels, provided Next Section
are controlled by one of three electric hydraulic power is available. Mechanical

motors or by the mechanical trim wheel. pitch trim control overrides electrical
Two electrically controlled servo-jacks drive control.
each elevator.
1/12/2021 Flight Controls | Roll Control | Section 7.4.3
A320 D P
F C S 7.4.3
R C Previous Section
ROLL CONTROL - Roll is controlled by the AILERON COMPUTERS - The ailerons are Flight Controls Description
ailerons and spoilers. They are electrically normally controlled by ELAC 1. If ELAC 1 Flight Control Inputs
controlled by the ELACs or SECs, and are fails, control is automatically transferred to
Pitch Control
hydraulically actuated. ELAC 2. In the event of dual ELAC failure
roll control and LAF are provided by the Roll Control
ROLL ACTIVATION - Each aileron has two spoilers only. Yaw Control
electrically controlled hydraulic servo-jacks.
One of these hydraulic servo-jacks per SPOILER COMPUTERS - Five hydraulically Next Section
aileron operates at a time. A servo-jack powered spoiler panels located on the upper
positions each spoiler. Each servo-jack surface of each wing are controlled by the
receives hydraulic power from either the three SECs. Each spoiler panel is powered
green, blue, or yellow hydraulic system, and by a single hydraulic system; either green,
controlled by SEC 1, 2, or 3. blue, or yellow.
1/12/2021 Flight Controls | Yaw Control | Section 7.4.4
A320 D P
F C S 7.4.4
Y C Previous Section
Yaw is controlled by a single rudder. The RUDDER LIMTER - Rudder deflection is Flight Controls Description
rudder is electrically controlled by trim limited as a function of airspeed. If both Flight Control Inputs
motors, or mechanically controlled by the FACs fail, maximum rudder deflection can
Pitch Control
rudder pedals. The rudder is electrically be obtained after the slats are extended.
controlled by the ELACs or FACs, and are Roll Control
hydraulically actuated. Yaw Control
RUDDER ACTIVATION - Three independent Next Section
servo-jacks operate in parallel to actuate

the rudder. In automatic operation (turn
coordination, yaw damping) a green
hydraulic actuator drives all three servo-
jacks. A yellow hydraulic actuator remains
synchronized, an takes over if there is a
green hydraulic actuator failure.
YAW DAMPING AND TURN CORDINATION -
AUTOMATIC RUDDER TRIM - In flight, with The yaw orders for both yaw damping and
the autopilot engaged, automatic rudder turn coordination are computed by the
trim is provided by inputs from the FACs ELACs and sent to the FACs.
and FMGCs. If an engine fails, FMGC and
MECHANICAL CONTROL - The rudder can
FAC signals provide rudder trim according to
also be mechanically controlled (via a cable)
engine power, airspeed, bank angle, and
using the rudder pedals, provided hydraulic
yaw.
power is available.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Computers | Description | Section 7.5.0
A320 D P
F C C S 7.5.0
D Previous Section
Description
ELAC
SEC
FAC
The A319 and A320 incorporate a fly-by- The flight control computers process Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram
wire flight control system. Flight control sidestick and autopilot inputs according to
Next Section
computers interpret the pilot’s command flight control laws. Other inputs to the Flight
and move the flight control surfaces as Control Computers are from the FMGC,
L
necessary to achieve the desired response. ADIRU, radio altimeters, LGCIU, and
The flight control computers provide flight accelerometers.
envelope protection.
RECONFIGURATION OF FLT CTL LAWS
The flight control computers consists of two If multiple system failures occur, the flight
Elevator Aileron Computers (ELACs), three control computers will reconfigure to a
Spoiler Elevator Computers (SECs), and two degraded flight control law. See
Flight Augmentation Computers (FACs). Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Computers | Elevator Aileron Computers | Section 7.5.1
A320 D P
F C C S 7.5.1
E A C Previous Section
Description
ELAC
SEC
FAC
ELAC - Normally ELAC 1 commands the RESET - Turning the computer OFF then ON Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram
operation of the ailerons and ELAC 2 resets the computer.
Next Section
commands the operation of the elevators
and horizontal stabilizer. ELAC 1 and 2 FAULT - The associated FAULT Light
illuminates amber: L
perform the following:
Normal pitch and roll, normal LAF When a failure is detected

Alternate pitch, alternate LAF During computer's power-up test (8-
second duration). This test occurs for
Direct pitch and roll
Aileron droop each flight control computer upon
electrical power application or after
Abnormal attitude
Acquisition of autopilot orders electrical transient/interruption.
ON - When the associated flight control The FAULT light extinguishes when OFF is
computer switch is ON, it engages the selected or at completion of satisfactory

computer and lights are extinguished. power-up test.
OFF - When selected to OFF, the OFF light

illuminates white and disengages the
associated computer.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Computers | Spoiler Elevator Computers | Section 7.5.2
A320 D P
F C C S 7.5.2
S E C Previous Section
Description
ELAC
SEC
FAC
SEC - The Spoiler Elevator Computers 1, 2, RESET - Turning the computer OFF then ON Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram
and 3 command spoiler operation. resets the computer.
Next Section
ON - When the associated flight control FAULT - The associated FAULT Light
computer switch is ON, it engages the illuminates amber: L
computer and lights are extinguished. The
SECs control the following: When a failure is detected
During computer's power-up test (8-
Normal roll by controlling the spoilers second duration). This test occurs for
Speed brakes and ground spoilers each flight control computer upon
Alternate pitch (SEC 1 and SEC 2 electrical power application or after
only) electrical transient/interruption.
Direct pitch (SEC 1 and SEC 2 only)
The FAULT light extinguishes when OFF is
Alternate LAF
selected or at completion of satisfactory
Abnormal attitude
power-up test.
Direct roll
OFF - When selected to OFF, the OFF light

illuminates white and disengages the
1/12/2021 Flight Control Computers | Flight Augmentation Computers | Section 7.5.3
A320 D P
F C C S 7.5.3
F A C Previous Section
Description
ELAC
SEC
FAC
FAC - The Flight Augmentation Computers OFF - When selected to OFF, the OFF light Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram
have three main functions: illuminates white and disengages the
Next Section
Rudder trim
Rudder travel limits FAULT - The associated FAULT Light L
Yaw damping inputs illuminates amber:
Alternate yaw
Flight envelope and speed When a failure is detected
During computer's power-up test (8-
computations
Wind shear detection second duration). This test occurs for
each flight control computer upon
When both FACs are operational, FAC 1 is electrical power application or after
primary, and FAC 2 is standby. electrical transient/interruption.
ON - When the associated flight control The FAULT light extinguishes when OFF is
computer switch is ON, it engages the selected or at completion of satisfactory
computer and lights are extinguished. power-up test.
RESET - Turning the computer OFF then ON

resets the computer.
1/12/2021 Flight Control Computers | Reconfiguration of Flight Control Laws Diagram | Section 7.5.4
A320 D P
F C C S 7.5.4
R F C L D Previous Section
Description
ELAC
SEC
FAC
Reconfiguration of FCL Diagram
Next Section
1/12/2021 Pitch Trim Wheels | Section 7.6.0
A320 D P
P T W S 7.6.0
The Pitch Trim Wheel provides mechanical
Previous Section
control of horizontal stabilizer trim if green
or yellow hydraulic pressure is available. Pitch Trim Wheels
Next Section
Trim wheels have priority over electrical
control. Use of trim wheels does not
L
disconnect the ELACs; the override
mechanism ensures the computers remain
synchronized with the manually selected
position.
Trim wheels must be used when pitch direct

law is in effect. Pitch trim is automatically
reset to 0 following touchdown as the pitch
attitude becomes less than 2.5°. The reset
function is inoperative when the green or
yellow system is unpressurized.
CG SCALE - The CG Scale indicates relation

between CG location and pitch trim setting.
TRIM POSITION SCALE - Trim Position Scale

indicates trim position in degrees. Normal
takeoff range is marked by a green band.
1/12/2021 Rudder Trim Panel | Rudder Trim Selector | Section 7.7.0
A320 D P
R T P S 7.7.0
R T S Previous Section
The rudder trim selector controls the rudder Rudder Trim Selector
trim actuator which moves the neutral point Trim Position Indicator
of the artificial feel at a rate of 1° per
Trim Reset Button
second of rudder travel.
Next Section
The rudder trim selector is deactivated with
autopilot engaged. L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Rudder Trim Panel | Rudder Trim Position Indicator | Section 7.7.1
A320 D P
R T P S 7.7.1
R T P I Previous Section
The position indicator displays rudder trim Rudder Trim Selector
direction (L or R) and value (0° to 20°) Trim Position Indicator

(A319: 0° to 25°).
Trim Reset Button
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Rudder Trim Panel | Rudder Trim Reset Button | Section 7.7.2
A320 D P
R T P S 7.7.2
R T R B Previous Section
When pushed momentarily, the FAC Rudder Trim Selector
commands the rudder trim actuator to the Trim Position Indicator

zero trim position.
Trim Reset Button
Next Section
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Side Stick | Description | Section 7.8.0
A320 D P
S S S 7.8.0
D Previous Section
The Side Stick controls pitch and roll Description
manually. Both side sticks lock to neutral Priority Button

when autopilot is engaged. Applying a force
Transmit Switch
above a given threshold disengages the
autopilot and frees the stick for manual Next Section
control. When only one side stick is

operated, that demand is sent to the
computers.
The handgrip has two switches:
Autopilot disconnect and takeover

push button (Priority button)
Push to talk switch (Transmit)
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Side Stick | Takeover or Priority Button | Section 7.8.1
A320 D P
S S S 7.8.1
T P B Previous Section
Takeover or Priority Button when pressed: Description
Priority Button
Disconnects autopilot
When held in, deactivates the other Transmit Switch
side stick and allows full singular Next Section

control
Holding switch for approximately 40
seconds latches the system, allowing
the switch to be released without
losing priority. A deactivated stick
can be reactivated at any time by
momentarily pushing either priority
switch. If the priority switches on
both side sticks are pushed, the last < PREVIOUS NEXT >
one activated assumes priority.
Illuminates glare shield SIDE STICK
PRIORITY lights and activates
“PRIORITY LEFT” or “PRIORITY
RIGHT” aural alert according to
control configuration.
1/12/2021 Side Stick | Transmit Switch | Section 7.8.2
A320 D P
S S S 7.8.2
T S Previous Section
Transmit Switch operates as a press-to-talk Description
switch for boom or oxygen mask Priority Button

microphones.
Transmit Switch
NEUTRAL - Boom and mask microphones Next Section

are disconnected from transmission,
although reception is normal. Switch is
spring-loaded to neutral.
TRANSMIT - When selected, provides

transmission on the radio selected by the
Audio Control Panel (ACP) transmission
button. If transmit is selected on the side
stick when the ACP INT/RAD switch is set to
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
INT, the transmit function has priority over
the interphone function.
1/12/2021 Side Stick Priority Light | Priority Left | Section 7.9.0
A320 D P
S S P L S 7.9.0
P L Previous Section
The Arrow Light illuminates red in front of Priority Left
pilot losing authority. Extinguishes when Priority Right

side stick activation is re-established by:
Next Section
Releasing other priority switch in less

than 40 seconds
L
Pushing either priority switch
momentarily to cancel a latched
priority condition
1/12/2021 Side Stick Priority Light | Priority Right | Section 7.9.1
A320 D P
S S P L S 7.9.1
P R Previous Section
The Arrow Light illuminates red in front of Priority Left
pilot losing authority. Extinguishes when Priority Right

side stick activation is re-established by
Next Section
Captain or First Officer Light
The CAPT or F/O Light illuminates green to

L
indicate associated side stick has
established priority by activation of its
priority switch, and the opposite side stick is
not in neutral.
On newer airplanes, both lights flash when

both side sticks are moved simultaneously
and neither has taken priority. Extinguishes
when the opposite side stick is returned to
neutral.
1/12/2021 Speed Brake Lever | Speed Brakes | Section 7.10.0
A320 D P
S B L S 7.10.0
S B Previous Section
A green SPD BRK memo appears on ECAM Speed Brakes
whenever the speed brakes are extended. Ground Spoilers TO

The memo flashes amber if the speed
Ground Spoilers Landing
brakes are extended when the thrust is
above idle. Next Section
Speed brake extension is inhibited under L

the following conditions:
SEC 1 and 3 fault

Elevator (L or R) fault (only spoilers 3
and 4 are inhibited)
Angle of attack protection is active
Flaps configuration full (both in flight
and on the ground)
Either thrust lever is above MCT
(newer A320s and all A319s) < PREVIOUS NEXT >
ALPHA Floor protection is active
(newer A320s and all A319s) NOTE
On the A320, speed brake deflection is

limited to approximately half with an
autopilot engaged and is achieved with
half speed brake lever deflection. At
high altitudes and slow speeds (above
FL 310 and less than Mach .75), speed
brakes should not be extended more
than half to prevent activation of the
high angle of attack protection.
1/12/2021 Speed Brake Lever | Ground Spoilers Takeoff | Section 7.10.1
A320 D P
S B L S 7.10.1
G S T Previous Section
All ten spoiler panels serve as ground Speed Brakes
spoilers during rejected takeoffs and Ground Spoilers TO

landings. Raising the speed brake lever
arms the ground spoilers. The speed brake
lever does not move when ground spoilers Next Section
deploy. Ground spoilers can only be

deployed automatically for a landing or
L
rejected takeoff.
REJECTED TAKEOFF - Ground spoiler

extension occurs automatically during a
rejected takeoff when the wheel speed is
greater than 72 knots and :
Both thrust levers are at forward idle

if the ground spoilers are armed, or
Reverse thrust is selected on at least < PREVIOUS NEXT >
one engine with the other thrust
lever at idle if the ground spoilers are CAUTION
not armed
Manually moving the speed brake lever
aft commands speed brakes, not
ground spoilers. If the lever is moved
aft on the ground, all spoiler panels
retract if the flaps are full (a normal
inhibit). If the flaps are at 3, panels 1
and 5 retract and panels 2 through 4
remain partially extended.
1/12/2021 Speed Brake Lever | Ground Spoilers Landing | Section 7.10.2
A320 D P
S B L S 7.10.2
G S L Previous Section
LANDING - Ground spoiler extension occurs Speed Brakes
automatically upon landing at touchdown of Ground Spoilers TO

both main gear when:
Both thrust levers are at forward idle Next Section

if the ground spoilers are armed, or
Reverse thrust is selected on at least L
lever at idle if the ground spoilers are
not armed
PARTIAL EXTENSION - Partial ground spoiler

extension (10°) occurs when:
Reverse thrust is selected on at least

lever at idle, and < PREVIOUS NEXT >
One main landing gear strut is
compressed.
NOTE
RETRACTION - The ground spoilers retract
During an autoland, the ground spoilers
when the thrust levers are at idle and the
extend at half speed 1 second after
speed brake lever is disarmed, or when at
both main landing gear touch down.
least one thrust lever is above idle.
1/12/2021 Navigation Display Symbols | Table 1 | Section 8.2.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 8.0 8.0 FLIGHT INSTRUMENT
N D S S 8.2.0
T 1 Previous Section
Table 1
SYMBOL NAME MODE DEFINITION
Table 2
NAV The TO waypoint displays white. All other flight plan Table 3
Waypoint
ARC waypoints display green. Waypoints not in the flight plan
(W, G, M) Table 4
PLAN display magenta when WPT button is selected on.
Table 5
Start of NAV The point on the flight plan where the airplane is Table 6
Climb ARC predicted to start the climb. Blue when CLB armed; white
(B, W) PLAN when not armed. Table 7
Table 8
When blue, the point where the airplane will reach the
Level Off NAV Next Section
FCU-selected altitude. When magenta, the point where
Point ARC
the airplane will reach a VNAV altitude constraint if not
(B, M) PLAN
set in the FCU.
Top of NAV The top of descent or continue to descend symbol. Blue

Descent ARC when DES/FINAL armed; white when DES/FINAL not
(B, W) PLAN armed.
Indicates the point where the airplane meets the FMGC-

Intercept NAV computed vertical profile. If the intercept is from above
Point ARC the vertical path, the descent is based upon using 1/2
(B, M) PLAN speed brakes. Blue when DES is engaged; white when
only NAV is engaged.
Indicates the point where the airplane will initiate an

Speed NAV
automatic acceleration or deceleration from current
Change ARC
speed to new computed speed for SPD LIM, SPD CSTR or
(M) PLAN
HOLDING SPEED.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/flight-instruments/sys-8.2.0.html 1/1
A320 D P
N D S S 8.2.1
Table 1
SYMBOL NAME MODE DEFINITION
Table 2
Decelerate NAV/ARC Indicates where the airplane will start an automatic Table 3
Point (M) PLAN deceleration toward VAPP (switches into the APP phase).
Table 4
Indicates an altitude constraint. Magenta if constraint is Table 5

Altitude NAV
predicted to be met, amber if predicted to be missed,
Constraint ARC Table 6
and white if guidance is not taken into account and NAV
(M, A, W) PLAN
mode is engaged.
Table 7
Energy NAV Indicates the radius corresponding to the required Table 8

Circle ARC distance to land from present position. Only displayed in
Next Section
(G) PLAN descent and approach phase when in HDG or TRK modes.
FLIGHT PLAN LINES
Active
NAV Displays the primary flight plan actually being followed
Flight
ARC when NAV mode is engaged. Dashed when the NAV mode
Plan Route
PLAN is not engaged.
(G)
Missed NAV Displays when a missed approach waypoint is displayed

Approach ARC on the onside MCDU and the go-around phase is not
(B,M) PLAN active.
Secondary NAV Displays the secondary flight plan when any SEC F-PLN
Flight Plan ARC page is displayed on the onside MCDU. Active flight plan
(W) PLAN remains displayed.
A320 D P
N D S S 8.2.2
Table 1
FLIGHT PLAN LINES
Table 2
SYMBOL NAME MODE DEFINITION Table 3
Temporary Table 4
NAV/ARC
Flight Plan Displays TMPY flight plan prior to INSERT.
PLAN Table 5
(Y)
Table 6
Engine Out NAV
Displays in green when EO flight plan is active; yellow Table 7
Flight Plan ARC
when EO flight plan is not active.
(G, Y) PLAN Table 8
PATH SYMBOLS Next Section
Procedure
Turn or NAV
Displayed on the 160 NM and 320 NM scales or when the
Holding ARC
turn is beyond the next leg.
Pattern PLAN
(W)
Holding
NAV/ARC Displayed when range is 80 NM or less and the turn is in
Pattern
PLAN the active or next leg.
(W)
Displays selected runway as oriented runway symbol.

Runway NAV/ARC
Drawn to scale (paved length) if 10, 20, or 40 NM range
(W) PLAN
is selected.
NAVAIDS
Displays green if a current waypoint, white if the TO

DME or
NAV waypoint, blue when tuned for display (automatically or
TACAN
ARC manually), and magenta when not part of the flight plan
(G,W, B,
PLAN but displayed when the VOR.D and/or NDB buttons are
M)
selected on.
A320 D P
N D S S 8.2.3
Table 1
NAVAIDS
Table 2
Displays green if a current waypoint, white if the TO Table 4
VOR NAV waypoint, blue when tuned for display (automatically or Table 5
(G,W, B, ARC manually), and magenta when not part of the flight plan
M) PLAN but displayed when the VOR.D and/or NDB buttons are Table 6
selected on.
Table 7
Displays green if a current waypoint, white if the TO Table 8

VOR / waypoint, blue when tuned for display (automatically or
NAV
DME Next Section
ARC manually), and magenta when not part of the flight plan
(G,W, B,
PLAN but displayed when the VOR.D and/or NDB buttons are
M) selected on.
Displays green if a current waypoint, white if the TO

NDB NAV waypoint, blue when tuned for display (automatically or
(G,W, B, ARC manually), and magenta when not part of the flight plan
M) PLAN but displayed when the VOR.D and/or NDB buttons are
selected on.
MISCELLANEOUS
Displays white when the runway is not specified. Displays

NAV
Airport magenta for airports that are not part of the flight plan
ARC
(M, W) (regular, refueling, alternate, and emergency) when
PLAN
ARPT button is selected on.
A320 D P
N D S S 8.2.4
Table 1
MISCELLANEOUS
Table 2
Cross NAV Displays left or right lateral deviation from the active leg Table 4
Track ARC of the flight plan in NM. Not present when PPOS is the
Table 5
Error (G) PLAN FROM waypoint.
Table 6
Weather ILS/VOR Areas of the highest intensity display in red, lesser
Table 7
Radar NAV intensity in amber, and lowest intensity green.
Returns ARC Turbulence is displayed in magenta. Table 8
Next Section
Predictive
ILS/VOR
Windshear Indicates windshear area as a black and red icon and two
NAV
(Black, R, amber radial lines.
ARC
A)
Indicates threatening terrain, with red being the most

ILS
EGPWS threatening, followed by yellow then green. Black
VOR
(R, Y, G, indicates terrain is 2000 feet below airplane and/or
NAV
Black, M) within 400 feet of the runway elevation of the nearest
ARC
airport. Magenta indicates terrain data is unavailable.
TCAS
With TA/RA or TFC selected, displays RA intruder within

ILS
TCAS 15 to 35 seconds of closest point of approach (CPA).
VOR
RA Traffic Inhibited below 1100 feet AGL on climb and 900 feet on
NAV
(R) descent. Range must be 40 NM or less on some
ARC
airplanes.
A320 D P
N D S S 8.2.5
Table 1
TCAS
Table 2
Table 4
With TA, TA/RA, or TFC selected, displays TA intruder
ILS
TCAS within 20 to 48 seconds of CPA. TA traffic only displayed Table 5
VOR
TA Traffic by non-altitude reporting transponders even if intruder
NAV
(A) meets RA criteria. Range must be 40 NM or less on some Table 6
ARC
airplanes. Inhibited below 500 feet AGL.
Table 7
With TA, TA/RA, or TFC selected, displays nonthreatening Table 8

TCAS ILS intruder within 1200 feet vertically and 6 NM laterally.
Next Section
Proximate VOR Symbol alone indicates traffic without altitude reporting
Traffic NAV and must be assumed to be co-altitude. This symbol is
(W) ARC visible only if a TA or RA is active and the range selected
is 40 NM or less on some airplanes.
With TFC selected, displays nonthreatening traffic within

TCAS ILS
about 30 NM and 2700 feet vertically. Symbol alone
Other VOR
indicates traffic without altitude reporting and must be
Traffic NAV
assumed to be co-altitude. Range must be 40 NM or less
(W) ARC
on some airplanes.
TCAS
ILS With TA, TA/RA, or TFC selected, indicates traffic is
Vertical
VOR climbing ↑ or descending ↓ at least 500 FPM. Arrows not
↑ ↓ Speed
NAV displayed indicates vertical motion less than 500 FPM.
Arrows
ARC Range must be 40 NM or less on some airplanes.
(R, A, W)
A320 D P
N D S S 8.2.6
Table 1
TCAS
Table 2
10.3NM TCAS ILS Up to two displayed when no bearing information is Table 4

+01↑ No Bearing VOR available. Displays distance in NM, altitude, and vertical
Table 5
12.4NM Data NAV direction at the bottom of the ND. Displays in amber or
-02 ↓ (A, R) ARC red according to threat level. Table 6
Table 7
TCAS
No Bearing ILS
Displays distance in NM at the bottom of the ND when no Table 8
& VOR
10.3 NM bearing or altitude information is available. Displays in
No Alt NAV Next Section
amber or red according to threat level.
Data ARC
(A, R)
TCAS ILS
Indicates TCAS failure. Flashes for 9 seconds, then
TCAS Failure VOR
remains steady. NAV TCAS FAULT appears on upper
FAIL Indication NAV
ECAM.
(R) ARC
TCAS Off ILS/VOR

Indicates STBY has been selected or both transponders
TCAS: OFF Indication NAV
have failed.
(B) ARC
Indicates TA only mode is selected or the RA function is

TCAS ILS
inhibited or failed. With TA/RA selected, the message
TA Only VOR
TA ONLY appears automatically during climb until 1100 feet AGL
Indication NAV
and on descent below 900 feet AGL when the TCAS
(A, W) ARC
automatically switches to the TA ONLY mode.
A320 D P
N D S S 8.2.7
Table 1
TCAS
Table 2
Table 4
Table 5
TCAS ILS Table 6

TCAS Offscale VOR With TFC selected, RA or TA traffic is outside the traffic
Table 7
Offscale (A for TA) NAV area covered by the selected ND range.
(R for RA) ARC Table 8
Next Section
With TA, TA/RA, or TFC selected, displays relative traffic

altitude in hundreds of feet. For an intruder above the
TCAS ILS airplane, the relative altitude will be placed over the
+05
Relative VOR traffic symbol preceded by an + sign. For intruders co-
−05
Traffic NAV altitude or lower, the relative altitude will be placed below
00
(W) ARC the target symbol preceded by - sign (except 00, which
had no sign). Range must be 40 NM or less on some
airplanes.
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Flight Mode Annunciations | Section 8.3.0
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.0
F M A Previous Section
Most FMA indications are green for an PFD Symbols 1
engaged mode, blue for an armed mode, Flight Mode Annunciations

white for a status indication, and amber for
VMAX
an advisory indication. Normally, the first
line indicates engaged/captured modes, and Next Flap Extend Speed
the second line indicates armed modes, and Over Speed Protection Symbol
third line special messages.
Target Airspeed Pointer
Actual Airspeed Reference
Speed Trend Arrow
Min Flap Retraction Speed
Alpha Protection
Alpha Maximum
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 2
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Vmax | Section 8.3.1
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.1
V Previous Section
The lower end of a red and black strip along PFD Symbols 1
the speed scale defines VMAX. It indicates Flight Mode Annunciations
the lowest of: VMAX
VMO/MMO Next Flap Extend Speed
VFE for the selected flap setting Over Speed Protection Symbol
VLE if the landing gear is extended Target Airspeed Pointer
Speed Trend Arrow
Alpha Protection
Alpha Maximum
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 2
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Next Flap Extend Speed | Section 8.3.2
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.2
N F E S Previous Section
The VFE Next symbol appears in amber and PFD Symbols 1
is: Flight Mode Annunciations
VMAX
The placarded maximum speed for
selecting next greater flap setting Next Flap Extend Speed
Only displays below 15,000 feet or
Over Speed Protection Symbol
20,000 feet, depending on FAC
standard
Speed Trend Arrow
Alpha Protection
Alpha Maximum
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 2
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Over or High Speed Protection | Section 8.3.3
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.3
O H S P Previous Section
Over Speed or High Speed Protection is PFD Symbols 1
activated when airspeed exceeds VMO + 6 Flight Mode Annunciations
knots or MMO + M.01. When it is active: VMAX
The autopilot disconnects Next Flap Extend Speed
High speed aural warning is heard Over Speed Protection Symbol

Automatic pitch trimming stops
to 45° Actual Airspeed Reference
High speed protection can be Speed Trend Arrow

overridden, but side stick nose-down
authority is reduced and a positive
pitch-up command is introduced Lowest Selectable Speed
Positive spiral static stability is Alpha Protection

introduced to 0° bank angle (instead
Alpha Maximum
of 33° bank angle in normal law), so < PREVIOUS NEXT >
that when the side stick is released it PFD Symbols 2
always returns to 0° bank angle PFD Symbols 3

instead of 33° bank angle
PFD Symbols 4
If the stick is released, the airplane
continues to pitch-up until the PFD Symbols 5
airspeed slows to VMO/MMO at which Next Section

point the high speed protection is
deactivated and normal control laws
are restored
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Target Airspeed Pointer | Section 8.3.4
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.4
T A P Previous Section
The Target Airspeed Pointer points to the PFD Symbols 1
target airspeed or Mach value. The pointer Flight Mode Annunciations

is magenta when the target airspeed is a
VMAX
managed speed and blue when the target
airspeed is a selected speed. Next Flap Extend Speed

If the target airspeed is beyond the speed
tape display range, the target speed value Target Airspeed Pointer
displays as a digital value above or below Actual Airspeed Reference

the speed tape.
Speed Trend Arrow
MANAGED APPROACH SPD - When an Min Flap Retraction Speed

approach is flown in managed speed, the
target speed is indicated on the PFD by a
magenta triangle. Managed speed is Alpha Protection
adjusted by the FMGCs for mini Alpha Maximum

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
groundspeed and is limited by both VAPP
PFD Symbols 2
and VFE.
PFD Symbols 3
SELECTED APPROACH SPEED - When an PFD Symbols 4

approach is flown using selected speed,
PFD Symbols 5
target speed is set by the pilots on the FCU
and is indicated on the PFD by a blue Next Section
triangle. Target speed is normally equal to

VAPP as displayed on the PERF APPR page.
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Actual Airspeed Reference Line | Section 8.3.5
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.5
A A R L Previous Section
The Actual Airspeed Reference Line PFD Symbols 1
indicates the actual airspeed. The airspeed Flight Mode Annunciations

scale moves behind the fixed yellow line.
VMAX
Airspeed indication starts from 30 knots.
Next Flap Extend Speed
Speed Trend Arrow
Alpha Protection
Alpha Maximum
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 2
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Speed Trend Arrow | Section 8.3.6
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.6
S T A Previous Section
The tip of the Speed Trend Arrow points to PFD Symbols 1
the speed value which is attained in 10 Flight Mode Annunciations

seconds if the acceleration remains
VMAX
constant. It appears when speed difference
is greater than 2 knots. The Speed Trend Next Flap Extend Speed
Arrow disappears when speed difference is Over Speed Protection Symbol

less than 1 knot.
Speed Trend Arrow
Alpha Protection
Alpha Maximum
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 2
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Minimum Flap Retraction Speed | Section 8.3.7
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.7
M F R S Previous Section
Selection of managed speed while in the PFD Symbols 1
APPR phase moves the magenta speed bug Flight Mode Annunciations
to VAPP, and allows the auto flight system
VMAX
to fly the higher of managed approach
speed or the speed associated with the flap Next Flap Extend Speed
configuration until final flaps are selected. Over Speed Protection Symbol
Speed Trend Arrow
Alpha Protection
Alpha Maximum
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 2
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Lowest Selectable Speed | Section 8.3.8
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.8
L S S Previous Section
VLS is defined by the top of the amber strip PFD Symbols 1
along the speed scale. VLS is the minimum Flight Mode Annunciations
speed that provides an adequate margin VMAX

above stall. It is the slowest speed the auto
Next Flap Extend Speed
flight and auto thrust system will fly, if
engaged. It provides a 1.2 G low speed Over Speed Protection Symbol
buffet margin when above FL 200. During Target Airspeed Pointer

approach or below FL 200 provides a 1.23
VSTALL margin for landing. VLS on the PFD is
Speed Trend Arrow
a dynamic number computed by the FACs
based on airplane configuration and load Min Flap Retraction Speed
factor. Lowest Selectable Speed
VLS in the MCDU is a static number Alpha Protection
generated by the FMGC based on predicted Alpha Maximum

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
landing weight and selected landing flap
PFD Symbols 2
configuration on the PERF APPR page (e.g.,
PFD Symbols 3
FLAPS 3 or FULL).
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Alpha Protection | Section 8.3.9
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.9
A P Previous Section
Alpha Protection is defined by the top of a PFD Symbols 1
black and amber strip along the speed Flight Mode Annunciations
scale. It represents the speed corresponding
VMAX
to the angle of attack at which alpha
protection activates, as computed by the Next Flap Extend Speed
FACs. Over Speed Protection Symbol
Speed Trend Arrow
Alpha Protection
Alpha Maximum
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 2
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Alpha Maximum | Section 8.3.10
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.10
A M Previous Section
Alpha Maximum Speed is defined by the top PFD Symbols 1
of a red strip along the speed scale. It Flight Mode Annunciations

represents the speed corresponding to the
VMAX
maximum angle of attack, as computed by
the FACs. Next Flap Extend Speed
NOTE Target Airspeed Pointer
VLS, alpha protection, and alpha Actual Airspeed Reference

maximum do not appear on the
Speed Trend Arrow
ground. They appear in flight shortly
after liftoff. Min Flap Retraction Speed
Alpha Protection
Alpha Maximum
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 2
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Side Slip Index Beta Target | Section 8.3.11
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.11
S S I B T Previous Section
Side Slip Index/Beta Target indicates lateral PFD Symbols 1
acceleration on the ground. PFD Symbols 2
In flight, when beta target is centered, a Side Slip Index Beta Target
small side slip is present for optimum Bank Angle Limit Indicator
airplane performance.
Flight Director Command Bars
If one engine fails, the FAC modifies the Flight Director Command Bars 2
sideslip indication to show the pilot how
Airplane Symbol
much rudder to use to get the best climb
performance. In takeoff configuration when Flight Path Vector
the FAC detects asymmectric thrust (35% Flight Path Vector 2

N1) and at least one engine is 80% N1, the
Flight Path Director
sideslip indication changes from yellow to
blue. Zero the indication to get the best Pitch Scale
climb performance. Pitch Limit Indicator

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Side slip index changes to beta target Radio Altitude Height
when: Loc and GS Scales and Indices
CONF 1, 2, or 3 is selected, and Marker Beacon Indication
Any engine EPR exceeds 1.25, and PFD Symbols 3

There is a difference between EPRs
PFD Symbols 4
exceeding .25
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Bank Angle Limit Indicator | Section 8.3.12
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.12
B A L I Previous Section
The Bank Angle Limit Indicator indicates PFD Symbols 1
bank angle limitation in green at 67° (left or PFD Symbols 2

right) on roll scale. With loss of normal law
Side Slip Index Beta Target
the Bank Angle Limit Indicator is replaced
with an amber colored X. Bank Angle Limit Indicator
Flight Director Command Bars 2
Airplane Symbol
Flight Path Vector
Flight Path Vector 2
Pitch Scale
Pitch Limit Indicator

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Radio Altitude Height
Loc and GS Scales and Indices
Marker Beacon Indication
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Flight Director Command Bars | Section 8.3.13
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.13
F D C B Previous Section
The FD Command Bars are displayed when PFD Symbols 1
a flight director button is selected ON. On PFD Symbols 2

the ground, the flight director may be
selected ON, but will not appear on the PFD
until the thrust levers are moved to FLX or Bank Angle Limit Indicator
TO/GA. Flight Director Command Bars
If selected in flight, the flight director will Flight Director Command Bars 2
engage in the current autopilot mode. If no Airplane Symbol

autopilot is engaged, it will engage in the
Flight Path Vector
HDG-V/S or TRK-FPA mode, depending on
the FCU selection. Flight Path Vector 2

CONTINUE
Pitch Scale

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Flight Director Command Bars | Section 8.3.14
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.14
F D C B Previous Section
CONTINUED PFD Symbols 1
PFD Symbols 2
On newer airplanes, the flight directors
automatically pop up in the HDG-V/S mode Side Slip Index Beta Target
when a go-around is initiated and provide Bank Angle Limit Indicator

pitch and roll commands to maintain or
return to a lateral and vertical profile.
The following occur with either flight
Airplane Symbol
director is displayed:
Flight Path Vector
Bars bias out of view when bank
angle exceeds 45°, and return when
bank is reduced to less than 40° Flight Path Director
Bars bias out of view when pitch Pitch Scale

exceeds +25° or -13°, and return
when pitch is reduced to less than < PREVIOUS NEXT >
+22° or -10° Radio Altitude Height
Bars bias out of view at touchdown in Loc and GS Scales and Indices
the ROLL OUT mode
Bars flash (for a limited time) when a
reversion occurs or there is a loss of PFD Symbols 3
LOC or G/S signal in the LAND mode PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Airplane Symbol | Section 8.3.15
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.15
A S Previous Section
The fixed Airplane Symbol is dimmed when PFD Symbols 1
TRK-FPA selected. PFD Symbols 2
Bank Angle Limit Indicator
Airplane Symbol
Flight Path Vector
Pitch Scale

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Flight Path Vector | Section 8.3.16
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.16
F P V Previous Section
The FPV symbol appears when the HDG- PFD Symbols 1
V/S/ TRK-FPA button is selected to TRK-FPA PFD Symbols 2

and represents the airplane as seen from
behind. The FPV displays the lateral and
vertical inertial path (trajectory) of the Bank Angle Limit Indicator
airplane with respect to the ground. Flight Director Command Bars
BANK ANGLE - The FPV wings are always Flight Director Command Bars 2
parallel to the fixed airplane symbol wings; Airplane Symbol

therefore, the roll scale always indicates
Flight Path Vector
current bank angle.
CONTINUE
Pitch Scale

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Flight Path Vector | Section 8.3.17
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.17
F P V Previous Section
CONTINUED PFD Symbols 1
PFD Symbols 2
FLIGHT PATH ANGLE - Placement of the FPV
along the pitch axis indicates Flight path Side Slip Index Beta Target
angle (FPA). When the FPV is on the PFD Bank Angle Limit Indicator
horizon line, the FPA is zero (level flight). If
the FPV is above the horizon line, the
airplane is climbing; below the line, the Flight Director Command Bars 2
airplane is descending. Airplane Symbol
The angle of climb or descent corresponds Flight Path Vector
to where the center of the FPV intersects Flight Path Vector 2

the PFD pitch scale. FPA does not vary with
speed or configuration changes. Flying the
FPV onto the horizon line always produces Pitch Scale
level flight, regardless of airspeed or Pitch Limit Indicator

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
configuration; flying the FPV to 3° below the
horizon always produces a 3° glidepath.
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Flight Path Director | Section 8.3.18
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.18
F P D Previous Section
The FPD symbol appears when a flight PFD Symbols 1
director button is selected on and the HDG- PFD Symbols 2

V/S/TRK-FPA button is selected to TRKFPA.
The FPD is a fully functioning flight director Bank Angle Limit Indicator
system which uses a single command bar to
indicate desired FPA and bank. The FPD is
designed specifically for use with the FPV. Flight Director Command Bars 2
Airplane Symbol
FPD VERTICAL MODE - To comply with FPD
commands, the pilot always flies the FPV to Flight Path Vector
the FPD. Pitch up or down to fly the FPV Flight Path Vector 2
circle over the FPD circle, and roll to put the
FPV wings on top of (same bank angle as)
the FPD wings. The FPD commands all Pitch Scale
vertical modes the conventional flight Pitch Limit Indicator

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
director can except vertical speed. Instead
of vertical speed, it commands flight path
angle. Loc and GS Scales and Indices
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Pitch Scale | Section 8.3.19
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.19
P S Previous Section
The Pitch Scale graduates between 80° PFD Symbols 1
nose-up and 80° nose-down with 2.5° PFD Symbols 2

increments between 30° nose-up and 10°
nose-down, and 10° increments thereafter.
Beyond 30° nose-up or nose-down, large Bank Angle Limit Indicator
red arrows indicate an excessive attitude Flight Director Command Bars

and the direction to follow in order to
reduce it.
Airplane Symbol
Flight Path Vector
Pitch Scale

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Pitch Limit Indicator | Section 8.3.20
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.20
P L I Previous Section
The Pitch Limit Indicator indicates pitch PFD Symbols 1
angle limitation in green at 30° nose up or PFD Symbols 2

15° nose-down on pitch scale. Symbols are
replaced by amber Xs with loss of normal
law. Bank Angle Limit Indicator
Airplane Symbol
Flight Path Vector
Pitch Scale

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Radio Altitude Height | Section 8.3.21
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.21
R A H Previous Section
The Radio Height displays RA below 2500 PFD Symbols 1
feet. Changes every 10 feet down to 50 PFD Symbols 2

feet, then every 5 feet down to 10 feet,
then every foot.
Bank Angle Limit Indicator
If a DH has been entered, the Radio Altitude
appears:
Green when RA is greater than DH
Airplane Symbol
plus 100 feet
Amber when RA is less than DH plus Flight Path Vector
100 feet Flight Path Vector 2
If NO is entered as the DH on the PERF Flight Path Director
APPR page, zero is taken as the default Pitch Scale

value.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
If a DH has not been entered, or an MDA Radio Altitude Height
has been entered, the RA value appears:
Green when RA is greater than 400 Marker Beacon Indication

feet
PFD Symbols 3
Amber when RA is less than or equal
to 400 feet PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Localizer and Glideslope Scales | Section 8.3.22
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.22
L G S I Previous Section
The Localizer and Glideslope Scales and PFD Symbols 1
Indices Scales appear when ILS/LS button is PFD Symbols 2

selected ON. Indices appear when localizer
and glideslope signals are valid if scales are
displayed. Half index displayed at the end of Bank Angle Limit Indicator
scale when the signal is received but the Flight Director Command Bars
index is out of the displayed range.
Localizer scale and index flash continuously Airplane Symbol

when LOC is engaged and the deviation
Flight Path Vector
exceeds 1/4 dot above 15 feet RA.
Glideslope scale and index flash
continuously when G/S is engaged and the
deviation exceeds 1 dot above 100 feet RA. Pitch Scale

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Marker Beacon Indication | Section 8.3.23
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.23
M B I Previous Section
The OM symbol displays in blue when the PFD Symbols 1
outer marker is over flown. PFD Symbols 2
The MM symbol displays in amber when the Side Slip Index Beta Target
middle marker is over flown. Bank Angle Limit Indicator
The AWY symbol displays in white when the Flight Director Command Bars
inner marker is overflown. Flight Director Command Bars 2
Airplane Symbol
Flight Path Vector
Pitch Scale

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Vertical Deviation Indication | Section 8.3.24
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.24
V D I Previous Section
On GPS-equipped airplanes, the vertical PFD Symbols 1
deviation indication, scale, and index appear PFD Symbols 2

magenta when:
PFD Symbols 3
A non-precision approach (VOR, ADF, Vertical Deviation Indication

RNAV, or GPS) has been selected,
Vertical Deviation Scale
and
The PERF APP phase is active. Max Side Stick Deflection
Ground Roll Guidance

The Vertical Deviation Indication flashes
amber if the ILS/LS button is selected ON Actual Track Diamond
when the APP NAV mode is armed. Selected Heading FD Off
Selected Heading FD On
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Selected Target Altitude Indicator
Selected Target Altitude
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Vertical Deviation Scale | Section 8.3.25
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.25
V D S Previous Section
The Vertical Deviation Scale and Index PFD Symbols 1
displays vertical deviation from the FMGC- PFD Symbols 2

computed vertical flight path. Each dot
PFD Symbols 3
represents 100 feet.
Vertical Deviation Indication

NOTE
Max Side Stick Deflection
If ILS/LS button is selected ON,
glideslope deviation has priority over Ground Roll Guidance
vertical deviation information.

Actual Track Diamond
Selected Heading FD Off
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Max Side Stick Deflection | Section 8.3.26
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.26
M S S D Previous Section
Max Side Stick Deflection is indicated as a PFD Symbols 1
partial white box after engine start and PFD Symbols 2

displays the maximum side stick deflection.
PFD Symbols 3
It is only displayed on the ground.
The Side Stick Order Indication displays in
white after first engine start. Indicates
combined displacement of Captain's and Max Side Stick Deflection
First Officer's side sticks (e.g., left bank, Ground Roll Guidance
pitch up). Allows pilots to observe
commanded side stick deflection during
takeoff and landing roll. Only displayed on Selected Heading FD Off
the ground. Selected Heading FD On
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Ground Roll Guidance | Section 8.3.27
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.27
G R G Previous Section
The Ground Roll Guidance Command Bar PFD Symbols 1
provides flight director yaw commands PFD Symbols 2

below 30 feet RA if localizer signal is
PFD Symbols 3
available during takeoff with the RWY FMA
displayed, or landing with the ROLLOUT FMA Vertical Deviation Indication
displayed. If the localizer signal is lost when Vertical Deviation Scale

RWY or ROLLOUT is engaged, the command
bar provides lateral guidance based upon
the runway track memorized prior to the Ground Roll Guidance
failure. The command bar centers when the Actual Track Diamond
airplane is correcting toward the centerline
at the commanded rate (e.g., used as
steering bar to capture and maintain Selected Heading FD On
course). True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Actual Track Diamond | Section 8.3.28
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.28
A T D Previous Section
The Actual Track Diamond indicates actual PFD Symbols 1
track on the heading scale in green. If PFD Symbols 2

displayed, the FPV appears directly above
PFD Symbols 3
the diamond.
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Selected Heading or Track Index - FD Off | Section 8.3.29
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.29
S H T I - FD O Previous Section
Selected Heading or Track Index indicates PFD Symbols 1
the selected heading or track in blue on the PFD Symbols 2

attitude horizon when the FD is OFF. This
PFD Symbols 3
symbol corresponds with heading select
symbol on the heading scale. Vertical Deviation Indication
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Selected Heading or Track Index - FD On | Section 8.3.30
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.30
S H T I - FD O Previous Section
Selected Heading or Track Index on heading PFD Symbols 1
scale is not present in the NAV mode; PFD Symbols 2

however, it does display when a heading is
PFD Symbols 3
preselected while in the NAV mode for
approximately 45 seconds. Vertical Deviation Indication
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | True Heading | Section 8.3.31
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.31
T H Previous Section
The TRU symbol is displayed when true PFD Symbols 1
heading is utilized instead of magnetic PFD Symbols 2

heading. This occurs when north of 73°
PFD Symbols 3
North or south of 60° South.
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | DH Flag | Section 8.3.32
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.32
DH F Previous Section
The DH Flag displays in amber to indicate PFD Symbols 1
that decision height has been reached. The PFD Symbols 2

DH symbol flashes for 3 seconds when
PFD Symbols 3
decision height is reached, then remains
steady until touch down. Vertical Deviation Indication
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Selected Target Altitude Indicator | Section 8.3.33
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.33
S T A I Previous Section
The Selected Target Altitude or FL Indicator PFD Symbols 1
(Target Altitude Value Not on Scale) displays PFD Symbols 2

the selected target altitude or flight level
PFD Symbols 3
above or below the altitude scale, as
appropriate. Vertical Deviation Indication
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Selected Target Altitude | Section 8.3.34
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.34
S T A Previous Section
Selected Target Altitude indicates the target PFD Symbols 1
altitude in feet if selected QNH altitude is PFD Symbols 2

the barometric reference. Selected FL is
PFD Symbols 3
displayed if STD is the barometric reference.
When the FMGC operates in the vertical
manage mode the symbol is a magenta
color if it represents an altitude constraint Max Side Stick Deflection
that the FMGC will follow. If it represents Ground Roll Guidance

the FCU altitude constraint, then the target
altitude is a blue color.
True Heading
DH Flags
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Vertical Deviation Indicator | Section 8.3.35
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.35
V D I Previous Section
The Vertical Deviation Indicator is a PFD Symbols 1
magenta symbol that indicates the PFD Symbols 2

airplane's vertical path computed by the
PFD Symbols 3
FMGC. This symbol is displayed during the
descent and approach phases of flight. PFD Symbols 4
Vertical Deviation Indicator

The scale of the deviation is the same as
the altitude scale next to it (approximately Vertical Speed Scale
+/-500 feet). When the deviation exceeds Digital Vertical Speed Indicator
+/-500 feet, the symbol stays at the limit.
Analog Vertical Speed Pointer
The PROG page displays the exact value.
Stall Warning Speed
V1, VR, and V2 Speeds
Minimum Slat Retract Speed
Green Dot Speed

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Vertical Speed Scale | Section 8.3.36
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.36
V S S Previous Section
The Vertical Speed Scale is displayed as PFD Symbols 1
white scale on gray background. Each PFD Symbols 2

graduate is in 500 FPM increments.
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
Vertical Speed Scale
Digital Vertical Speed Indicator
Stall Warning Speed
Green Dot Speed

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Digital Vertical Speed Indication | Section 8.3.37
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.37
D V S I Previous Section
The Digital Vertical Speed Indication PFD Symbols 1
displays green if 2000 FPM or less. It PFD Symbols 2

disappears when vertical speed is less than
PFD Symbols 3
200 FPM. If vertical speed exceeds 2000
FPM, the pointer moves to end of scale and PFD Symbols 4
vertical speed indicators (digital and analog) Vertical Deviation Indicator

become amber. Below 1000 feet RA, this
occurs if vertical speed is in excess of 1200
FPM. Digital Vertical Speed Indicator
Stall Warning Speed
Green Dot Speed

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Analog Vertical Speed Pointer | Section 8.3.38
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.38
A V S P Previous Section
The Analog Vertical Speed Pointer displays PFD Symbols 1
green if 2000 FPM or less. It disappears PFD Symbols 2

when vertical speed is less than 200 FPM. If
PFD Symbols 3
vertical speed exceeds 2000 FPM, the
pointer moves to end of scale and vertical PFD Symbols 4
speed indicators (digital and analog) Vertical Deviation Indicator

become amber. Below 1000 feet RA, this
occurs if vertical speed is in excess of 1200
FPM. Digital Vertical Speed Indicator
Stall Warning Speed
Green Dot Speed

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Stall Warning Speed | Section 8.3.39
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.39
S W S Previous Section
The VSW is defined by the top of a red and PFD Symbols 1
black strip along the speed scale. It PFD Symbols 2
represents the speed corresponding to the PFD Symbols 3

stall warning, as computed by the FACs. The
PFD Symbols 4
VSW symbol is displayed on the PFD in
alternate and direct law.
Stall Warning Speed
Green Dot Speed

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | V1, Vr, and V2 | Section 8.3.40
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.40
V1, VR, V2 S Previous Section
PFD Symbols 1
TAKEOFF DECISION SPEED - The V1 symbol
PFD Symbols 2
appears in blue next to the speed during
takeoff. When the V1 symbol is off scale, the PFD Symbols 3
blue color numeric V1 value is displayed at PFD Symbols 4
the top and right side of speed scale. V1 is Vertical Deviation Indicator
entered by the pilots on the PERF TAKE OFF
page of the MCDU. It disappears after liftoff.
ROTATION SPEED - VR is not indicated on
the PFD.
Stall Warning Speed
TAKEOFF SAFETY SPEED - The V2 symbol is V1, VR, and V2 Speeds

indicated by the magenta color airspeed
pointer during takeoff. When the V2 symbol
Green Dot Speed
is off scale, then the magenta color numeric < PREVIOUS NEXT >
V2 value is displayed at the top of the speed Econ Speed Range
scale. Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Minimum Slat Retract Speed | Section 8.3.41
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.41
M S R S Previous Section
The S speed (minimum slat retract speed) is PFD Symbols 1
displayed in green when the flap handle is PFD Symbols 2

in position 1. The S speed is the minimum
PFD Symbols 3
speed required to retract the flaps to
position 0. The airplane flies S speed in the PFD Symbols 4
approach phase of flight when speed is Vertical Deviation Indicator

managed and flaps are at 1.
Stall Warning Speed
Green Dot Speed

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Green Dot Speed - Best Lift/Drag Speed | Section 8.3.42
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.42
G D S - B L /D S Previous Section
The Green Dot Speed is displayed when the PFD Symbols 1
flap handle is in position 0, clean PFD Symbols 2

configuration and represents the best
PFD Symbols 3
lift/drag speed.
PFD Symbols 4
It also represents the best angle of climb
speed, max endurance speed, and single
engine drift down speed. The airplane flies Vertical Speed Scale
green dot speed in the approach phase of Digital Vertical Speed Indicator
flight when speed is managed and flaps are
at 0.
Stall Warning Speed
Green Dot Speed

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Econ Speed Range | Section 8.3.43
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.43
E S R Previous Section
The Econ Speed Range appears in magenta PFD Symbols 1
when: in the DES phase of flight, speed is PFD Symbols 2

managed, and the DES FMA is annunciated
PFD Symbols 3
(NAV required).
PFD Symbols 4
Provides a range of up to ± 20 knots of
target speed, limited by VMAX as an upper
limit and the greater of green dot, S, F, or
VLS as the lower speed limit. Digital Vertical Speed Indicator

If a speed limit or constraint exists, the
Stall Warning Speed
range is +5/-20 knots of target speed.
Minimizes thrust variations while V1, VR, and V2 Speeds
maintaining the VNAV descent profile.
Target speed is either the auto speed
entered in the PERF DES page or ECON < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Green Dot Speed
descent speed. Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Altitude Indicator | Section 8.3.44
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.44
A I Previous Section
The Altitude Indicator displays altitude in PFD Symbols 1
green on a white moving scale. NEG PFD Symbols 2

appears in window to indicate negative
PFD Symbols 3
altitude.
PFD Symbols 4
Window flashes yellow when approaching
within 750 feet of the FCU-selected altitude
or flight level and stops flashing within 250 Vertical Speed Scale
feet. Window flashes amber if the airplane Digital Vertical Speed Indicator
deviates from the selected altitude or flight
level by 250 feet.
Stall Warning Speed
Numerical value changes from green to
amber when the airplane is at or below the
MDA entered in the MCDU. Minimum Slat Retract Speed
Green Dot Speed

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Econ Speed Range
Altitude Indicator
PFD Symbols 5
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | ILS Information | Section 8.3.45
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.45
ILS I Previous Section
The following appears when an ILS PFD Symbols 1
frequency and course are tuned and the PFD Symbols 2

ILS/LS button is selected on:
PFD Symbols 3
ILS identification as decoded from PFD Symbols 4

the ILS receiver
PFD Symbols 5
ILS frequency
ILS/DME distance if a DME is ILS Information
collocated Mach Number
ILS Message
ILS Front Course Pointer
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference
Check Altimeter Annunciation

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Mach Number | Section 8.3.46
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.46
M N Previous Section
When the mach number is .5 or greater and PFD Symbols 1
the ILS/LS button is not selected then the PFD Symbols 2

mach number is displayed.
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
ILS Information
Mach Number
ILS Message
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | ILS Message | Section 8.3.47
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.47
ILS M Previous Section
The ILS Message flashes amber when APPR PFD Symbols 1
or LOC button has been selected ON for an PFD Symbols 2

ILS approach, and the ILS/LS button has
PFD Symbols 3
not been selected to display the ILS data.
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
ILS Information
Mach Number
ILS Message
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | ILS Front Course Pointer | Section 8.3.48
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.48
ILS F C P Previous Section
The ILS Front Course Pointer is a magenta PFD Symbols 1
color and cross shaped symbol that appears PFD Symbols 2

when an ILS frequency and course are
PFD Symbols 3
tuned and the ILS/LS button is selected ON.
PFD Symbols 4
The ILS Front Course Pointer is replaced by
PFD Symbols 5
the ILS course digital value in magenta and
appears on either side of the scale when ILS Information
outside of the displayed heading range. Mach Number
ILS Message
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Landing Elevation | Section 8.3.49
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.49
L E Previous Section
The Landing Elevation symbol indicates the PFD Symbols 1
barometric landing elevation of the PFD Symbols 2

destination airport in cyan.
PFD Symbols 3
PFD Symbols 4
PFD Symbols 5
ILS Information
Mach Number
ILS Message
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Ground Reference | Section 8.3.50
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.50
G R Previous Section
The Ground Reference symbol displays PFD Symbols 1
ground reference as a red ribbon along the PFD Symbols 2

altitude scale when below 570 feet AGL
PFD Symbols 3
(based on radio altitude). The top of ribbon
is at the center of altitude window at PFD Symbols 4
touchdown. PFD Symbols 5
ILS Information
Mach Number
ILS Message
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | Check Altimeter Annunciation | Section 8.3.51
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.51
C A A Previous Section
The CHECK ALT annunciation appears in PFD Symbols 1
amber to indicate the difference between PFD Symbols 2

both PFDs altitude indications is greater
PFD Symbols 3
than 250 feet (QNH), or 500 feet (STD).
PFD Symbols 4
In RVSM airspace, both primary altimeters
PFD Symbols 5
must agree within 200 feet at all times. At
intervals of approximately one hour, or ILS Information
when passing oceanic waypoints, confirm Mach Number

the primary altimeters are within the 200-
ILS Message
foot tolerance.
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | TCAS Fail Flag | Section 8.3.52
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.52
TCAS F F Previous Section
When a TCAS system fault is detected, the PFD Symbols 1
TCAS Fail Flag (annunciation) appears in red PFD Symbols 2

on the PFD and ND.
PFD Symbols 3
In addition, a NAV TCAS FAULT message PFD Symbols 4

appears on the upper ECAM when a TCAS
PFD Symbols 5
system fault is detected.
ILS Information
Mach Number
ILS Message
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Primary Flight Display Symbols | PFD TCAS Display | Section 8.3.53
A320 D P
P F D S S 8.3.53
PFD TCAS D Previous Section
When an RA is detected, the VSI displays a PFD Symbols 1
Fly To Area that indicates in green the area PFD Symbols 2

of the scale to target in order to avoid
PFD Symbols 3
conflict.
PFD Symbols 4
When an RA is detected, the pilot must
PFD Symbols 5
maintain the vertical speed just outside the
red area to minimize altitude deviations ILS Information
during an RA. Mach Number
ILS Message
Landing Elevation
Ground Reference

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
TCAS Fail Flag
PFD TCAS Display
Next Section
1/12/2021 Switching Panel | ATT HDG Selector | Section 8.4.0
A320 D P
S P S 8.4.0
Previous Section
ATT HDG Selector
AIR DATA Selector
EIS DMC Selector
ECAM / ND XFR Selector
Next Section
ATT HDG S
When the ATT HDG Selector is selected to: SWITCHING PANEL - Four selectors on the L
forward control pedestal allows the pilots to
NORM - IR 1 supplies data to PFD 1, reconfigure display unit sources in case of
ND 1, and DDRMI/VOR DME. IR 2 component failure.
supplies data to PFD 2 and ND 2.
CAPT 3 - IR 3 replaces IR 1 and
supplies data to PFD 1, ND 1, and
DDRMI / VOR DME.
F/O 3 - IR 3 replaces IR 2 and
1/12/2021 Switching Panel | AIR DATA Selector | Section 8.4.1
A320 D P
S P S 8.4.1
Previous Section
ATT HDG Selector
AIR DATA Selector
EIS DMC Selector
Next Section
AIR DATA S
When the AIR DATA Selector is selected to: SWITCHING PANEL - Four selectors on the L
NORM - ADR 1 supplies data to PFD 1 reconfigure display unit sources in case of
and ND 1. ADR 2 supplies data to component failure.
PFD 2 and ND 2.
CAPT 3 - ADR 3 replaces ADR 1 and
supplies data to PFD 1, and ND 1.
F/O 3 - ADR 3 replaces ADR 2 and
1/12/2021 Switching Panel | EIS DMC Selector | Section 8.4.2
A320 D P
S P S 8.4.2
Previous Section
ATT HDG Selector
AIR DATA Selector
EIS DMC Selector
Next Section
EIS DMC S
When the EIS DMC Selector is selected to: SWITCHING PANEL - Four selectors on the L
NORM - DMC 1 supplies data to PFD reconfigure display unit sources in case of
1, ND 1, and upper ECAM display. component failure.
DMC 2 supplies data to PFD 2, ND 2,
and lower ECAM display.
CAPT 3 - DMC 3 replaces DMC 1 and
upper ECAM display.
F/O 3 - DMC 3 replaces DMC 2 and
lower ECAM display.
1/12/2021 Switching Panel | ECAM/ND XFR Selector | Section 8.4.3
A320 D P
S P S 8.4.3
Previous Section
ATT HDG Selector
AIR DATA Selector
EIS DMC Selector
Next Section
ECAM/ND XFR S
When the ECAM/ND XFR Selector is selected SWITCHING PANEL - Four selectors on the L
to: forward control pedestal allows the pilots to
reconfigure display unit sources in case of
NORM - The System Display (SD) component failure.
appears on lower ECAM.
CAPT - Transfers the System Display
to Captain's ND.
F/O - Transfers the System Display to
First Officer's ND.
Note: In case of engine/warning display

(E/WD) and SD failure, the selector allows
the E/WD to transfer to either ND.
1/12/2021 Clocks | Description | Section 8.5.0
A320 D P
C S 8.5.0
D Previous Section
One of two different clocks is installed on Clocks Description
the right side of the center instrument Analog Chronometer

panel. The clock provides the time and date
Set Analog Chronometer
to all aircraft systems that require time,
including the FMGCs and ACARS. (ACARS Digital Chronometer
receives time from the clock; there is no Set Digital Chronometer

provision to update the clock from ACARS.)
Chronometer ND Switches
One clock is fully self-contained. It has an Next Section

analog chronometer needle that sweeps
around the clock face. The time and date L
must be manually set if the clock is not
correct.
The other clock is fully digital. It normally < PREVIOUS NEXT >
synchronizes to and displays GPS time, but
can be set to disregard the GPS and display
its own internal time and date, which can be
manually set.
1/12/2021 Clocks | Analog Chronometer | Section 8.5.1
A320 D P
C S 8.5.1
A C Previous Section
CHR BUTTON - The first push starts sweep Clocks Description
second hand and minutes display in the Analog Chronometer

ET/CHR counter. The second push stops
second hand and freezes minutes display.
The third push resets second hand to the 12 Digital Chronometer
o’clock position and clears ET/CHR counter. Set Digital Chronometer
UTC COUNTER - Displays present time in a Chronometer ND Switches
24-hour format. Also used to view/update Next Section

the day, month, and year as set using the
DATE button and UTC selector. L
ET SELECTOR - RUN - The elapsed time

counter runs. HLD - Freezes counter time.
RESET - Resets counter to zero. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
DATE BUTTON - Puts the chronometer in the ET/CHR COUNTER - Displays elapsed time
date mode. The day, month, and year and chronograph time. Chronograph time
replaces the UTC time display. display has priority over elapsed time. If
elapsed time is in operation and the
UTC SELECTOR - A dual function selector
chronograph time is selected, the ET/CHR
that sets the time and date as follows: HSD
display changes to zero and starts to count
- Hours/Days MSM Minutes/Months, HLDY -
chronograph time on the ET/CHR display.
Hold/Year, RUN - Begins normal operation.
Elapsed time continues to accumulate.
1/12/2021 Clocks | Set Analog Chronometer | Section 8.5.2
A320 D P
C S 8.5.2
S A C Previous Section
To set the clock, ensure time is displayed in Clocks Description
the digital window (if date is displayed, push Analog Chronometer

the date button to display time):
1. Turn the UTC selector to the HSD Digital Chronometer

position. The hours display advances
Set Digital Chronometer
1 hour per second.
2. When the correct hour is displayed, Chronometer ND Switches
turn the UTC selector to the MSM Next Section

position. The minutes display
advances 1 minute per second. L
3. When the correct hour and minute
have been set, return the UTC
selector to the HLDY position. The
clock holds the current time. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
4. To start the clock, place the UTC
selector to RUN.
1/12/2021 Clocks | Digital Chronometer | Section 8.5.3
A320 D P
C S 8.5.3
D C Previous Section
CHR COUNTER - Displays the chronometer Clocks Description
time in minutes and seconds (up to 59:59) Analog Chronometer

and is controlled by the CHR and RST
buttons.
Digital Chronometer
RST BUTTON - Resets the chronometer
Set Digital Chronometer
display.
UTC COUNTER - Displays time in 24-hour
Next Section
format.
DATE/SET BUTTON - Displays date in place

L
of time.
CHR BUTTON - Starts and stops the

chronometer. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
GPS (UTC Selector) RUN (ET Selector)
GPS - The internal time and date are RUN - The elapsed time counter runs.
synchronized to GPS time. STP - The elapsed time counter
INT - The clock disregards GPS and stops.
displays internal time or date. RST - The elapsed time counter is
blanked.
ET COUNTER - Displays the elapsed time.
1/12/2021 Clocks | Set Digital Chronometer | Section 8.5.4
A320 D P
C S 8.5.4
S D C Previous Section
SET - Allows the pilot to set the internal Clocks Description
time. Analog Chronometer
The internal clock can be set to internal Set Analog Chronometer
time by: Digital Chronometer
1. Manually placing the UTC selector Set Digital Chronometer
from GPS to SET. The minutes digits Chronometer ND Switches

flash and the seconds are blank.
Next Section
2. The DATE/SET button is rotated to
increase or decrease the minutes. L
3. Pushing the DATE/SET button causes
the hour digits flash.
4. Rotating the DATE/SET button sets
the hour. Subsequent pushes allow < PREVIOUS NEXT >
the pilot to set the year, month, and
day.
NOTE
5. When complete the UTC selector
should be rotated to INT. The UTC selector must not be left in
the SET position for more than 1
minute. Otherwise, maintenance action
is necessary to synchronize the lower
ECAM time with the flight deck clock.
1/12/2021 Clocks | Chronometer ND Switches | Section 8.5.5
A320 D P
C S 8.5.5
C ND S Previous Section
CHRONO SWITCHES - A pilot's chronometer Clocks Description
swtich is located above each ND on the Analog Chronometer

glareshield. The first push of the the
chronometer switch displays chronometer
time in boxed format in the lower left corner Digital Chronometer
of onside ND. The second push freezes the Set Digital Chronometer
displayed value. The third push resets the
chronometer and removes the display. The
chronometer switch operates independently Next Section
of other clocks.
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Standby Instruments | Standby Attitude Indicator | Section 8.6.0
A320 D P
S I S 8.6.0
S A I Previous Section
The Standby Attitude Indicator and Flag Standby Attitude Indicator
indication remains available for 5 minutes Standby Airspeed Indicator

after total electrical failure. A red flag
Standby Altimeter
appears with failure of indicator or power
supply. Next Section
CAGING KNOB - When pulled, centers and L

levels the horizon. (Aircraft should be level
prior to pulling.)
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Standby Instruments | Standby Airspeed Indicator | Section 8.6.1
A320 D P
S I S 8.6.1
S A I Previous Section
Connected directly to the standby pitot and Standby Attitude Indicator
static sources. (Airspeed bugs are required Standby Airspeed Indicator

equipment but may be deferred if missing.)
Standby Altimeter
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Standby Instruments | Standby Altimeter | Section 8.6.2
A320 D P
S I S 8.6.2
S A Previous Section
Connected directly to the standby static Standby Attitude Indicator
source. (Altimeter bugs are required Standby Airspeed Indicator

equipment but may be deferred if missing.)
Standby Altimeter
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Electronic Intrument System | Description | Section 8.7.0
A320 D P
E I S S 8.7.0
D Previous Section
The EIS uses six identical CRTs, also The EIS includes: Description
referred to as display units (DUs), to EFIS Control Panel

replace most conventional flight instruments Two primary flight displays (PFDs)
Two navigation displays (NDs) Displays
and engine instruments. Three identical
display management computers (DMCs) An Electronic Centralized Aircraft Next Section
acquire and process all input from aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) system consisting
sensors and computers to generate the of an Engine/Warning Display (E/WD) L
display images. If a DU fails, automatic and and a system display (SD)
manual switching allows the displays to be
transferred to an operable DU.
I P
1/12/2021 Electronic Intrument System | EFIS Control Panel | Section 8.7.1
A320 D P
E I S S 8.7.1
EFIS C P Previous Section
An EFIS control panel is located toward each Two flight director buttons allow the display Description
end of the glareshield and is used to control of the flight director command bars or flight EFIS Control Panel
the onside PFD and ND. The panel includes path director, and two ILS/LS buttons allow
Displays
controls for selecting various modes and display of the localizer and glideslope scales
ranges on the ND as well as buttons to and indices on the PFD. See EFIS Control Next Section
display navaids, waypoints, airports, etc. Panel page 8.1.0.

Two toggle switches allow display of the
L
VOR (and ADF, if installed) bearing pointers SWITCHING PANEL - A panel on the forward
on the ND. Two barometric selectors are control pedestal allows the pilots to
available to set the barometric altimeter reconfigure Display Unit sources in case of
setting for display on the PFD. component failure. See Switching Panel
page 8.4.0.
I P
1/12/2021 Electronic Intrument System | Displays | Section 8.7.2
A320 D P
E I S S 8.7.2
D Previous Section
PRIMARY FLIGHT DISPLAY - The PFDs NAVIATION DISPLAY - The NDs provide Description
provide numerous flight instrument navigation, route, traffic, weather, and EFIS Control Panel
indications on one color display, including: ground proximity information in color.
Displays
Attitude In either of the map modes, pilots can elect Next Section
Localizer, glideslope, and vertical to display additional navigation information,
deviation indications including VORs, NDBs, constraints, L
Flight director commands waypoints, and airports. See ND Symbols
Vertical speed page 8.2.0 for explanation of navigation
Barometric altitude symbols.
Radio altitude
Section 16.0 WARNING SYSTEMS provides
Flight mode annunciations (FMAs)
Altimeter setting descriptions of weather, TCAS, windshear,
ILS identifier and EGPWS that are displayed on the ND or

Marker beacons PFD. Explanations of System and E/W
TCAS commands Displays are found in each system section

Windshear annunciation and recovery (chapter).
command
See Primary Flight Display Symbols, page

8.3.0 for a description of every symbol used
on the PFD.
See Flight Mode Annunciations, page 13.3.0

for description of every FMA and message
used on PFD.
1/12/2021 Fuel System Display | Normal Fuel Indications | Section 9.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 9.0 9.0 FUEL SYSTEM
F S D S 9.1.0
N F I Previous Section
1. F. USED INDICATION - Displays green Normal Fuel Indications
and automatically resets upon engine start SD During Preflight

on ground. Engine identification number
Unusable Fuel
displays amber below idle; white at or
above idle. Displays amber XXs if fuel-used Automatic Fuel Transfer
information is not valid. Next Section
2. ENGINE AND APU LOW PRESSURE VALVE L

INDICATIONS
Valve open -
with ENG (APU) MASTER switch OFF
or FIRE switch released out
APU valve closed -
Engine valve closed -
or APU valve closed with MASTER
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
switch ON
Valve in transit - This fuel system display page illustrates the
normal inflight fuel indications.
3. WING TANK PUMP INDICATIONS
Pump pressure normal with pump

switch ON -
Pump pressure low with pump switch
ON -
Pump switch OFF -
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/fuel/sys-9.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Fuel System Display | Fuel S/D During Preflight | Section 9.1.1
A320 D P
F S D S 9.1.1
F S/D D P Previous Section
1. FUEL QUANTITY INDICATIONS - Display Normal Fuel Indications
fuel quantity for associated tank in green. SD During Preflight
If a fuel imbalance greater than 3300 Unusable Fuel
pounds is detected, indications of the wing Automatic Fuel Transfer

inner and outer tanks with the highest fuel
Next Section
level pulses green. Double dashes displayed
over the last two digits mean the fuel L
quantity indication is still operative, but
inaccurate. The maximum loss of accuracy
depends upon which tanks are affected as
follows:
Wing Outer Tank: Actual fuel in the

tank may be up to 45 pounds less
than or up to 440 pounds greater
than indicated. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Wing Inner Tank: Wing Actual fuel in
In this example, the fuel pumps are off, the
the tank may be up to 240 pounds
engines are shutdown, and the APU is
less than or greater than indicated.
operating.
Center Tank: Actual fuel in the tank
may be up to 290 pounds less than
or greater than indicated.
1/12/2021 Fuel System Display | Unusable Fuel Indications | Section 9.1.2
A320 D P
F S D S 9.1.2
U F I Previous Section
1. FOB INDICATION - Displays fuel on board Normal Fuel Indications
in green. The indication is boxed amber if SD During Preflight

both center tank pumps are failed or
Unusable Fuel
switched off, or if both transfer valves in
either wing fail to open when inner tank Automatic Fuel Transfer
quantity is less than 1650 pounds (trapping Next Section

fuel in an outer tank). Double dashes
displayed over the last two digits mean the L
fuel quantity indication is still operative, but
inaccurate. Actual fuel on board may be up
to 860 pounds less than or 1660 pounds
greater than indicated, depending upon
which tanks are affected.
2. FUEL TEMPERATURE INDICATION -

Displays green when associated
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
temperature sensor is wet. Becomes amber
if high or low limit is exceeded. The
associated fuel quantity indication is boxed
amber indicating fuel is trapped or unusable
in this example.
1/12/2021 Fuel Control Panel | Wing Tank Pump Switches | Section 9.2.0
A320 D P
F C P S 9.2.0
Previous Section
Wing Tank Pump
Fuel Cross Feed
Center Tank Pump
Fuel Mode Select
W T P S Fuel Tank Schematic
ON - ON is indicated when OFF - Selecting OFF deactivates associated Next Section
all lights are extinguished wing tank pump and illuminates the OFF
on associated wing tank light on the associated switch. L
pump switch. ON energizes
the associated fuel tank FAULT - FAULT lights illuminate amber when
pump. Pressure relief sequence valves wing fuel tank pump pressure is low. Fault
ensure center tank fuel feeds before wing lights are inhibited when OFF is selected.
tank fuel.
1/12/2021 Fuel Control Panel | Fuel Cross Feed Switch | Section 9.2.1
A320 D P
F C P S 9.2.1
Previous Section
Wing Tank Pump
Fuel Cross Feed
Center Tank Pump
Fuel Mode Select
F C F S Fuel Tank Schematic
ON - Selecting ON opens the cross OFF - Selecting OFF closes the cross feed Next Section
feed valve and the ON light valve and no lights are illuminated.
illuminates white. L
OPEN - When the cross feed valve is fully

open the OPEN light illuminates green.
1/12/2021 Fuel Control Panel | Center Fuel Tank Pump Switches | Section 9.2.2
A320 D P
F C P S 9.2.2
Previous Section
Wing Tank Pump
Fuel Cross Feed
Center Tank Pump
Fuel Mode Select
C F T P S Fuel Tank Schematic
ON - ON is indicated when all If MODE SEL switch is selected to AUTO this Next Section
lights are extinguished on the allows automatic operation of the center

center fuel tank pump switches. fuel tank pumps. L
FAULT - The amber FAULT light If the center tank is supplying fuel, the wing
comes on when the associated center tank tanks tend to overfill; therefore, the center
pump is in operation and the delivery tank pump is automatically selected off
pressure drops to less than normal. when the inner WING tank is full. The wing
tank supplies the engine fuel until
If MODE SEL switch is selected to MAN, the approximately 1100 pounds of fuel is used,
associated center tank pump is activated and then the center tank pump resumes
regardless of flap position or fuel quantity. operation.
1/12/2021 Fuel Control Panel | Fuel Mode Select Switch | Section 9.2.3
A320 D P
F C P S 9.2.3
Previous Section
Wing Tank Pump
Fuel Cross Feed
Center Tank Pump
Fuel Mode Select
F M S S Fuel Tank Schematic
AUTO - When the Mode SEL MAN - Allows manual control of center tank Next Section
switch's lights are extinguished, pumps using the CTR TK PUMP switches.
the switch is selected to The MAN light illuminates white color when L
automatic. If there is fuel in the selected to MAN.
center tank, the center tank pumps run
except when the slats are extended. The FAULT - The MODE SEL FAULT Light
pumps automatically turn off 5 minutes illuminates amber when the center fuel tank
after center tank low level is reached. contains more than 550 pounds of fuel and
Regardless of slat position, both center tank the left or right wing fuel tank contains less
than 11,000 pounds.
pumps run (if there is fuel in the tank) for 2
minutes after each engine reaches idle to
verify operation.
1/12/2021 Fuel Control Panel | Fuel Schematic | Section 9.2.4
A320 D P
F C P S 9.2.4
Previous Section
Wing Tank Pump
Fuel Cross Feed
Center Tank Pump
Fuel Mode Select
F S Fuel Tank Schematic
Next Section
1/12/2021 Fuel System | Description | Section 9.3.0
A320 D P
F S S 9.3.0
D Previous Section
Fuel is contained in left and right wing tanks AUTOMATIC FUEL FEED SEQUENCING - Description
and a center tank. The center tank is Normal fuel feed sequencing is fully Fuel Tanks
located in the fuselage. The wing tanks automatic. During normal fuel sequencing
Quanity Indication System
have inner and outer fuel compartments. with fuel in all tanks, the center tank pumps
Expanding fuel is directed to vent surge feed the engines. The wing tank pumps Recirculation System
tanks that are located outboard of the wing operate continuously and are fitted with Refueling/Defueling
tank outer fuel compartments. Fuel from pressure relief sequence valvesto ensure
Fuel Tank Inerting System
the surge tanks drains into the respective that the center tank pumps, when running,
outer wing tank compartment. have preferential priority. Next Section
Except during normal fueling operations, TRANSFER VALVES - When either wing inner L
fuel cannot be transferred from one tank to compartment fuel quantity decreases to
another. The aircraft is not equipped with a 1650 pounds, at least one transfer valve in
fuel jettison system. each wing opens and both outer fuel
compartments simultaneously drain into
APU FUEL FEED - An APU fuel pump is their respective inner compartments. The
provided to start the APU when the main transfer valves remain open until the
tank pumps are off or normal AC power is aircraft is refueled. During steep descents,
unavailable accelerations or decelerations, the transfer
CROSSFEED - All tanks share a common valves may open with more than 1650
crossfeed manifold. The crossfeed valve is pounds of fuel in each inner tank and the
normally closed unless crossfeed is low level warning may be triggered.

required. The valve is controlled by a double
electric motor.
1/12/2021 Fuel System | Fuel Tanks | Section 9.3.1
A320 D P
F S S 9.3.1
F T Previous Section
OVERPRESSURE PROTECTION SYSTEM - PUMPS - Each wing tank is equipped with Description
Overpressure protectors are located in the two fuel pumps located in the inner Fuel Tanks
vent surge, outer and inner wing tanks, and compartment. The center tank also contains
between the center tank and the left inner two fuel pumps.
tank. An overpressure burst disk ruptures if Recirculation System
the internal and external pressure ENGINE LOW PRESSURE VALVES - Engine
Refueling/Defueling
differential exceeds a predetermined level. low pressure fuel valves control fuel flow
from each inner wing tank to its engine. The Fuel Tank Inerting System
It will not contaminate the fuel system nor
will structural integrity be affected. valves close when the ENG MASTER switch Next Section
is OFF, or when the ENG FIRE switch is
released. L
1/12/2021 Fuel System Display | Automatic Fuel Transfer | Section 9.1.3
A320 D P
F S D S 9.1.3
A F T Previous Section
When the inner compartment fuel quantity Normal Fuel Indications
decreases to 1650 lbs., the associated SD During Preflight

transfer valve opens to transfer fuel from
Unusable Fuel
the outer compartment to the inner
compartment. Automatic Fuel Transfer
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
The outer fuel tanks are automatically

transferring fuel in this example.
1/12/2021 Fuel System | Quanity Indication System | Section 9.3.2
A320 D P
F S S 9.3.2
Q I S Previous Section
The Fuel Quantity Indication System Description
includes: Fuel Tanks
A FOI computer Quanity Indication System
A set of capacitance probes in each Recirculation System

tank to measure fuel level and
Refueling/Defueling
temperature
One densitometer (cadensicon) Fuel Tank Inerting System
sensor in each wing inner tank Next Section

permitting the calculation of the fuel
quantity L
One capacitance Index Compensator
(CIC) in each inner tank giving the
dielectric constant of the fuel in cas
of cadensicon failure
A quanitity indicator for each tank
installed on the refuel/defuel panel The fuel level sensing control unit (FLSCU)
A preselector on the refuel/defuel senses high, low, and overflow levels. When
panel that shows the preselected and fuel quantity in one wing tank goes below
actual total fuel quanity 1650 pounds (750 kg), the low-level sensor
triggers the FUEL LO LVL warning on the
Fuel weight, as well as the quantity and ECAM. The fuel level system generates fuel-
temperature are transmitted to the ECAM level and fuel temperature in order to
system by a dual channel fuel quantity operate switching functions for refueling and
indicator computer (FQIC). If one channel defueling, controlling the IDG recirculation
fails, the second channel automatically system, and the center-tank-towing-tank
activates. The fuel temperature indication fuel transfer system. See Fuel System
displays as amber XXs when the FQIC Display page 9.1.0.
detects a fault in either channel.
1/12/2021 Fuel System | Recirculation System | Section 9.3.3
A320 D P
F S S 9.3.3
R S Previous Section
The fuel recirculation system uses fuel Description
supplied to each engine for IDG cooling. The Fuel Tanks

fuel is directed through the IDG heat
exchanger to the fuel return valve, and then
to the wing tank outer fuel compartments. Recirculation System
The fuel return valve is controlled by the full Refueling/Defueling

authority digital engine control (FADEC). If
the outer compartment is already full, the
fuel that has circulated overflows to the Next Section
inner compartment through a spill pipe.

L
If the center tank is supplying fuel, the wing
tank tends to overfill; therefore, the center
tank pump is automatically selected off
when the inner tank is full. The wing tank
supplies the engine until approximately
1100 pounds of fuel is used, and then the
center tank pump resumes operation.
Some of the fuel flowing out of the hydro-

mechanical unit goes to cool the oil system
of the Integrated Drive Generators (IDGs).
It then returns fuel to the fuel pump unit or
to the tank.
1/12/2021 Fuel System | Refueling/Defueling | Section 9.3.4
A320 D P
F S S 9.3.4
R /D Previous Section
A refueling/defueling coupling is normally Electrical power for refueling is supplied Description
installed under the right wing. The refueling from an external source, the APU, or the Fuel Tanks
control panel is located adjacent to the aircraft battery. If the battery is used as the
coupling. The aircraft can also be refueled electrical power source, the tank may not fill
via overwing refueling points. Some airline to full capacity and the transfer valves may Recirculation System
companies configure their aircraft with not fully close; however, they close when Refueling/Defueling
refueling panels under the left wing. A normal power is established.
common fueling/defueling manifold is used
for refueling, fuel transfer, and defueling. Next Section
Fueling is normally automatic by

preselecting the required fuel load.
L
1/12/2021 Fuel System | Fuel Tank Inerting System | Section 9.3.5
A320 D P
F S S 9.3.5
F T I S Previous Section
The 319s and 320s are equipped with a fuel The air then goes through the air separation Description
tank inerting system. The intent of this module, which produces oxygen-depleted Fuel Tanks
system is to reduce flammability in the air (with less than 12% oxygen), replacing
center fuel tank by producing oxygen- the ambient air of the center tank. The fuel
depleted air that goes in the center tank to tank inerting system does not require any Recirculation System
replace the ambient air. This system pilot action. It works independently as soon Refueling/Defueling
extracts and conditions some engine bleed as the engines start until they stop.
air to adequate pressure and temperature.
Next Section
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System Display | Prior to Engine Start | Section 10.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 10.0 10.0 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
H S D S 10.1.0
P E S Previous Section
1. SYSTEM LABEL - Displays white when Prior to Engine Start
hydraulic pressure is normal (3000 psi) and After Engine Start

displayed as an amber color when the
Cargo Door Operation
pressure is low (below 1450 psi).
PTU Operation
2. SYSTEM PRESSURE - Displays green
Next Section
when hydraulic system pressure is normal
and displayed as an amber color when the L
pressure is low.
3. FIRE VALVE INDICATION - Displays green

when the fire valve is open and amber when
the fire valve is closed.
4. RESERVOIR QUANTITY INDICATION -

Reservoir quantity indication displays
hydraulic quantity in green. Indication < PREVIOUS NEXT >
becomes amber when the fluid level is
below the low level warning on the right In this example, the hydraulic system
side of the quantity indicator. pressure is zero for all three systems prior
to engine start with normal hydraulic
quantity.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/hydraulics/sys-10.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System Display | After Engine Start | Section 10.1.1
A320 D P
H S D S 10.1.1
A E S Previous Section
1. RAT CONTROL INDICATION - Displays Prior to Engine Start
white when the RAT is stowed, green when After Engine Start
operating, and amber when extended, but
not operating.
PTU Operation
2. ENGINE PUMP INDICATION
Next Section
Displays green when associated ENG

PUMP switch is on and hydraulic
L
pressure is normal -
Displays amber when associated ENG
PUMP switch is OFF -
Displays amber when associated ENG
PUMP switch is on and hydraulic
pressure is low -
3. ELECTRIC PUMP INDICATION - Displays < PREVIOUS NEXT >

white. Indication becomes amber if
In this example, this page illustrates the
associated power supply fails.
normal indications for the hydraulic systems
4. PUMP IDENTIFICATION - Displays white. after engines are started.
Indication becomes amber when N2 is
below idle.
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System Display | Cargo Door Operation | Section 10.1.2
A320 D P
H S D S 10.1.2
C D O Previous Section
The yellow electric-driven hydraulic pump Prior to Engine Start
operates automatically during cargo door After Engine Start

operation. Illustration depicts cargo door
operation prior to engine start.
PTU Operation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System Display | PTU Operation | Section 10.1.3
A320 D P
H S D S 10.1.3
PTU O Previous Section
1. PTU CONTROL - The PTU is pressurizing Prior to Engine Start
the green hydraulic system in this example. After Engine Start

In previous examples the PTU switch is in
AUTO and the PTU is not pressurizing the
green or yellow system. PTU Operation
Next Section
When the PTU is in AUTO, a reversible
motor pump is armed and both yellow and L
green electro-hydraulic valves are open. The
PTU runs automatically when the differential
pressure between the green and yellow
systems is more than 500 PSI (except when
inhibited).
2. RESERVOIR LO AIR PRES INDICATION -

Appears amber if the respective reservoir
air pressure is low. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
3. RESERVOIR OVHT INDICATION - Appears In this example, the green hydraulic engine-
amber when a reservoir overheat exists. driven pump is inoperative and the PTU is
operating to pressurize the green hydraulic
system.
1/12/2021 Hydraulic Control Panel | Engine Pump Switch | Section 10.2.0
A320 D P
H C P S 10.2.0
Previous Section
Engine Pump
RAT Manual On
Blue Electric Pump
Power Transfer Unit
E P S Yellow Electric Pump
ON - When a ENG PUMP switch is FAULT - The ENG PUMP FAULT light Hydraulic Schematic
selected to ON, selection is illuminates amber when:
Next Section
indicated when all lights are
extinguished, enabling the Reservoir low level
Reservoir overheat
L
engine-driven pumps to pressurize the
hydraulic system when the engine is Reservoir low air pressure
Reservoir low pressure (inhibited on
running.
the ground with engine stopped)
OFF - When a ENG PUMP switch is selected
The ENG PUMP FAULT FAULT light
to OFF, the engine-driven pump is
extinguishes when the ENG PUMP switch is
depressurized, and the OFF light illuminates
selected OFF (except during an overheat,
white.
when the light remains illuminated as long
as the overheat is present).
1/12/2021 Hydraulic Control Panel | Ram Air Turbine Manual On Switch | Section 10.2.1
A320 D P
H C P S 10.2.1
Previous Section
Engine Pump
RAT Manual On
Blue Electric Pump
Power Transfer Unit
R A T M O S Yellow Electric Pump
RAT MAN ON Switch - When The RAT will also extend by depressing the Hydraulic Schematic
pushed, the ram air turbine RAT MAN ON switch, located on the
Next Section
extends. The RAT is located on hydraulic control panel: however, this switch
the left bottom side of the is dedicated to pressurizing the blue L
fuselage. hydraulic system only and does not provide
emergency electrical power.
The RAT can be deployed for emergency use
to pressurize the blue hydraulic system. The
RAT can only be stowed on the ground.
1/12/2021 Hydraulic Control Panel | Blue Electric Pump Switch | Section 10.2.2
A320 D P
H C P S 10.2.2
Previous Section
Engine Pump
RAT Manual On
Blue Electric Pump
Power Transfer Unit
B E P S Yellow Electric Pump
AUTO - The ELEC PUMP FAULT - The BLUE ELEC PUMP FAULT light Hydraulic Schematic
operates, if AC power is available illuminates amber for a Blue hydraulic
Next Section
when in flight or on the ground, system:
if one engine is running L
Reservoir low level
OFF - When the BLUE ELEC PUMP switch is Reservoir overheat
selected to OFF, the electric-driven pump is Reservoir low air pressure
de-energize and the OFF light illuminates Pump low pressure (inhibited on the
white. ground when engines are stopped)
Pump overheat
The BLUE ELEC PUMP FAULT light

extinguishes when the BLUE ELEC PUMP
switch is selected OFF (except during an
overheat, when the light remains
illuminated as long as the overheat is
present).
1/12/2021 Hydraulic Control Panel | Power Transfer Unit Switch | Section 10.2.3
A320 D P
H C P S 10.2.3
Previous Section
Engine Pump
RAT Manual On
Blue Electric Pump
Power Transfer Unit
P T U S Yellow Electric Pump
AUTO - The reversible motor FAULT - The PTU FAULT light illuminates Hydraulic Schematic
pump is armed when both yellow amber when the green or yellow reservoir
Next Section
and green electro-hydraulic is:
valves are open. The PTU runs L
automatically when the differential pressure Low level
between the green and yellow systems is Overheat
Low air pressure
more than 500 PSI (except when inhibited).
The PTU is inhibited when: The PTU FAULT light extinguishes when the
PTU switch switch is selected OFF (except
The PARK BRK is ON and only one
during an overheat, when the light remains
ENG MASTER switch is ON
The nose wheel steering disconnect
present).
pin is installed and only one ENG
MASTER switch is ON OFF - When OFF is selected, then both
The PTU switch is OFF green and yellow PTU electro-hydraulic
The cargo doors are being operated valves are energized and closed, and
(inhibition continues for hydraulic power transfer stops.
approximately 40 sec)
1/12/2021 Hydraulic Control Panel | Yellow Electric Pump Switch | Section 10.2.4
A320 D P
H C P S 10.2.4
Previous Section
Engine Pump
RAT Manual On
Blue Electric Pump
Power Transfer Unit
Y E P S Yellow Electric Pump
ON - The YELLOW ELEC PUMP is FAULT - The YELLOW PUMP FAULT light Hydraulic Schematic
energized when selected ON, illuminates amber when:
Next Section
selection is indicated when a blue
color boxed ON light is Reservoir low level
Reservoir overheat
L
illuminated. If electrical power is removed,
the pump remains de-energized at the next Reservoir low air pressure
Pump low pressure
electrical power application.
Pump overheat
OFF - When the YELLOW ELEC PUMP switch
The YELLOW ELEC PUMP FAULT light
is selected to OFF, selection is indicated
extinguishes when the YELLOW ELEC PUMP
when no lights are illuminated and the
switch is selected to OFF (except during an
electric-driven pump is de-energized. It is
overheat, when the light remains
automatically energized when the forward
or aft cargo door lever is operated. During
present).
cargo door operation, all other yellow
system users are inhibited except for the
No. 2 engine thrust reverser and yellow
system braking (alternate brakes, parking
brake, and brake accumulator).
1/12/2021 Hydraulic Control Panel | Hydraulic Schematic | Section 10.2.5
A320 D P
H C P S 10.2.5
Previous Section
Engine Pump
RAT Manual On
Blue Electric Pump
Power Transfer Unit
H S Yellow Electric Pump
Hydraulic Schematic
Next Section
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | Description | Section 10.3.0
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.0
D Previous Section
There are three independently operating Description
hydraulic systems identified as green, blue, Engine Driven Pumps

and yellow. Each system is supplied from its
Electric Pumps
own pneumatically pressurized hydraulic
reservoir. Normal hydraulic system System Accumulators
operating pressure is 3000 PSI. It is not Power Transfer Unit

possible to transfer hydraulic fluid from one
Priority Valves
system to another.
Ram Air Turbine
Hydraulic power is provided for operation of
Reservoirs
the following:
Schematic
Flight controls
Next Section
Flaps, Spoilers, Slats
Wing tip brakes
Horizontal stabilizer trim
Landing gear < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Nose wheel steering
Brakes
Thrust reversers
Emergency generator
Cargo doors
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | Engine Driven Pumps | Section 10.3.1
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.1
E D P Previous Section
The engine‑driven pumps are mounted on Description
the accessory drive section of the engine. Engine Driven Pumps

They are depressurized when the ENGINE
Electric Pumps
PUMP switch is OFF. When the ENG FIRE
switch is released out, the engine fire System Accumulators
shutoff valve closes, shutting off all Power Transfer Unit

hydraulic fluid to the pump. The hydraulic
Priority Valves
pump pressure output is displayed on the
lower ECAM and is monitored by the power Ram Air Turbine
transfer unit (PTU) pressure sensor. Reservoirs
Schematic
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | Engine Driven Pumps | Section 10.3.2
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.2
BLUE ELECTRIC PUMP - The blue hydraulic Description
system is powered by an electric‑driven Engine Driven Pumps

pump. On the ground with the BLUE ELEC
Electric Pumps
PUMP switch in AUTO and AC power
available, the pump pressurizes the System Accumulators
hydraulic system if at least one engine is Power Transfer Unit

running. In flight, the pump operates
Priority Valves
continuously unless the ELEC PUMP switch is
OFF. The system can also be pressurized on Ram Air Turbine
the ground when the BLUE PUMP OVRD Reservoirs

switch, on the overhead maintenance panel,
Schematic
is ON.
Next Section
YELLOW ELECTRIC PUMP - The yellow
electric pump pressurizes the hydraulic
system when the YELLOW ELEC PUMP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
switch is selected ON. If the pump is on and
electrical power is interrupted, the pump is
de‑energized until the switch is cycled. The
pump starts automatically, regardless of
switch position, when either the forward or
aft cargo door lever is operated. During
cargo door operation, all other yellow
system users are not pressurized except for
the No. 2 engine thrust reverser and yellow
system braking (alternate brakes, parking
brake, and the brake accumulator). A hand
pump can be used to operate the cargo
doors.
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | System Accumulators | Section 10.3.3
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.3
S A Previous Section
A system accumulator is installed in each Description
hydraulic system to help maintain a Engine Driven Pumps

constant system pressure during normal
Electric Pumps
operation and for periods of high demand.
The accumulator pressure cannot be viewed System Accumulators
on the ECAM. Power Transfer Unit
LOAD ALLEVIATION FUNCTION (LAF) Priority Valves
ACCUMULATORS - The LAF accumulators, Ram Air Turbine

available on some 320s, assist with high
Reservoirs
hydraulic demands required to provide rapid
movement of the ailerons and spoilers 4 Schematic
and 5 for the purpose of relieving wing Next Section

structural loads.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | Power Transfer Unit | Section 10.3.4
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.4
P T U Previous Section
The PTU is a reversible motor pump located Description
between the green and yellow hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps

systems. It enables the green system to
Electric Pumps
pressurize the yellow system and vice
versa. The PTU is automatically activated System Accumulators
when the differential pressure between the Power Transfer Unit

green and yellow systems is greater than
Priority Valves
500 PSI. On the ground with the engines
stopped, the PTU enables the green system Ram Air Turbine
to be pressurized by the yellow system via Reservoirs

the yellow electric pump. PTU operation is
Schematic
displayed on the ECAM hydraulic page.
Next Section
The PTU is inhibited:
When the PARK BRK is ON and only

one ENG MASTER switch is ON < PREVIOUS NEXT >
When the nose wheel steering
disconnect pin is installed and only
one ENG MASTER switch is ON
When the PTU switch is OFF
When the cargo doors are being
operated (inhibition continues for
approximately 40 seconds after cargo
door operation)
See Page 10.3.8 for hydraulic schematic.
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | Priority Valves | Section 10.3.5
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.5
P V Previous Section
If system pressure drops below a Description
predetermined value, the priority valves Engine Driven Pumps

shut off hydraulic power to heavy users,
Electric Pumps
including flaps, slats, landing gear, nose
wheel steering, and the emergency System Accumulators
generator. The valves open and close Power Transfer Unit

automatically, depending on hydraulic
Priority Valves
pressure, to ensure that hydraulic pressure
is available to the flight controls, brakes, Ram Air Turbine
spoilers, and thrust reversers. Reservoirs
The priority valve shuts off pressure to the Schematic
following when presure is low: Next Section
Nose wheel steering (green system)

Landing gear (green system)
Flaps (green and yellow systems) < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Slats (green and blue sytems)
Emergency generator (blue sytem)
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | Ram Air Turbine | Section 10.3.6
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.6
R A T Previous Section
The RAT can be deployed for emergency use Description
to pressurize the blue hydraulic system. Engine Driven Pumps

When the RAT MAN ON switch is selected on
Electric Pumps
the hydraulic panel, the RAT, coupled to a
hydraulic pump, extends and pressurizes System Accumulators
the blue system. The RAT can be stowed Power Transfer Unit
only on the ground.
Priority Valves
See Page 10.3.8 for hydraulic schematic. Ram Air Turbine
Reservoirs
Schematic
Next Section
NOTE
The RAT extends automatically if AC

busses 1 and 2 are not electrically < PREVIOUS NEXT >
powered and the speed is above 100
knots, or by pressing the EMER ELEC
PWR MAN ON switch on the overhead
ELEC panel. In either case, the RAT
pressurizes the blue hydraulic system,
which drives the emergency generator
via a hydraulic motor.
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | Reservoirs | Section 10.3.7
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.7
R Previous Section
The reservoirs store fluid under pressure to Description
maintain a fluid supply for each hydraulic Engine Driven Pumps

pump and to prevent pump cavitation. The
Electric Pumps
reservoirs are pressurized automatically
using bleed air. The hydraulic quantity is System Accumulators
displayed on the lower ECAM. Temperature Power Transfer Unit

and reservoir air pressure are only
Priority Valves
displayed when abnormal.
Ram Air Turbine
Reservoirs
Schematic
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/12/2021 Hydraulic System | Schematic | Section 10.3.8
A320 D P
H S S 10.3.8
S Previous Section
Description
Engine Driven Pumps
Electric Pumps
System Accumulators
Power Transfer Unit
Priority Valves
Ram Air Turbine
Reservoirs
Schematic
Next Section
1/12/2021 Anti-ice Panel | Wing Anti-ice Switch | Section 11.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 11.0 11.0 ICE AND RAIN
A -I P S 11.1.0
Previous Section
Wing Anti-ice
Engine Anti-Ice
Probe Window Heat
Wing Anti-Ice Schematic

W A - S
Engine Anti-Ice Schematic
DESCRIPTION - In flight, the ON - The WING ANTI ICE Switch controls
Anti-Ice Locations
three outboard slats on each the wing anti-ice system simultaneously on
Next Section
wing are anti-iced with pneumatic both wings. When selected ON:
bleed air. A single WING ANTI ICE
switch controls a pneumatic shutoff valve in The ON light illuminates blue L
each wing. The valves are inhibited from WING A. ICE message appears on
opening on the ground, except for testing. ECAM MEMO display
Wing anti-ice valves open if
They close automatically when a leak is
detected and upon touchdown. When either pneumatic supply is available
On the ground, the valves open for
wing anti-ice valve is open: EPR limit is
automatically reduced and minimum idle 30 seconds only (test sequence)
RPM is increased. The valves close with a FAULT - The WING ANTI ICE FAULT Light
loss of electrical power. illuminates amber if the wing anti-ice valve
position disagrees with selected position or
OFF - When selected to OFF the ON light
if low pressure is detected. The FAULT light
extinguishes and the wing anti-ice valves
also illuminates momentarily when valves
close.
are in transit.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/ice-rain/sys-11.1.0.html 1/1
1/12/2021 Anti-ice Panel | Engine Anti-ice Switch | Section 11.1.1
A320 D P
A -I P S 11.1.1
Previous Section
Wing Anti-ice
Engine Anti-Ice
Probe Window Heat

E A - S
DESCRIPTION - Each engine ON - The ENG ANTI ICE Switch controls the
Anti-Ice Locations
nacelle is anti-iced by pneumatic engine anti-ice system. When selected ON:
Next Section
bleed air. The engine anti-ice
ducting is independent of the The ON light illuminates blue
pneumatic system ducting. Each engine ENG A. ICE message appears on L
anti-ice valve is electrically controlled by the ECAM MEMO display
respective ENG ANTI ICE switch and is Engine anti-ice valves open if
pneumatic supply is available
pneumatically operated. The engine must be
running for the valve to open. When either OFF - When selected to OFF the ON light
engine anti-ice valve is open: extinguishes and the respective engine anti-
ice valve closes.
Maximum N1 is limited
Continuous ignition is provided FAULT - The ENG ANTI ICE FAULT Light
Minimum idle RPM is increased. illuminates amber if the engine anti-ice
valve position disagrees with selected
The valves open with a loss of electrical
power. position. The FAULT light also illuminates
momentarily when valves are in transit.
1/12/2021 Anti-ice Panel | Probe/Window Heat Switch | Section 11.1.2
A320 D P
A -I P S 11.1.2
Previous Section
Wing Anti-ice
Engine Anti-Ice
Probe Window Heat

P /W H S
DESCRIPTION - The pitot probes, AUTO - The AUTO selection (no lights)
Anti-Ice Locations
static ports, angle of attack provides automatic heating of probes and
Next Section
probes, and total air temperature windows in flight. On the ground if one
probes are electrically heated. engine is running windows and probes are
Three independent probe heat computers automatically heated except for TAT probes.
L
automatically control the ground/flight
modes and provide overheat protection and ON - When the probe/window heat switch is
selected to ON all probes and windows are
fault indications. The probes are
automatically heated in flight, and on the electrically heated. The ON light also
illuminates blue.
ground when at least one engine is running.
They can be operated manually prior to
engine start by placing the PROBE/WINDOW
HEAT switch ON. The TAT probes are not
heated on the ground. Probe heat operates
at low power on the ground, and
automatically switches to normal power in
flight.
1/12/2021 Anti-ice Panel | Wing Anti-Ice Schematic | Section 11.1.3
A320 D P
A -I P S 11.1.3
Previous Section
Wing Anti-ice
Engine Anti-Ice
Probe Window Heat

W A -I S
Anti-Ice Locations
Next Section
1/12/2021 Anti-ice Panel | Engine Anti-Ice Schematic | Section 11.1.4
A320 D P
A -I P S 11.1.4
Previous Section
Wing Anti-ice
Engine Anti-Ice
Probe Window Heat

E A -I S
DESCRIPTION - Each engine
Anti-Ice Locations
nacelle is anti-iced by pneumatic
Next Section
bleed air. The engine anti-ice
ducting is independent of the
pneumatic system ducting. Each engine
L
anti-ice valve is electrically controlled by the
respective ENG ANTI ICE switch and is
pneumatically operated. The engine must be
running for the valve to open.
When either engine anti-ice valve is open:
Maximum N1 is limited.
Continuous ignition is provided
Minimum idle RPM is increased
The valves open with a loss of
electrical power
1/12/2021 Anti-ice Panel | Anti-Ice Locations | Section 11.1.5
A320 D P
A -I P S 11.1.5
Previous Section
Wing Anti-ice
Engine Anti-Ice
Probe Window Heat

A -I L
Anti-Ice Locations
Next Section
1/12/2021 Windshield Wiper Panel | Wiper Selector | Section 11.2.0
A320 D P
W W P S 11.2.0
W S Previous Section
DESCRIPTION - Each Wiper Selector
windshield is provided with Rain Repellant Button

two-speed electric wipers
Next Section
that are controlled by
individual WIPER selectors. A L
rain repellent system is
installed, but is deactivated by some
airlines.
WIPER SELECTOR - When wiper is selected

to:
OFF - Wiper is stowed out of view at

the base of the window.
SLOW - Wiper operates at low speed.
FAST - Wiper operates at high speed.
1/12/2021 Windshield Wiper Panel | Rain Repellent Push Button | Section 11.2.1
A320 D P
W W P S 11.2.1
R R P B Previous Section
DESCRIPTION - Each button controls the Wiper Selector
application of rain repellent fluid to the Rain Repellant Button

corresponding side of the front windshield.
Next Section
A rain repellent system is installed, but is
deactivated by some airlines. L
INHIBITED - This function is inhibited when
the aircraft is on the ground and the
engines are stopped.
BUTTON - When the button is pushed, the

timer applies a measured quantity of rain
repellent to the applicable windshield. To
repeat the cycle, the push button must be
pushed again.
OFF - Wiper is stowed out of view at

the base of the window.
SLOW - Wiper operates at low speed.
FAST - Wiper operates at high speed.
1/17/2021 Brakes and Accumulator Indicator | Accumulator Pressure Indication | Section 12.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 12.0 12.0 LANDING GEAR
B A I S 12.1.0
A P I Previous Section
ACCUMULATOR BRAKE PRESSURE - Displays Accumulator Pressure
the brake accumulator pressure for the Brake Pressure

yellow hydraulic system.
Next Section
If both the green and yellow hydraulic

systems fail, alternate braking is supplied
L
by the brake accumulator only. The
accumulator supplies pressure for at least
seven full brake applications.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/landing-gear/sys-12.1.0.html 1/1
1/17/2021 Brakes and Accumulator Indicator | Brake Pressure Indication | Section 12.1.1
A320 D P
B A I S 12.1.1
B P I Previous Section
YELLOW BRAKE PRESSURE INDICATION - Accumulator Pressure
The brake pressure indication displays the Brake Pressure

yellow hydraulic system pressure that is
Next Section
supplied to the left and right brakes.
Normally the green system is providing L
hydraulic pressure for normal brakes. When
the parking brake is set to ON, the yellow
hydraulic system is providing parking brake
pressure. Click on link to see Schematic
Parking Brake On. When the barking brake In the last three cases, alternate braking is
is set to OFF, the pressure indication is zero available but without antiskid. When braking
pressure if the green system is supplying without antiskid, pedal pressure must be
brake pressure. controlled to prevent wheel lockup and
brake pressure limited to a maximum of
ALTERNATE BRAKES - The yellow hydraulic
1000 PSI on the BRAKES and ACCU PRESS
system automatically provides alternate
indicator.
brakes when:
Green hydraulic pressure is

insufficient
Electrical power has failed
The BSCU has failed, or
The A/SKID & N/W STRG switch is
selected OFF
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System Displays | ECAM Wheel Page Indications | Section 12.2.0
A320 D P
L G S D S 12.2.0
ECAM W P I Previous Section
1. AMBER LG DOOR SYMBOL - Indicates the ECAM Wheel Page Indications
landing gear door is fully open Brake Temperature
2. AMBER LG DOOR SYMBOL - Indicates the LG and Brake Legends
landing gear door is in transit. LG Up Indication
3. GREEN LG DOOR SYMBOL - Indicates the Anti-Skid Indications
landing gear door is locked up. Alternate Brake Mode
The landing gear positions are indicated by Auto Brakes Armed
two triangles for each gear. The left triangle Next Section
is controlled by LGCIU 1; the right by LGCIU
2. L
A missing landing gear triangle indicates

that one LGCIU detects that a landing gear
is uplocked.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
4. GREEN TRIANGLE - One LGCIU detects a
7. UPLOCK ANNUNCIATION - Annunciation
landing gear is downlocked.
appears if the landing gear uplock is
5. RED TRIANGLE - Indicates one LGCIU engaged when the landing gear is
detects a landing gear is in transit. downlocked.
6. AMBER XXXs IN TRIANGLE - Indicates

that one LGCIU has failed.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System Displays | Brake Temperature Indications | Section 12.2.1
A320 D P
L G S D S 12.2.1
B T I Previous Section
BRAKE TEMPERATURE INDICATION - Brake ECAM Wheel Page Indications
temperature indication (green) is displayed Brake Temperature

above wheel number identification (white
LG and Brake Legends
number). Brake temperature is displayed as
a green number below 300°C. At or above LG Up Indication
300°C brake temperature is displayed as an Anti-Skid Indications

amber brake temperature indication.
Alternate Brake Mode
ARC - A green arc appears on the hottest Auto Brakes Armed

wheel when one brake temperature exceeds
Next Section
100°C. When the brake temperature
exceeds 300°C, the arc becomes amber on L
the hottest wheel.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System Displays | Landing Gear and Brake Legends | Section 12.2.2
A320 D P
L G S D S 12.2.2
L G B L Previous Section
STEERING - The STEERING legend appears ECAM Wheel Page Indications
amber in case of nose wheel steering failure Brake Temperature

or the A/SKID and N/W STRG switch is OFF.
L/G CTL - The L/G CTL legend appears LG Up Indication

amber when a disagreement between the
Anti-Skid Indications
landing gear lever position and landing gear
position is detected. Alternate Brake Mode
Auto Brakes Armed

A/SKID - The A/SKID legend appears amber
associated with ECAM caution for any the Next Section
following:
L
Total BSCU failure
A/SKID and N/W STRG switch is OFF
Anti-skid failure detected by the
BSCU < PREVIOUS NEXT >
AUTO BRK - The AUTO BRK legend appears

amber in case of AUTO BRK system failure.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System Displays | Landing Gear Up Indication | Section 12.2.3
A320 D P
L G S D S 12.2.3
L G U I Previous Section
The landing gear lever provides electrical ECAM Wheel Page Indications
signals to the LGCIUs which control the Brake Temperature

hydraulic safety valves. When selecting gear
UP or DOWN with the airspeed less than
260 KIAS, all landing gear doors open, the LG Up Indication
gear retracts or extends, and all doors Anti-Skid Indications

close.
When the airspeed is greater than 260 Auto Brakes Armed

KIAS, a hydraulic safety valve closes to cut
Next Section
off the hydraulic supply. Below 260 KIAS, it
remains cut off as long as the landing gear L
lever is UP. The safety valve is controlled by
the gear lever and ADIRU 1 and/or 3.
During gear retraction, automatic braking is

applied to the main gear wheels by a < PREVIOUS NEXT >
normal braking system. The landing gear is
LG UP - Above example illustrates landing
held up mechanically in the wheel wells.
gear up in cruise.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System Displays | Anti-Skid Indications | Section 12.2.4
A320 D P
L G S D S 12.2.4
A -S I Previous Section
The green release indication illuminates ECAM Wheel Page Indications
after the landing gear has been extended Brake Temperature

indicating that the antiskid signal is valid. At
touch down the release indications only
appear when the antiskid is active along LG Up Indication
with REL (blue). Anti-Skid Indications
Auto Brakes Armed
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System Displays | Alternate Brake Mode | Section 12.2.5
A320 D P
L G S D S 12.2.5
A B M Previous Section
The ALTN BRK legend appears green if ECAM Wheel Page Indications
braking system is in the alternate mode. Brake Temperature

Alternate mode braking does not provide for
auto braking. Antiskid may or may not be
available depending on failures. LG Up Indication
The yellow hydraulic system automatically
provides alternate brakes when: Alternate Brake Mode
Auto Brakes Armed

Green hydraulic pressure is
insufficient Next Section
Electrical power has failed

BSCU has failed
L
A/SKID & N/W STRG switch is
selected OFF
In the last three cases, alternate braking is < PREVIOUS NEXT >
available but without antiskid. If both the
green and yellow hydraulic systems fail, the
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System Displays | Auto Brakes Armed | Section 12.2.6
A320 D P
L G S D S 12.2.6
A B A Previous Section
AUTO BRK - The AUTO BRK legend appears ECAM Wheel Page Indications
green whenever the auto brake system is Brake Temperature

armed. It flashes green for 10 seconds after
auto brake disengagement. It becomes
amber in case of system failure. LG Up Indication
DECELERATION RATE - A green MED, LOW,
or MAX legend indicates selected Alternate Brake Mode
deceleration rate on Auto Brake System. Auto Brakes Armed
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | SP Key | Section 14.2.13
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 14.0 14.0 FLT MGT SYSTEM
SP K S 14.2.13
The SP Key inserts a space in an Previous Section
alphanumeric sequence. Description
Page Title
Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Top Annunciator Keys
Additional Page Arrow
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
MCDU MENU Annunciator
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-flight-management/sys-14.2.13.html 1/1
1/17/2021 Emergency Gravity Gear Extension Handle | Description | Section 12.3.0
A320 D P
E G G E H S 12.3.0
D Previous Section
The Emergency Gravity Gear Extension Description
Handle provides landing gear extension in Next Section

the event of electrical, hydraulic, or
mechanical failure. L
OPERATION - To put the landing gear down

by gravity, the crew must pull the
emergency gear extension handle out then
turn it clockwise for three turns. When the
flight crew operates the emergency gear
extension handle, the cutoff valve shuts off
hydraulics to the landing gear system and
depressurizes it. This allows the landing
gear to fall free to the down lock position by
gravity.
Takeoff / Go-Around (TO/GA)

Flex/Max Continuous Thrust
(FLX/MCT)
Climb (CL)
Forward Idle
Max Reverse
1/17/2021 Landing Gear Lever | Description | Section 12.4.0
A320 D P
L G L S 12.4.0
D Previous Section
The Landing Gear Lever provides electrical Description
signals to the two Landing Gear Control Down Arrow

Interface Units (LGCIUs) which control the
Next Section
green hydraulic supply.
INTERLOCK MECHANISM - An interlock

L
mechanism prevents anyone from
accidentally retracting the gear while the
airplane is on the ground. It does so by
locking the lever in the down position when
either main gear's shock absorber is
compressed or the nose wheel steering is
not centered.
UP - The UP position retracts landing gear.

When the gear doors open, the main wheels
are automatically braked by the normal
brake system.
DOWN - The DOWN position extends the

landing gear.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear Lever | Down Arrow | Section 12.4.1
A320 D P
L G L S 12.4.1
D A Previous Section
The Down Arrow illuminates red with Description
associated ECAM L/G GEAR NOT DOWN Down Arrow

warning if the landing gear is not down with
Next Section
any of the following:
Radio altitude below 750 feet with

L
power back (regardless of flaps)
Radio altitude below 750 feet and
Flaps 3 or FULL selected (regardless
of power)
Flaps 3 or FULL selected with both
radio altimeters inoperative
All three conditions trigger a continuous

repetitive chime (CRC) in the cockpit. The
chime can be silenced by pressing the EMER
CANC key.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear Panel | Landing Gear Indicator Lights | Section 12.5.0
A320 D P
L G P S 12.5.0
L G I L Previous Section
The LDG GEAR LG Indicator Lights
indicator lights display Brake Fan Switch

proximity detector
Auto Brake Switches
information received
from LGCIU 1. They illuminate as long as A/Skid and N/W Steering
LGCIU 1 is electrically powered. LG Schematic
LGCIU - The Landing Gear Control Interface Next Section
Units (LGCIU) receive position information

from the landing gear, landing flaps, and
L
cargo door systems. and monitoring landing
gear position (up or down), shock absorbers
(compressed or extended), and gear doors < PREVIOUS NEXT >
(opened or closed). Each LGCIU controls
LOCKED DOWN - The Locked Down symbol
one complete gear cycle, and switches over
illuminates green when the landing gear is
automatically at each retraction cycle or in
down and locked.
case of a failure. In the event of a proximity
sensor failure or loss of electrical power, the
non-affected LGCIU automatically assumes
control of the landing gear operation.
UNLK - The unlock light illuminates red if

the gear is not locked in the selected
position.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear Panel | Brake Fan Switch | Section 12.5.1
A320 D P
L G P S 12.5.1
B F S Previous Section
HOT - The HOT light illuminates LG Indicator Lights
amber to indicate that the brake Brake Fan Switch

temperature is above the
Auto Brake Switches
maximum brake temperature
(300°C) for takeoff. An ECAM caution A/Skid and N/W Steering
message also appears. LG Schematic
Maintenance action is required when: Next Section
The difference between the average L

temperature of the left gear brakes
and the average temperature of the
right gear brakes is 200°C or more. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
The temperature difference between
two brakes on the same gear is ON - The brake fans run when the brake fan
greater than 150°C and the switch is selected to ON and the left main
temperature of one of those brakes is gear is down and locked.
at or above 600°C or at or below
60°C after landing.
Any brake’s temperature exceeds
900°C
OFF - When the brake fan switch is selected

to OFF (no lights are illuminated), then; the
brake fans stop.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear Panel | Auto Brake Switches | Section 12.5.2
A320 D P
L G P S 12.5.2
A B S Previous Section
LO - Low may be LG Indicator Lights
selected for landing. Brake Fan Switch

If the deceleration
Auto Brake Switches
rate from reverse
thrust is not adequate, progressive pressure A/Skid and N/W Steering
is applied to the brakes 4 seconds after LG Schematic

ground spoiler deployment to provide the
Next Section
selected deceleration rate.
MAX - Maximum is normally selected for

L
takeoff. During an aborted takeoff,
maximum brake pressure is applied when
ground spoiler deployment occurs. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
MED - Medium may be selected for landing. ON - The AUTO/BRK Switches arm the
If the deceleration rate from reverse thrust required deceleration rate. The ON light
is not adequate, progressive pressure is illuminates blue to indicate positive arming
applied to the brakes 2 seconds after (LO, MED, or MAX).
ground spoiler deployment to provide the
selected deceleration rate.
DECEL - The DECEL light illuminates green

when actual airplane deceleration
corresponds to 80% of the selected rate.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear Panel | Anti-Skid & Nose Wheel Steering Switch | Section 12.5.3
A320 D P
L G P S 12.5.3
A B S Previous Section
ON - When the anti-skid and LG Indicator Lights
nose wheel steering switch is Brake Fan Switch

selected to ON and the green
Auto Brake Switches
hydraulic pressure is available,
then; the green hydraulic A/Skid and N/W Steering
system supplies the brakes, anti-skid is LG Schematic

available, and nose wheel steering is
Next Section
available.
ON AND GREEN SYTEM FAILS - When the

L
anti-skid and nose wheel steering switch is
selected to ON and the green hydraulic
pressure is NOT available, then; < PREVIOUS NEXT >
The yellow hydraulic pressure takes OFF - When OFF is selected:

over automatically to supply the
Yellow hydraulic pressure supplies
brakes
the brakes
Antiskid remains available, and
Brake pressure must be limited to
Nose wheel steering is lost.
avoid wheel locking. Click on link to
If both the green and yellow hydraulic see BRAKE PRESSURE INDICATOR
systems fail, alternate braking is supplied Differential braking remains available
by the brake accumulator only. The via the pedals
accumulator supplies pressure for at least Antiskid is deactivated
seven full brake applications. Nose wheel steering is lost
1/17/2021 Landing Gear Panel | Landing Gear Schematic | Section 12.5.4
A320 D P
L G P S 12.5.4
L G S Previous Section
LG Indicator Lights
Brake Fan Switch
Auto Brake Switches
A/Skid and N/W Steering
LG Schematic
Next Section
1/17/2021 Parking Brake Handle | Description | Section 12.6.0
A320 D P
P B H S 12.6.0
D Previous Section
SETTING PARKING BRAKE - The parking Parking Brake Handle
brake is set by pulling the handle, and then Schematic Parking Brake On
turning it clockwise. Activation of the
Schematic Parking Brake Off
parking brake deactivates all other braking
modes. PARK BRK is displayed on the ECAM Next Section
memo page when the parking brake is set

to ON.
L
CAUTION
Setting the PARK BRK handle to ON

does not ensure that the parking
brakes are set. Normal brake and
accumulator pressure must be
confirmed on the BRAKES AND
ACCUMULATOR PRESSURE INDICATOR,
click on link to see indicator with
parking brake on.
1/17/2021 Parking Brake Handle | Braking Schematic Parking Brake On | Section 12.6.1
A320 D P
P B H S 12.6.1
B S P B O Previous Section
Parking Brake Handle
Schematic Parking Brake On
Next Section
1/17/2021 Parking Brake Handle | Braking Schematic Parking Brake Off | Section 12.6.2
A320 D P
P B H S 12.6.2
B S P B O Previous Section
Parking Brake Handle
Schematic Parking Brake On
Next Section
1/17/2021 Nose Wheel Steering | Description | Section 12.7.0
A320 D P
N W S S 12.7.0
D Previous Section
Nose wheel steering is electrically controlled Description
by the BSCU and hydraulically operated by Next Section

the green hydraulic system. Hydraulic
pressure is applied to the steering system
when all of the following conditions are
satisfied:
Nose landing gear doors are closed

selected ON
A lever on the towing electrical box (located
Towing control lever is in the normal
on the nose gear) deactivates the steering
position
system for towing. When this occurs, the
At least one engine is running
nose gear can be turned at ± 95°. When
Main landing gear are compressed
the lever is in the towing position, a NW
The BSCU receives inputs from the STRG DISC ECAM message displays. The
Captain's and First Officer's nose wheel message is green, and becomes amber after
steering tillers (which are algebraically the first engine start.
summed), rudder pedals, or autopilot. When
using the tillers, the nose wheel steering
angle is ± 75° until approximately 20 knots
groundspeed. As speed increases, the angle
decreases progressively to 0° at 70 knots.
1/17/2021 Brake System | Description | Section 12.8.0
A320 D P
B S S 12.8.0
The aircraft is equipped with carbon brakes. General Description
Normal braking functions (green hydraulic Normal Braking

system) along with antiskid, autobrakes,
Antiskid System
and brake temperature indications are
controlled by a dual-channel brake and Autobrake System
steering control unit (BSCU). When using Alternate Brake System

alternate brakes (yellow hydraulic system),
Parking Brake
the autobrakes are inoperative and the
antiskid may or may not be available. If Next Section
both the green and yellow hydraulic

by the brake accumulator only.
B O
There are four modes of brake operation:
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Normal brake operation with antiskid
The main gear wheels are fitted with fusible
and autobrakes
plugs which melt in the event of an
Alternate brake operation with
overheat to protect the tires from bursting.
antiskid
A brake temperature monitoring system
Alternate brake operation without
provides a display of each wheel’s brake
antiskid
temperature on the ECAM WHEEL page.
Parking brake operation
1/17/2021 Brake System | Normal Braking | Section 12.8.1
A320 D P
B S S 12.8.1
N B Previous Section
The normal brake system is powered by the General Description
green hydraulic system and includes Normal Braking

antiskid and autobrakes. The dual-channel
Antiskid System
brake and steering control unit (BSCU)
control normal braking functions along with Autobrake System
antiskid, autobrakes, and brake Alternate Brake System

temperature indications.
Parking Brake
Braking operation is normal when: Next Section
The green hydraulic pressure is

available
The A/SKID and N/W STRG switch is
ON, and
The parking brake is OFF
On the ground, braking is controlled by

using the pilot's brake pedals (via BSCU) or
auomatically using the autobrake control
panel.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Brake System | Antiskid System | Section 12.8.2
A320 D P
B S S 12.8.2
The antiskid system provides maximum General Description
braking efficiency by maintaining the Normal Braking

release signals are sent to the normal and
Antiskid System
alternate servo valves as well as to the
ECAM, which displays the released brakes. Autobrake System
Once the skid is no longer detected, the Alternate Brake System

antiskid system returns to normal skid
Parking Brake
detection and protection.
Next Section
The antiskid system is automatically
deactivated when:
Groundspeed is below 20 knots.

selected OFF
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Brake System | Autobrake System | Section 12.8.3
A320 D P
B S S 12.8.3
The autobrake system operates through the General Description
normal brake system to maintain a selected Normal Braking

deceleration rate during landing and to
Antiskid System
reduce the stopping distance during a
rejected takeoff. Autobrake System
Alternate Brake System
A Parking Brake
The system can be armed with the PARK Next Section

BRK handle selected ON. When the
autobrakes are armed for landing, an ECAM
memo displays below 750 feet AGL.
Automatic braking is initiated by ground
spoiler extension command; therefore,
during a rejected takeoff below 72 knots,
the autobrakes will not activate since the
ground spoilers are not provided with an
automatic extension command below that
speed.
Autobrakes can be selected and armed

when:
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Green hydraulic pressure is available
Antiskid is powered
No failures exist in the braking
system
At least one ADIRU is available
D
The autobrake system is disarmed:
When AUTO/BRK switch is deselected

When one or more arming conditions
are lost
When ground spoilers are retracted
10 seconds after raising landing gear
lever
When applying sufficient brake pedal
deflection to one brake pedal
1/17/2021 Brake System | Alternate Braking | Section 12.8.4
A320 D P
B S S 12.8.4
A B Previous Section
Alternate braking capabilities are the same General Description
as with normal brakes with antiskid, except Normal Braking

the autobrakes are inoperative. The yellow
Antiskid System
hydraulic system automatically provides
alternate brakes when: Autobrake System
Alternate Brake System

The green hydraulic pressure is
available Parking Brake
Electrical power has failed Next Section

BSCU has failed
A B
A
If the A/SKID & N/W STRG switch is
selected OFF; alternate braking is still
available, but without antiskid. When
braking without antiskid, pedal pressure
must be controlled to prevent wheel lockup
and brake pressure is limited to a maximum
of 1000 PSI on the BRAKES and ACCU
PRESS indicator.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
B A O
If both the green and yellow hydraulic
by the brake accumulator only. The
1/17/2021 Brake System | Parking Braking | Section 12.8.5
A320 D P
B S S 12.8.5
P B Previous Section
When the parking brake is ON, the yellow General Description
hydraulic system or the brake accumulator Normal Braking

pressurizes the brakes. If parking brake
Antiskid System
pressure decreases below a threshold value,
normal braking through the brake pedals is Autobrake System
automatically restored (provided green Alternate Brake System

hydraulic pressure is available and the
Parking Brake
A/SKID & N/W STRG switch is on).
Next Section
The brake accumulator in the yellow
hydraulic system maintains pressure for
braking when the yellow system is
unpressurized. It is normal for the brake
accumulator pressure to gradually decrease
below the green band over time. (Adequate
parking brake pressure is maintained for at
least 12 hours.)
CAUTION
Setting the PARK BRK handle to ON

does not ensure that the parking
brakes are set. Normal brake and < PREVIOUS NEXT >
accumulator pressure must be
confirmed on the BRAKES and ACCU
PRESS indicator.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System | Description | Section 12.9.0
A320 D P
L G S S 12.9.0
D Previous Section
OPERATION - The landing gear and door extended), and gear doors (opened or Description
system is electrically controlled and closed). Gear Operation

hydraulically operated. During normal
Each LGCIU controls one complete gear Nose Wheel Steering
operation the hydraulically-operated doors
open prior to landing gear transit and close cycle and switches over automatically at Next Section
at the end of gear extension and retraction. each retraction cycle or in case of a failure.
In addition, mechanically linked doors are In the event of a proximity sensor failure or
mounted to the landing gear struts. loss of electrical power, the non‑affected
LGCIU automatically assumes control of the
LANDING GEAR CONTROL AND INTERFACE landing gear operation.
UNITS (LGCIUS) - Electrical signals are
provided for gear and door actuation by two CARGO DOORS - The cargo doors also have
proximity switches that provide position
LGCIUs. The LGCIUs receive position
information from the landing gear, cargo information to the LGCIUs. The switches
doors, and landing flap systems and process detect the position of the manual selector
gear and door position, sequencing, control, valves, locking shaft, locking handle, safety
and gear lever selection. They also provide shaft, and door sills. If an electrical failure
landing gear information to the ECAM of the locking shaft, locking handle, or
display and send signals to other aircraft safety shaft is detected, a non‑locked
systems for ground or flight mode condition is signaled and displays on the
operations. LGCIU 1 provides landing gear ECAM.
position indications on the landing gear FLAPS - The flaps have four proximity
indicator panel and ECAM. LGCIU 2 provides switches. The LGCIUs process the signals
ECAM landing gear position indications only. received from the switches prior to sending
them to the slat flap control computers
Landing gear proximity sensors provide
signals to the LGCIUs for computing and (SFCCs). The LGCIUs do not monitor SFCC
monitoring landing gear position (up or system failures.
down), shock absorbers (compressed or
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System | Gear Operation | Section 12.9.1
A320 D P
L G S S 12.9.1
G O Previous Section
NORMAL GEAR OPERATION - The landing During normal operation with green Description
gear lever provides electrical signals to the hydraulic pressure available, the hydraulic Gear Operation
LGCIUs which control the hydraulic safety system remains pressurized when the
Nose Wheel Steering
valves. When selecting gear UP or DOWN landing gear is extended.
with the airspeed less than 260 KIAS, all Next Section
landing gear doors open, the gear retracts GRAVITY EXTENSION - A gravity extension
or extends, and all doors close. When the handle, located on the aft edge of the
airspeed is greater than 260 KIAS, a control pedestal, is used when the gear
hydraulic safety valve closes to cut off the cannot be extended due to electrical,
hydraulic supply. Below 260 KIAS, it hydraulic, or mechanical failure. The hand
remains cut off as long as the landing gear crank is turned three times to shut off
lever is UP. The safety valve is controlled by hydraulic pressure, open the doors (which
the gear lever and ADIRU 1 and/or 3. remain open), and unlock the gear. During
gravity extension, downlocking is assisted
During gear retraction, automatic braking is by locking springs on the main gear and
applied to the main gear wheels by a aerodynamic forces on the nose gear. Nose
normal braking system. The landing gear is wheel steering is deactivated.
held up mechanically in the wheel wells.
Once the gear is down and locked, an
interlock system prevents unsafe retraction
by locking the gear lever in the DOWN
position when either main gear shock
absorber is compressed or the nose wheel
steering is not centered.
1/17/2021 Landing Gear System | Nose Wheel Steering | Section 12.9.2
A320 D P
L G S S 12.9.2
N W S Previous Section
Nose wheel steering is electrically controlled A lever on the towing electrical box (located Description
by the BSCU and hydraulically operated by on the nose gear) deactivates the steering Gear Operation
the green hydraulic system. Hydraulic system for towing. When this occurs, the
Nose Wheel Steering
pressure is applied to the steering system nose gear can be turned at ± 95°. When
when all of the following conditions are the lever is in the towing position, a NW Next Section
satisfied: STRG DISC ECAM message displays. The

message is green and becomes amber after
Nose landing gear doors are closed the first engine start. Rudder pedal steering
A/SKID & N/W STRG switch is is disconnected by the rudder PEDALS DISC
selected ON button located on each steering tiller. Nose
Towing control lever is in the normal wheel steering is self‑centering after takeoff
position by an internal cam mechanism.
At least one engine is running
Main landing gear are compressed
The BSCU receives inputs from the

Captain’s and First Officer’s nose wheel.
When using the tillers, the nose wheel
steering angle is ±75° until approximately
20 knots groundspeed. As speed increases,
the angle decreases progressively to 0° at
70 knots. When using the rudder pedals,
the nose wheel steering angle is ±6° until
approximately 40 knots groundspeed. As
speed increases, the angle decreases
progressively to 0° at 130 knots.
1/17/2021 Auto Flight | Description | Section 13.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 13.0 13.0 AUTO FLIGHT
A F S 13.1.0
D Previous Section
The navigation system is a fully integrated The flight guidance portion of the FMGS Description
digital avionics system. Microcomputer uses the autopilot, flight director, and auto Description 2
technology and electronic displays provide thrust systems. The MCDU is considered the
Next Section
pilots with performance, navigation, and long-term interface between the pilot and
advisory information for all phases of flight. the FMGC. Functions of the MCDU include L
A flight management and guidance system selection of specific pages for insertion and
(FMGS) provides automatic navigation and display of navigation and performance
flight guidance, map displays, auto thrust information.
management and thrust targets, and
performance optimization. Full auto flight is The FCU is the short-term interface between
accomplished when at least one autopilot the pilot and the FMGC. It is used to modify
and the auto thrust system are engaged. any flight parameter on a short-term basis,
and is also used to select operational modes
The FMGS includes: for the autopilots, flight directors, and auto
thrust system. Autopilot guidance modes
Two flight management and guidance are selected on the FCU and MCDU.
computers (FMGCs) Engagement is confirmed by the flight mode
Two multifunction control display annunciation (FMA) on the PFD.
units (MCDUs)
One flight control unit (FCU) The FACs control rudder, rudder trim, and
Two flight augmentation computers yaw damping inputs. It also computes data
(FACs) for the flight envelope and speed functions
and provides warning for windshear
FMGC detection.
The Flight Management Guidance CONTINUE

Computers provide flight guidance and flight
management.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-autoflight/sys-13.1.0.html 1/1
1/17/2021 Auto Flight | Description 2 | Section 13.1.1
A320 D P
A F S 13.1.1
F D F M A Previous Section
The FCU and the FMGC command flight The FMAs, located on the top of the PFD, Description
director guidance modes. Engagement must are the only valid indication of the status of Description 2
always be confirmed by verifying the FMAs. the auto flight system. The green lights on
Next Section
In the HDG-V/S mode, guidance is provided the FCU buttons only indicate that they
by a cross bar consisting of a pitch have been selected. The FMAs display the
L
command bar and a roll command bar. engaged, captured and/or armed modes of
Guidance in the TRK-FPA mode is provided the auto thrust, autopilot, and flight director
by a single guidance bar which combines systems, approach capabilities, and special
the commands for pitch and bank angle. messages.
Most FMA indications are green for an

A T S
engaged mode, blue for an armed mode,
The auto thrust system is an integral part of white for a status indication, and amber for
the auto flight system. When engaged, the an advisory indication.
auto thrust mode is determined by the
active vertical mode of the autopilot/flight Normally, the first line indicates
director system. If both autopilots and flight engaged/captured modes, and the second
directors are off, the default mode of the line indicates armed modes. When the auto
auto thrust system is SPEED. Auto thrust thrust system is in an armed mode, the FMA
modes are indicated in the first column of automatically engages when the thrust
the FMA. Refer to Engines and APU chapter levers are placed in the engagement range.
for detailed auto thrust information.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Speed/Mach Window | Section 13.2.0
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.0
Previous Section
Windows
Speed/Mach Window
Heading/Track Window
FD Display Mode
ALT Window
V/S / FPA Window
S /M W Selectors
Buttons
The SPD/MACH Window displays the
selected speed/Mach. Next Section
L
M S L
When the speed selector is pushed, FMGS
managed speed engages, the managed
speed light illuminates, and dashes appear
in the SPD/MACH window.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Heading/Track Window | Section 13.2.1
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.1
Previous Section
Windows
Speed/Mach Window
FD Display Mode
ALT Window
V/S / FPA Window
H /T W Selectors
Buttons
The HDG/TRK Window displays selected
HDG/TRK. Displays dashes when a managed Next Section
lateral mode is engaged.

L
L L
The LAT Light illuminates to indicate
managed lateral mode is either armed or
engaged.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Flight Director Display Mode | Section 13.2.2
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.2
Previous Section
Windows
Speed/Mach Window
FD Display Mode
ALT Window
V/S / FPA Window
F D D M Selectors
Buttons
The Flight Director Display Mode indicates
that the flight director is in either HDG-V/S Next Section
or TRK-FPA display mode.

L
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Altitude Window | Section 13.2.3
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.3
Previous Section
Windows
Speed/Mach Window
FD Display Mode
ALT Window
V/S / FPA Window
A W Selectors
Buttons
The ALT Window displays altitude selected
with the altitude selector. The window never Next Section
displays dashes, even when CLB or DES is

engaged.
L
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Vertical Speed/Flight Path Angle Window | Section 13.2.4
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.4
Previous Section
Windows
Speed/Mach Window
FD Display Mode
ALT Window
V/S / FPA Window
V S /F P A W Selectors
Buttons
The V/S / FPA Window displays the selected
vertical speed or flight path angle. It Next Section
normally displays dashes when not in V/S or

FPA mode.
L
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Speed/Mach Selector | Section 13.2.5
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.5
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Speed/Mach Selector
Altitude Selector
Heading/Track Selector
VS/FPA Selector
S /M S Buttons
Next Section
The Speed/Mach Selector when rotated,
changes the value displayed in the L
SPD/MACH window.
When pulled, the selected speed displayed

in the SPD/MACH window engages. If the
selector is pulled when the SPD/MACH
window contains dashes, the window
displays the current airspeed.
When pushed, FMGS managed speed

engages, the managed speed light
illuminates, and dashes appear in the
SPD/MACH window.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Altitude Selector | Section 13.2.6
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.6
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Speed/Mach Selector
Altitude Selector
VS/FPA Selector
A S Buttons
Next Section
The Altitude Selector changes the altitude
displayed in the ALT window. The Inner L
Selector rotates to change altitude value.
The Outer Selector provides selection of 100
or 1000 foot increments.
When the Altitude Selector is pulled, OP CLB

or OP DES mode engages. When pushed,
CLB or DES mode engages, and the LVL/CH
light illuminates.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Heading/Track Selector | Section 13.2.7
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.7
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Speed/Mach Selector
Altitude Selector
VS/FPA Selector
H /T S Buttons
Next Section
The Heading/Track Selector when rotated,
changes the value displayed in the L
HDG/TRK window. When pushed, NAV arms
or engages and the LAT light illuminates.
When pulled, the selected heading/track

displayed in the HDG/TRK window engages.
If a heading is selected prior to pulling the

selector, the airplane turns in the shortest
direction to the selected heading. If a
heading is selected after pulling the selector,
the airplane turns to the new heading in the
direction the selector is turned. If the
selector is pulled during a turn, the airplane
rolls out on the existing heading.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Vertical Speed/Flight Path Angle Selector | Section 13.2.8
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.8
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Speed/Mach Selector
Altitude Selector
VS/FPA Selector
V S /F P A S Buttons
Next Section
Vertical Speed/Flight Path Angle Selector
when rotated, changes the VS or FPA NOTE
L
displayed in the V/S / FPA window. The When engaging a vertical speed or
vertical speed range is from ± 6000 FPM. flight path angle, the selector must be
The FPA range is from ± 9.9°. pulled within approximately 45
seconds, or the selection is lost and
When the selector is pulled, V/S or FPA
dashes are redisplayed.
engages. When pushed, the airplane levels
off.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Speed/Mach Button | Section 13.2.9
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.9
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
HDG-V/S / TRK-FPA Button
Metric ALT Button
S /M B AP Button
LOC Button
The SPD/MACH Button when pushed,
changes the value in the SPD/MACH window A/THR Button
from airspeed to Mach, and vice versa. EXPED Button
APPR Button
APPR Button 2
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | HDG-V/S/TRK-FPA Button | Section 13.2.10
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.10
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
Metric ALT Button
HDG-V/S/TRK-FPA B AP Button
LOC Button
The HDG-V/S/TRK-FPA Button changes
between heading/vertical speed and A/THR Button
track/flight path angle display modes. EXPED Button
When HDG V/S mode is selected, HDG APPR Button
appears above the HDG/TRK window and APPR Button 2

V/S appears above the V/S FPA window.
Next Section
Flight director command bars can be
displayed on the PFD. L
When TRK FPA mode is selected, TRK
appears above the HDG/TRK window and
FPA appears above the V/S / FPA window.
Flight path vector is displayed on the PFD,
and the flight path director can be displayed
on the PFD.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Metric Altitude Button | Section 13.2.11
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.11
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
Metric ALT Button
M A B AP Button
LOC Button
The METRIC ALT Button displays the FCU
altitude in meters on bottom of lower ECAM. A/THR Button
EXPED Button
APPR Button
APPR Button 2
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Auto Pilot Buttons | Section 13.2.12
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.12
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
Metric ALT Button
A P B AP Button
LOC Button
The AP Buttons engage/disengage selected
autopilot. Autopilot guidance modes are A/THR Button
selected on the FCU and MCDU. EXPED Button

Engagement is confirmed by the flight mode
APPR Button
annunciation (FMA) on the PFD.
APPR Button 2
The autopilots utilize ailerons, rudder,
Next Section
spoilers, and elevators to achieve the
desired flight profile. Rudder inputs, yaw L
damping, and rudder trim are computed by
the FACs and are automatic when an
autopilot is engaged.
The autopilot also provides inputs to the

nose wheel steering unit during the ROLL
OUT mode on an autoland approach.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | LOC Button | Section 13.2.13
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.13
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
Metric ALT Button
LOC B AP Button
LOC Button
The LOC Button arms, engages, or
disengages the localizer mode. It A/THR Button
illuminates the managed lateral light. EXPED Button

Dashes appear in the HDG/TRK window
APPR Button
when LOC* or LOC engages. It takes a
minimum of 3 seconds after arming for the APPR Button 2
LOC to arm. Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | A/THR Button | Section 13.2.14
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.14
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
Metric ALT Button
A/THR B AP Button
LOC Button
The A/THR Button arms or disengages the
auto thrust system. A/THR Button
EXPED Button
The autothrust system is an integral part of
the autoflight system. When engaged, the APPR Button
autothrust mode is determined by the active APPR Button 2

vertical mode of the autopilot/flight director
Next Section
system.
If both autopilots and flight directors are off,

L
the default mode of the autothrust system
is SPEED. Autothrust modes are indicated in
the first column of the FMA. Refer to ATHR
FMA definitions 13.3.56 for detailed
autothrust information.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | Expedite Button | Section 13.2.15
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.15
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
Metric ALT Button
E B AP Button
LOC Button
The EXPED Button engages the EXPED
mode to reach the altitude set in the A/THR Button
altitude window with maximum vertical EXPED Button

gradient. Automatically engages managed
APPR Button
speed. Airspeed is green dot during climb,
and .80M/340 KIAS during descent. To APPR Button 2
disengage EXPED, select new vertical mode Next Section

or selected speed.
L
EXP CLB is not recommended above FL 250
because the Mach corresponding to green
dot is too low.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | APPR Button | Section 13.2.16
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.16
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
Metric ALT Button
APPR B AP Button
LOC Button
The APPR Button Arms, engages, or
disengages the following modes: CAUTION A/THR Button
Do not arm the ILS APPR mode above EXPED Button

LOC and G/S modes if an ILS
8000 feet AGL. Radio altimeter signals APPR Button
approach has been selected via the
are not available above this altitude
flight plan or RADIO NAV page or APPR Button 2
and with the APPR button armed, the
RMP (takes a minimum of 3 seconds
autopilot disengages at glideslope Next Section
after arming for the LOC and/or G/S
capture and the flight directors revert
to engage in the capture mode). L
to HDG-V/S.
APP NAV, FINAL, and FINAL APP
modes if a non-precision approach
has been selected from the MCDU
database.
1/17/2021 Flight Control Unit | APPR Button 2 | Section 13.2.17
A320 D P
F C U S 13.2.17
Previous Section
Windows
Selectors
Buttons
SPD/MACH Button
Metric ALT Button
APPR B AP Button
LOC Button
NOTE NOTE A/THR Button
If the LOC or APPR button is selected If a VOR or NDB approach has been EXPED Button
on and the ILS/LS button is not selected in the database, the LOC and APPR Button
selected, and an ILS approach is APPR buttons will not arm for localizer
APPR Button 2
entered in the flight plan or the RADIO or glideslope capture, even if the ILS
NAV page, ILS flashes amber on the frequency is manually tuned. An ILS Next Section
PFD. If the ILS/LS and APPR buttons approach must be selected via the
are selected on when a non-ILS flight plan page. L
approach is selected in the flight plan,
V/DEV flashes amber on the PFD.
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | MAN TOGA | Section 13.3.0
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.0
A T - MAN TOGA Previous Section
When the thrust levers are manually set in MAN TOGA

A/THR VERT LAT APPR STAT
the TOGA detent and at least one flight MAN FLX
director is set to ON:
MAN MCT
The auto thrust system is armed MAN THR

The engines power is advanced to
THR MCT
TOGA thrust setting, and
"MAN TOGA" annunciation is THR CLB
displayed THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | MAN FLX | Section 13.3.1
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.1
A T - MAN FLX Previous Section
When the thrust levers are manually set in MAN TOGA

the FLX/MCT detent and at least one flight MAN FLX
director is set to ON:
MAN MCT
The auto thrust system is armed MAN THR

Engines power is advanced to the
THR MCT
FLEX TO TEMP thrust setting, and
"MAN FLX" annunciation is displayed THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | MAN MCT | Section 13.3.2
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.2
A T - MAN MCT Previous Section
With the most forward thrust lever in the MAN TOGA

MCT detent, the auto thrust system is MAN FLX
armed, the maximum available thrust is
MAN MCT
MCT, and the "MAN MCT" annunciation is
displayed. The MCT thrust is only available MAN THR
in flight with both engines operating. THR MCT
THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | MAN THR | Section 13.3.3
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.3
A T - MAN THR Previous Section
Autothrust system is armed with the most MAN TOGA

forward thrust lever above the CL detent MAN FLX
(both engines operating) or above the MCT
MAN MCT
detent (single engine operating), but not in
a detent. MAN THR
THR MCT
THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | THR MCT | Section 13.3.4
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.4
A T - THR MCT Previous Section
The most forward thrust lever is in the MCT MAN TOGA

detent. Auto thrust system commands MCT MAN FLX
thrust only (single engine operating).
MAN MCT
MAN THR
THR MCT
THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | THR CLB | Section 13.3.5
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.5
A T - THR CLB Previous Section
The THR CLB annunciation is displayed MAN TOGA

when the most forward thrust lever is MAN FLX
placed in the CLB detent. The auto thrust
MAN MCT
system commands CLB thrust only.
MAN THR
THR MCT
THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | Thr Lvr | Section 13.3.6
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.6
A T - THR LVR Previous Section
The THR LVR annunciation is displayed MAN TOGA

when both thrust levers are below the CL MAN FLX
detent or the operative thrust lever is below
MAN MCT
the MCT detent (single engine operating).
MAN THR
Available thrust to auto thrust system is
THR MCT
limited to thrust lever position rather than
the normal CLB or MCT thrust detent THR CLB
position. THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | THR IDLE | Section 13.3.7
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.7
A T - THR IDLE Previous Section
The THR IDLE annunciation is displayed MAN TOGA

when the auto thrust system commands idle MAN FLX
thrust and the the most forward thrust lever
MAN MCT
is in the engagement range.
MAN THR
THR MCT
THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | A FLOOR | Section 13.3.8
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.8
A T - A FLOOR Previous Section
The amber boxed A FLOOR annunciation is MAN TOGA

displayed when the speed is between ALPHA MAN FLX
Max and ALPHA Protection, then the auto
MAN MCT
thrust system commands TO/GA thrust
regardless of thrust lever position. ALPHA MAN THR
FLOOR occurs at a predetermined angle of THR MCT

attack.
THR CLB
The Alpha FLOOR engaged mode changes to THR LVR

TOGA LK when the Alpha FLOOR conditions
THR IDLE
no longer exist.
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | TOGA LK | Section 13.3.9
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.9
A T - TOGA LK Previous Section
The amber boxed TOGA LK annunciation is MAN TOGA

displayed when A FLOOR conditions no MAN FLX
longer exist (speed equal to or greater than
MAN MCT
ALPHA Protection) and TO/GA thrust is still
engaged. MAN THR
THR MCT
To recover thrust control the auto thrust
system must be disengaged. THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | SPEED | Section 13.3.10
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.10
A T - SPEED Previous Section
The SPEED annunciation is displayed when MAN TOGA

the AP/FD vertical mode is in ALT, V/S, or a MAN FLX
vertical approach mode (G/S, FINAL APP,
MAN MCT
etc) and the most forward thrust lever is in
the engagement range. The auto thrust MAN THR
system varies thrust to maintain speed THR MCT

(managed or selected SPEED mode).
THR CLB
THE A/THR also defaults to the SPEED mode THR LVR

if both autopilots and flight directors are
THR IDLE
OFF.
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | MACH | Section 13.3.11
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.11
A T - MACH Previous Section
The MACH annunciation is displayed when MAN TOGA

the AP/FD vertical mode is in ALT, ALT CRZ, MAN FLX
or V/S and the most forward thrust lever is
MAN MCT
in the engagement range. The auto thrust
system varies thrust to maintain indicated MAN THR
mach number (managed or selected MACH THR MCT

mode).
THR CLB
The A/THR also defaults to the MACH or THR LVR

SPEED mode if both autopilots and flight
THR IDLE
directors are OFF.
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | LVR ASYM | Section 13.3.12
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.12
A T - LVR ASYM Previous Section
One thrust lever is in CL or MCT/FLX detent, MAN TOGA

and the other one is not (2 engines only). MAN FLX
MAN MCT
MAN THR
THR MCT
THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | LVR CLB | Section 13.3.13
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.13
A T - LVR CLB Previous Section
Flashes white to prompt setting thrust MAN TOGA

levers in the CL detent. Automatically MAN FLX
appears at takeoff or go-around at thrust
MAN MCT
reduction altitude. The MASTER CAUT lights
flash and a single chime sounds every 5 MAN THR
seconds when the thrust lever is aft of the THR MCT

CL detent.
THR CLB
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | LVR MCT | Section 13.3.14
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.14
A T - LVR MCT Previous Section
Flashes white to prompt setting the MAN TOGA

operating thrust lever in the MCT detent. MAN FLX
Automatically appears as part of the takeoff
MAN MCT
or missed approach profile at green dot
speed if EO CLR is present. The MASTER MAN THR
CAUTION lights flash and a single chime THR MCT

sounds every 5 seconds when the thrust
THR CLB
lever is aft of the FLX/MCT detent.
THR LVR
THR IDLE
A. FLOOR
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | THR LK | Section 13.3.15
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.15
A T - THR LK Previous Section
THR LK annunciation flashes amber MAN TOGA

indicating A/THR disconnection due to the MAN FLX
failure of the auto thrust system (or the FCU
MAN MCT
A/THR button being deselected) with both
thrust levers in the CL detent, or one in the MAN THR
FLX/MCT detent (engine out). The MASTER THR MCT

CAUTION lights flash and a single chime
THR CLB
sounds every 5 seconds. The thrust is
locked at its current setting. Moving the THR LVR
thrust levers out of CL or MCT removes all THR IDLE

warnings and gives the pilot manual thrust
A. FLOOR
control.
TOGA LK
SPEED
MACH
LVR ASYM
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LVR CLB
LVR MCT
THR LK
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | SRS | Section 13.3.16
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.16
V M - SRS Previous Section
The Speed Reference System for takeoff is: SRS

ALT
Armed when V2 is entered in the
ALT CST
MCDU and the Flap lever is not at 0
Engaged by selecting TO/GA or by V/S -500
selecting FLX/MCT with a FLEX FPA -3.0

temperature setting
EXP CLB
For all other phases, engaged by selecting EXP DES

TO/GA when the FLAPS lever is not at 0. At
G/S
least one autopilot or flight director must be
on. OP CLB
OP DES
SRS commands pitch to maintain:
CLB
Takeoff phase, 2 engines: V2 + 10
DES
Takeoff phase, 1 engine: Speed
FINAL APP
existing at the time of engine failure
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
but not lower than V2 LAND
Go-around phase: Speed existing at Next Section

the time of the go-around, but not
lower than VAPP
SRS allows speed to decrease to maintain a

minimum of a 120 FPM climb.
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | ALT - Armed | Section 13.3.17
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.17
V M - ALT - A Previous Section
When the FCU altitude value is changed to a SRS

new target altitude, then the armed ALT ALT
annunciation is displayed on the second
ALT ARMED
line.
ALT CAPTURED
When the target altitude is captured, then
ALT ENGAGED
the ALT* annunciation (captured) is
displayed on line 1 and the armed ALT ALT CST
annunciation is extinguished on line 2. V/S -500
When the current altitude and altitude FPA -3.0
target deviation are less than 20 feet, then EXP CLB

the ALT (altitude hold) annunciation is
EXP DES
displayed on line 1.
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | ALT - Captured | Section 13.3.17A
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.17A
V M - ALT - C Previous Section
When the FCU altitude is captured the ALT* SRS

(capture mode) annunciation is displayed. ALT
Actual airplane vertical speed determines
ALT ARMED
when ALT* annunciates.
ALT CAPTURED
ALT* reverts to V/S (engaged mode) if FCU
ALT ENGAGED
altitude is reset prior to ALT (engaged
mode). ALT CST
V/S -500
When the current altitude and altitude
target (FCU) deviation are less than 20 feet, FPA -3.0
then the ALT (altitude hold) annunciation is EXP CLB

displayed.
EXP DES
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-autoflight/sys-13.3.17A.html 1/1
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | ALT - Engaged | Section 13.3.17B
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.17B
V M - ALT - E Previous Section
When engaged, the airplane is at and SRS

maintaining the FCU altitude and remains in ALT
ALT if FCU altitude is reset. A/THR, if
ALT ARMED
engaged, is SPEED or MACH.
ALT CAPTURED
When armed, the airplane will level off at
ALT ENGAGED
the FCU altitude in a selected climb or
descent mode. ALT CST
V/S -500
ALT* reverts to V/S (engaged mode) if FCU
altitude is reset prior to ALT (engaged FPA -3.0
mode). EXP CLB
EXP DES
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-autoflight/sys-13.3.17B.html 1/1
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | ALT CST - Armed | Section 13.3.18
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.18
V M - ALT CST - A Previous Section
When a MCDU constraint altitude is armed SRS

the magenta color ALT annunciation is ALT
displayed on the second FMA line. Managed
ALT CST
lateral (NAV) and vertical modes (DES or
CLB or FINAL) must be engaged. During a ALT CST ARMED
managed descent or climb the magenta ALT CST CAPTURED

color ALT may change between magenta or
ALT CST ENGAGED
blue arm mode. The color indicates which
altitude has priority - selected altitude or V/S -500
constraint altitude. FPA -3.0
When the MCDU altitude constraint is EXP CLB
captured the green color ALT CST* EXP DES

annunciation is displayed on line 1 and the
G/S
armed magenta color ALT annunciation is
extinguished on line 2. OP CLB
OP DES
When the current altitude and managed < PREVIOUS NEXT >
altitude constraint (MCDU) deviation are CLB
less than 20 feet, then the ALT CST DES

annunciation is displayed.
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | ALT CST - Captured | Section 13.3.18A
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.18A
V M - ALT CST - C Previous Section
When a MCDU managed altitude constraint SRS

is captured ALT CST* is displayed. Managed ALT
lateral (NAV) and vertical modes (DES or
ALT CST
CLB or FINAL) must be engaged. Vertical
managed modes take into account altitude ALT CST ARMED
and speed constraints. ALT CST CAPTURED
When the current altitude and managed ALT CST ENGAGED
altitude constraint (MCDU) deviation are V/S -500

less than 20 feet, then the ALT CST
FPA -3.0
EXP CLB
EXP DES
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | ALT CST - Engaged | Section 13.3.18B
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.18B
V M - ALT CST - E Previous Section
When the current altitude and managed SRS

altitude constraint (MCDU) deviation are ALT
less than 20 feet, then the ALT CST
ALT CST
annunciation is displayed, managed lateral
(NAV) and vertical modes (DES or CLB or ALT CST ARMED
FINAL) must be engaged. Vertical managed ALT CST CAPTURED

modes take into account altitude and speed
ALT CST ENGAGED
constraints.
V/S -500
In this example, the ALT CST is engaged
FPA -3.0
and managed DES mode is armed to
continue a descent to the next alitude EXP CLB
constraint. EXP DES
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | V/S ±XXXX | Section 13.3.19
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.19
V M - V/S ±XXXX Previous Section
When the Vertical Speed Selector is pulled, SRS

it commands pitch to maintain the selected ALT
vertical speed value and the V/S ±XXXX
ALT CST
V/S -500
Auto thrust, if engaged, is SPEED.
FPA -3.0
Pushing the V/S FPA selector commands the EXP CLB

airplane to level off.
EXP DES
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | FPA ± XXX | Section 13.3.20
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.20
V M - FPA ± XXX Previous Section
When the Flight Path Angle Selector is SRS

pulled, it commands pitch to maintain the ALT
selected flight path angle and the FPA ±X.X
ALT CST
V/S -500
FPA -3.0
Pushing the V/S - FPA selector commands a EXP CLB

flight path angle of + 0.0 and the airplane
EXP DES
levels off.
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | EXP CLB | Section 13.3.21
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.21
V M - EXP CLB Previous Section
When the EXPED (expedite) button is SRS

pushed, it commands pitch to maintain ALT
managed speed at green dot and EXP CLB
ALT CST
V/S -500
Auto thrust, if engaged, is THR CLB.
FPA -3.0
The FCU target altitude must be set above EXP CLB

actual altitude. The MCDU altitude and
EXP DES
speed constraints are ignored.
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | EXP DES | Section 13.3.22
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.22
V M - EXP DES Previous Section
When the EXPED (expedite) button is SRS

pushed, it commands pitch to maintain ALT
managed speed at .80 Mach / 340 KIAS and
ALT CST
the EXP DES annunciation is displayed.
V/S -500
A/THR, if engaged, is THR IDLE.
FPA -3.0
The FCU target altitude must be set below EXP CLB

actual altitude. The MCDU altitude and
EXP DES
speed constraints, including 250 KIAS below
10,000 feet, are ignored. G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | G/S - Armed | Section 13.3.23
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.23
V M - G/S - A Previous Section
When the APPR and ILS/LS buttons are SRS

pushed the glideslope mode is armed, and ALT
the armed G/S annunciation (blue color) is
ALT CST
displayed.
V/S -500
When the glideslope is captured the G/S*
FPA -3.0
annunciation is displayed and the green
color G/S engaged mode annunciation is EXP CLB
displayed a few seconds later. EXP DES
The FCU target altitude will not capture G/S
after the glideslope mode is captured. G/S ARMED
Auto thrust, if engaged, is SPEED. G/S CAPTURED
G/S ENGAGED
OP CLB
OP DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | G/S - Captured | Section 13.3.23A
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.23A
V M - G/S - C Previous Section
When the glideslope mode is intercepted SRS

then the G/S* captured mode annunciation ALT
is displayed, and the green color G/S
ALT CST
engaged mode annunciation is displayed a
few seconds later. V/S -500
FPA -3.0
The glideslope mode may capture prior to
LOC* if glideslope capture conditions are EXP CLB
met. EXP DES
Auto thrust, if engaged, is SPEED. G/S
G/S ARMED
G/S CAPTURED
G/S ENGAGED
OP CLB
OP DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | G/S - Engaged | Section 13.3.23B
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.23B
V M - G/S - E Previous Section
When the APPR and ILS/LS buttons are SRS

pushed the glideslope mode is armed, and ALT
the armed G/S annunciation (blue color) is
ALT CST
displayed.
V/S -500
When the glideslope is captured the G/S*
FPA -3.0
annunciation is displayed and the green
color G/S engaged mode annunciation is EXP CLB
displayed a few seconds later. EXP DES
The FCU target altitude will not capture G/S
after the glideslope mode is captured. G/S ARMED
Auto thrust, if engaged, is SPEED. G/S CAPTURED
G/S ENGAGED
OP CLB
OP DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | OP CLB | Section 13.3.24
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.24
V M - OP CLB Previous Section
The OP CLB (open climb) annunciation is SRS

displayed when the Altitude Selector is ALT
pulled. The FCU altitude must be above
ALT CST
actual altitude.
V/S -500
Open climb commands pitch to maintain the
FPA -3.0
managed or selected target speed.
Autothrust, if engaged, is THR CLB. EXP CLB
EXP DES
FCU altitude must be above actual altitude.
Altitude constraints are ignored. Speed G/S
constraints are met only if in managed OP CLB

speed.
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | OP DES | Section 13.3.25
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.25
V M - OP DES Previous Section
The OP DES (open descent) annunciation is SRS

displayed when the Altitude Selector is ALT
pulled. The FCU altitude must be below
ALT CST
actual altitude.
V/S -500
The A/THR commands THR IDLE thrust
FPA -3.0
setting.
EXP CLB
The Open Descent mode commands the
EXP DES
AP/FD pitch to maintain the managed or
selected target speed. Altitude constraints G/S
are ignored. Speed constraints are met only OP CLB

if in managed speed.
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | CLB | Section 13.3.26
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.26
V M - CLB Previous Section
The CLB annunciation is displayed when the SRS

Altitude Selector is pushed. The target ALT
altitude must be above actual altitude and
ALT CST
NAV mode must be engaged. The A/THR
commands THR CLB thrust setting. The CLB V/S -500
mode commands the AP/FD pitch to FPA -3.0

maintain the managed or selected target
EXP CLB
speed.
EXP DES
Speed constraints are met only if in
G/S
managed speed. CLB mode meets altitude
constraints entered in the MCDU. If NAV OP CLB
mode is lost, it reverts to OP CLB. OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | DES | Section 13.3.27
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.27
V M - DES Previous Section
The DES annunciation is displayed when the SRS

Altitude Selector is pushed. The target ALT
altitude must be below actual altitude and
ALT CST
NAV mode must be engaged. The A/THR
commands SPEED / MACH or THR IDLE V/S -500
thrust setting. If the airplane is more than FPA -3.0

200 NM from destination, DES flies a 1000
EXP CLB
FPM cruise descent to the FCU altitude.
EXP DES
If less than 200 NM from the destination,
G/S
DES attempts to maintain the computed
vertical path. If selected speed is used, OP CLB
speed constraints are ignored. If NAV mode OP DES

is lost, DES reverts to vertical speed.
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | FINAL | Section 13.3.28
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.28
V M - FINAL Previous Section
The armed FINAL vertical mode and APP SRS

NAV lateral mode annunciations are ALT
displayed when;
ALT CST
A non-ILS-LOC approach is selected V/S -500

from the MCDU database, and
FPA -3.0
The APPR button is pushed
EXP CLB
If proceeding in the NAV lateral engaged
EXP DES
mode when pushing the APPR button, then
the armed FINAL vertical mode and the G/S
lateral APP NAV engaged mode OP CLB

annunciations are displayed.
OP DES
When both the vertical FINAL (armed) and CLB

lateral APP NAV (armed) paths are
DES
captured, then the engaged FINAL APP
annunciation is displayed (engaged). FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
FINAL
APP NAV
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | APP NAV | Section 13.3.28A
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.28A
L M - APP NAV Previous Section

displayed when;
ALT CST

FPA -3.0
EXP CLB
EXP DES

OP DES

DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
FINAL
APP NAV
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | FINAL APP | Section 13.3.28B
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.28B
V L M - FINAL APP Previous Section

displayed when;
ALT CST

FPA -3.0
EXP CLB
EXP DES

OP DES

DES
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
FINAL
APP NAV
FINAL APP
LAND
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | LAND | Section 13.3.29
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.29
V L M - LAND Previous Section
During an ILS approach, LAND mode SRS

engages at 400 feet AGL, and the LAND ALT
annunciation is displayed. The FCU modes
ALT CST
are frozen. There is no way to disengage
the LAND mode using the FCU. V/S -500
FPA -3.0
EXP CLB
If LAND annunciation is not displayed by
EXP DES
350 feet RA, the airplane cannot auto-land.
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
LAND
FLARE
ROLL OUT
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | FLARE | Section 13.3.29A
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.29A
V L M - FLARE Previous Section
The FLARE annunciation displays when SRS

FLARE mode engages at 40 feet AGL during ALT
an autoland ILS approach. The autopilot
ALT CST
begins the flare maneuver at 30 feet and
the thrust retards to idle. The pilot must V/S -500
manually retard the throttles after landing. FPA -3.0
If the FLARE annunciation is not displayed EXP CLB
by 30 feet, then the airplane cannot EXP DES

autoland and the pilot must execute a go-
G/S
around.
OP CLB
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
LAND
FLARE
ROLL OUT
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | ROLL OUT | Section 13.3.29B
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.29B
V L M - ROLL OUT Previous Section
The ROLL OUT mode engages at touch down SRS

during an autoland ILS approach. The ROLL ALT
OUT mode steers the airplane on the
ALT CST
ground using the localizer. The ground roll
guidance command bar replaces the flight V/S -500
director at touch down. FPA -3.0
If the localizer is lost after touch down, EXP CLB
ROLL OUT mode maintains the memorized EXP DES

track.
G/S
OP CLB
OP DES
CLB
DES
FINAL APP
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
LAND
LAND
FLARE
ROLL OUT
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | RWY | Section 13.3.30
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.30
L M - RWY Previous Section
When thrust levers are set to TOGA or FLEX RWY

thrust detent position, the RWY command HDG
guidance engages automatically at the
TRACK
beginning of the takeoff roll, and the RWY
annunciation is displayed if the runway has LOC
an operational localizer. NAV
It provides lateral guidance during the RWY TRK
takeoff roll up to 30 feet AGL. Ground roll GA TRK

guidance (yaw) command bar is also
Next Section
displayed on the PFD. The departure runway
localizer is tuned automatically when the
departure runway is entered in the MCDU.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | HDG | Section 13.3.31
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.31
L M - HDG Previous Section
When the HDG selector is pulled it RWY

commands lateral guidance to maintain the HDG
FCU's heading selected value, and the
TRACK
engaged HDG annunciation is displayed.
LOC
The heading value can be pre-selected prior
NAV
to takeoff. When the HDG Selector knob is
rotated, it changes the value displayed in RWY TRK
the HDG/TRK window. GA TRK
In flight, the HDG selector may be pre- Next Section
selected to a new heading, but must be

pulled within approximately 45 seconds, or
the heading pre-selection value is lost.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | TRACK | Section 13.3.32
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.32
L M - TRACK Previous Section
When the TRK selector is pulled it RWY

commands lateral guidance to maintain the HDG
FCU's track selected value, and the engaged
TRACK
TRACK annunciation is displayed. The track
value can be pre-selected prior to takeoff. LOC
When the TRK Selector knob is rotated, it NAV

changes the value displayed in the
RWY TRK
HDG/TRK window.
GA TRK
In flight, the TRK selector may be pre-
Next Section
selected, but must be pulled within
approximately 45 seconds, or the track
selection value is lost.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | LOC | Section 13.3.33
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.33
L M - LOC - A Previous Section
When the LOC and ILS/LS buttons are RWY

pushed the localizer mode is armed, and the HDG
armed LOC annunciation (blue color) is
TRACK
displayed.
LOC
When the localizer is captured the LOC*
LOC ARMED
annunciation is displayed and the armed
LOC annunciation (blue) is extinguished. LOC CAPTURED
LOC ENGAGED
After the localizer is engaged the green
color LOC annunciation is displayed. NAV
RWY TRK
GA TRK
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | LOC - Capture | Section 13.3.33A
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.33A
L M - LOC - C Previous Section

TRACK
displayed.
LOC
LOC ARMED
LOC ENGAGED
RWY TRK
GA TRK
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | LOC - Engaged | Section 13.3.33B
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.33B
L M - LOC - E Previous Section

TRACK
displayed.
LOC
LOC ARMED
LOC ENGAGED
RWY TRK
GA TRK
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | NAV - Armed | Section 13.3.34
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.34
L M - NAV - A Previous Section
When the HDG selector is pushed it arms RWY

the NAV mode and displays a blue color NAV HDG
annunciation on line 2. The NAV mode
TRACK
engages when intercepting the course
between the FROM and TO waypoints, by LOC
selecting DIR TO prompt in the MCDU, or NAV

automatically during takeoff.
NAV ARMED
When the nav mode initially engages NAV CAPTURED

(captured) a white box is displayed
NAV ENGAGED
momentarily around the green color NAV
engaged annunciation on line 1. RWY TRK
GA TRK
When the NAV mode is engaged then the
green color NAV annunciation is displayed Next Section
on line 1.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | NAV - Captured | Section 13.3.34A
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.34A
L M - NAV - C Previous Section

TRACK

NAV ARMED

NAV ENGAGED
GA TRK
on line 1.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | NAV - Engaged | Section 13.3.34B
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.34B
L M - NAV - E Previous Section

TRACK

NAV ARMED

NAV ENGAGED
GA TRK
on line 1.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | RWY TRK | Section 13.3.35
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.35
L M - RWY TRK Previous Section
When the Thrust Levers are positioned into RWY

the TOGA or FLEX detent, a heading value is HDG
preselected on the FCU, then the RWY TRK
TRACK
mode engages at rotation or 30 feet AGL
and the RWY TRK annunciation is displayed LOC
automatically. NAV
RWY TRK mode provides lateral guidance to RWY TRK
maintain the track being flown upon GA TRK

engagement.
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | GA TRK | Section 13.3.36
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.36
L M - GA TRK Previous Section
When at least one thrust lever is positioned RWY

to TO/GA detent when the FLAPS lever is at HDG
1, 2, 3 or 4 flap position, then the GA TRK
TRACK
mode engages and the GA TRK annunciation
is displayed. LOC
NAV
The GA TRK mode provides lateral guidance
to maintain the airplane's track being flown RWY TRK
upon engagement. GA TRK
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | CAT 1 or 2 | Section 13.3.38
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.38
A C - CAT 1 CAT 2 SINGLE Previous Section
When CAT 1 SINGLE or CAT 2 SINGLE CAT 1 or CAT 2 SINGLE

annunciations are displayed, then the CAT 3 SINGLE
airplane is capable of a CAT I non-autoland
CAT 3 DUAL
ILS approach (autopilot connected).
DH XXX
A CAT 1 annunciation is displayed during an
NO DH
ILS approach and when the autopilot is
disconnected and the APPR button is MDA XXX
selected. Next Section
CAT 3 SINGLE annunciations are normally

displayed during an ILS approach when one
autopilot is engaged and the APPR button is
selected.
CAT 3 DUAL annunciations are normally

displayed during an ILS approach when both
autopilots are engaged and the APPR button
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
is selected.
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | CAT 3 SINGLE | Section 13.3.39
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.39
A C - CAT 3 SINGLE Previous Section
CAT 3 SINGLE annunciations are displayed CAT 1 or CAT 2 SINGLE

when the airplane's approach capability is CAT 3 SINGLE
fail passive.
CAT 3 DUAL
CAT 3 SINGLE annunciations indicate that DH XXX

the aircraft is capable of a CAT III autoland
NO DH
ILS approach with visibility that is equal to
or greater than 600 RVR. MDA XXX
Next Section
ILS approach and when the autopilot is
disconnected and the APPR button is
selected.

selected.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
is selected.
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | CAT 3 DUAL | Section 13.3.40
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.40
A C - CAT 3 DUAL Previous Section
CAT 3 DUAL annunciations indicate that the CAT 1 or CAT 2 SINGLE

airplane's approach capability is fail CAT 3 SINGLE
operational, meaning it is capable of a CAT
CAT 3 DUAL
III autoland ILS approach with visibility that
is equal to or less than 600 RVR. DH XXX
NO DH
ILS approach and when the autopilot is MDA XXX
disconnected and the APPR button is Next Section

selected.

selected.

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
is selected.
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | DH XXX | Section 13.3.41
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.41
A C - DH XXX Previous Section
The PFD displays the DH (radio altitude) CAT 1 or CAT 2 SINGLE

minimums on line 3. The DH radio altitude CAT 3 SINGLE
is entered in the DH field in the MCDU
CAT 3 DUAL
MCDU PERF APPR page for CAT II or CAT III
approaches. DH XXX is only displayed DH XXX
during the descent and approach phases of NO DH

flight.
MDA XXX
The charted CAT II DH radio altitude is Next Section

normally entered for CAT II approaches, but
not less than 100 feet.
For CAT III approaches, 100 feet is normally

entered for the alert height.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | NO DH | Section 13.3.42
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.42
A C - NO DH Previous Section
The PFD displays "NO DH" annunciation on CAT 1 or CAT 2 SINGLE

line 3 when "NO" has been entered in the CAT 3 SINGLE
DH field on the PERF APPR page.
CAT 3 DUAL
DH XXX
NO DH
MDA XXX
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | MDA XXX | Section 13.3.43
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.43
A C - MDA XXX Previous Section
The PFD displays the "MDA XXX" CAT 1 or CAT 2 SINGLE

(barometric minimums) on line 3. The MDA CAT 3 SINGLE
altitude is entered in the MDA field in the
CAT 3 DUAL
MCDU PERF APPR page for both
nonprecision and precision CAT I DH XXX
approaches. NO DH
The MDA XXX annunciation is only displayed MDA XXX
during the descent and approach phases of Next Section

flight.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | AP 1 + 2 | Section 13.3.45
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.45
AP S - AP 1 + 2 Previous Section
When AP 1+2 annunciation is displayed, AP/FD/ATHR Status

then autopilot 1 and 2 are engaged; AP 1 is AP 1 + 2
flying, autopilot 2 is standby.
AP 1
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | AP 1 | Section 13.3.46
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.46
AP S - AP 1 Previous Section
When AP 1 annunciation is displayed, then AP/FD/ATHR Status

autopilot 1 is engaged. AP 1 + 2
AP 1
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | AP 2 | Section 13.3.47
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.47
AP S - AP 2 Previous Section
When AP 2 annunciation is displayed, then AP/FD/ATHR Status

autopilot 2 is engaged. AP 1 + 2
AP 1
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | 1FD2 | Section 13.3.48
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.48
FD S 1FD2 Previous Section
Both flight directors are ON. AP/FD/ATHR Status

AP 1 + 2
AP 1
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | 1FD- | Section 13.3.49
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.49
FD S 1FD- Previous Section
Captain’s flight director is selected ON and AP/FD/ATHR Status

the First Officer’s flight director is selected AP 1 + 2
OFF.
AP 1
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | -FD2 | Section 13.3.50
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.50
FD S -FD2 Previous Section
Captain’s flight director is selected OFF and AP/FD/ATHR Status

the First Officer’s flight director is selected AP 1 + 2
ON.
AP 1
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | 2FD- | Section 13.3.51
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.51
FD S 2FD- Previous Section
Captain's flight director is selected ON, AP/FD/ATHR Status

flight director 1 has failed, or FMGC 1 is not AP 1 + 2
valid; and First Officer’s flight director is
AP 1
selected OFF.
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | -FD1 | Section 13.3.52
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.52
FD S -FD1 Previous Section
First Officer’s flight director is selected ON, AP/FD/ATHR Status

flight director 2 has failed, or FMGC 2 is not AP 1 + 2
valid; and Captain's flight director is
AP 1
selected OFF.
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.53
Both flight directors selected ON with one AP/FD/ATHR Status

flight director failed or FMGC 2 not valid. AP 1 + 2
AP 1
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.54
Both flight directors are selected ON with AP/FD/ATHR Status

one flight director failed or FMGC 1 not AP 1 + 2
valid.
AP 1
AP 2
1FD2
1FD-
-FD2
2FD-
-FD1
1FD1
2FD2
A/THR Armed
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Special Messages
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | A/Thr Armed | Section 13.3.55
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.55
A T S - A/T A Previous Section
On the ground or in flight, autothrust AP/FD/ATHR Status

arming is confirmed when A/THR is AP 1 + 2
displayed in blue in the right column of the
AP 1
FMA, and the A/THR button is illuminated.
AP 2
When the autothrust system is armed,
1FD2
thrust is controlled directly by thrust lever
position until the thrust lever is placed in 1FD-
the engagement range. Then, the -FD2

autothrust system is engaged and
2FD-
automatically controls thrust or speed,
depending on the AP/FD mode. -FD1
1FD1
The autothrust system is armed on the
ground by: 2FD2
A/THR Armed
Setting the thrust levers to TO/GA if
at least one flight director is on. A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Setting the thrust levers to FLX if at Special Messages
least one flight director is on and a
Next Section
FLEX temperature has been entered
in the FMGC.
The autothrust system is armed in flight by

pushing the A/THR button when the thrust
levers are not in the engagement range.
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | A/Thr Engaged | Section 13.3.56
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.56
A T S - A/T E Previous Section
In flight, autothrust engagement is AP/FD/ATHR Status

confirmed when A/THR is displayed in white AP 1 + 2
in the right column of the FMA, and the
AP 1
A/THR button is illuminated.
AP 2
The autothrust system is engaged in flight
1FD2
by:
1FD-
Setting the thrust levers in the
-FD2
engagement range when autothrust
system is armed. 2FD-
Pushing the A/THR button when the -FD1

thrust levers are in the engagement
1FD1
range.
Activating alpha floor, regardless of 2FD2
thrust lever position or arming A/THR Armed

status.
A/THR Engaged
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
The thrust levers are in the engagement Special Messages
range:
Next Section
With two engines operating, both

thrust levers are above idle and at or
below the CL detent.
With one engine operating, the thrust
lever for that engine is above idle
and at or below the MCT detent.
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | Mach Sel | Section 13.3.57
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.57
S M - M S Previous Section
The MACH SEL annunciation indicates the AP/FD/ATHR Status

selected Mach number that was entered via Special Messages
the MCDU CRUISE page before takeoff.
MACH SEL
SPEED SEL
MORE DRAG
SET GREEN DOT SPEED
SET MANAGE SPEED
SET HOLD SPEED
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | Speed Sel | Section 13.3.58
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.58
S M - S S Previous Section
The SPEED SEL annunciation can only occur AP/FD/ATHR Status

when the airplane is in the takeoff phase or Special Messages
the climb phase.
MACH SEL
Takeoff phase: will revert to a SPEED SEL

selected speed when the airplane
MORE DRAG
reaches the ACC ALT (climb phase)
provided a selected speed was preset SET GREEN DOT SPEED
in the PERF CLIMB page. SET MANAGE SPEED

Climb phase: will revert to a selected
SET HOLD SPEED
speed when the airplane reaches the
cruise altitude entered in the MCDU if USE MAN PITCH TRIM
a selected speed was preset in the MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY

PERF CRUISE page.
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | More Drag | Section 13.3.59
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.59
S M - M D Previous Section
The MORE DRAG annunciation may be AP/FD/ATHR Status

displayed when the DES mode is engaged Special Messages
and either:
MACH SEL
The aircraft is above the vertical SPEED SEL

profile and the predicted intercept
MORE DRAG
point is less than 2 miles from the
next vertical constraint, or SET GREEN DOT SPEED
Managed speed is engaged and the SET MANAGE SPEED

aircraft enters a decelerating
SET HOLD SPEED
segment which requires the use of
speed brakes. USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | Set Green Dot Speed | Section 13.3.60
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.60
S M - S G D S Previous Section
The FMGS is in an engine-out mode, AP/FD/ATHR Status

selected speed is active, FCU selected speed Special Messages
is less than green dot minus 10 knots, and
MACH SEL
ALT* is not engaged. Also appears if the
FCU selected speed is greater than green SPEED SEL
dot +10 knots and the vertical mode is MORE DRAG

other than ALT* or ALT.
SET GREEN DOT SPEED
Message also appears on MCDU. SET MANAGE SPEED
SET HOLD SPEED
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | Set Manage Speed | Section 13.3.61
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.61
S M - S M S Previous Section
The airplane is in selected speed and has AP/FD/ATHR Status

just entered the: Special Messages
Cruise phase without a preselected MACH SEL
speed entered, or SPEED SEL

Descent phase without a preselected
MORE DRAG
speed entered
SET GREEN DOT SPEED
SET MANAGE SPEED
SET HOLD SPEED
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | Set Hold Speed | Section 13.3.62
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.62
S M - S H S Previous Section
The airplane is in selected speed, a holding AP/FD/ATHR Status

pattern has been entered in the flight plan, Special Messages
the airplane is less than 30 seconds from
MACH SEL
the deceleration point, and the FCU-selected
speed differs by more than 5 knots from the SPEED SEL
FMGS computed holding speed. MORE DRAG
Message also appears on MCDU. SET GREEN DOT SPEED
SET MANAGE SPEED
SET HOLD SPEED
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | USE MAN PITCH TRIM | Section 13.3.63
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.63
S M - U M P T Previous Section
Automatic pitch trim is inoperative and the AP/FD/ATHR Status

flight controls have reverted to direct law in Special Messages
pitch as well as in roll.
MACH SEL
For example, a jammed stabilizer or flight SPEED SEL

control ELAC 1 and 2 computer faults can
MORE DRAG
cause flight controls to default to alternate
law. Then when the landing gear is SET GREEN DOT SPEED
extended pitch and roll revert to direct law, SET MANAGE SPEED
as indicated by the amber color USE
SET HOLD SPEED
MANUAL PITCH TRIM message.
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY | Section 13.3.64
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.64
S M - M P T O Previous Section
Flight controls are in mechanical backup. AP/FD/ATHR Status

Elevators are not available for pitch control. Special Messages
Manual pitch trim (stabilizer), throttles, and
MACH SEL
rudders are the only means for controlling
flight. SPEED SEL
MORE DRAG
SET GREEN DOT SPEED
SET MANAGE SPEED
SET HOLD SPEED
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | CHECK APP SEL | Section 13.3.65
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.65
S M - C A S Previous Section
The airplane is less than 100 miles from AP/FD/ATHR Status

T/D, or in the descent or approach phase, a Special Messages
nonprecision approach has been selected
MACH SEL
from the database, and the pilots have
tuned an ILS frequency in the RADIO NAV SPEED SEL
page. MORE DRAG
CHECK APP SEL message also appears in SET GREEN DOT SPEED
the MCDU. SET MANAGE SPEED
SET HOLD SPEED
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | DECELERATE | Section 13.3.66
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.66
S M - D Previous Section
Airplane is in managed speed and descent AP/FD/ATHR Status

was not initiated at T/D point. Special Messages
DECELERATE message also appears in the MACH SEL
MCDU. SPEED SEL
MORE DRAG
SET GREEN DOT SPEED
SET MANAGE SPEED
SET HOLD SPEED
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Mode Annunciations | VERT DISCON AHEAD | Section 13.3.67
A320 D P
F M A S 13.3.67
S M - V D A Previous Section
DES mode is engaged and: AP/FD/ATHR Status

Special Messages
A TOO STEEP path exists on the next
leg and MACH SEL
The airplane is less than 30 seconds SPEED SEL

from the TOO STEEP path segment
MORE DRAG
VERT DISCON AHEAD message also appears SET GREEN DOT SPEED
in the MCDU.
SET MANAGE SPEED
SET HOLD SPEED
USE MAN PITCH TRIM
MAN PITCH TRIM ONLY
CHECK APP SEL
DECELERATE
VERT DISCON AHEAD

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | ILS Approach Autoland | Section 13.4.0
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.0
ILS A P - A Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Managed/Selected App
Takeoff
Eng Failure After V1
Go Around/Missed App
Single Engine Go Around
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
Autoland approaches may be made to CAT I, II, or III runways with CAT 3 SINGLE or CAT 3
DUAL FMAs displayed.
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | ILS No Autoland | Section 13.4.1
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.1
ILS A P - N A Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
The DA for a CAT I autoland is based upon the barometric altimeter and should be entered
in the MDA field on the PERF APPR page.
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | Managed/Managed Approach | Section 13.4.2
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.2
M /M A P Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
Managed/managed nonprecision procedure is always the preferred method for both RNAV
(GPS) and VOR approaches. It has several additional requirements:
OAT must be within the limits on the approach plate

If no limits are charted, the OAT must be above -15°C
A local altimeter must be available
A published descent path must appear on the approach plate and in the database
If the additional criteria are not met, use the managed/selected procedure. Add +50 feet to
the lowest minimum and use this as a derived decision altitude (DDA) for all nonprecision
approaches.
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | Managed/Selected Approach | Section 13.4.3
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.3
M /S A P Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
Managed/Selected nonprecision approaches are authorized for:
RNAV (GPS) / RNAV (GNSS)

VOR
LOC/LDA
Circling approaches
Add +50 feet to the lowest minimum and use this as a derived decision altitude (DDA) for
all nonprecision approaches.
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | Normal Takeoff | Section 13.4.4
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.4
N T P Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | Engine Failure After V1 | Section 13.4.5
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.5
E F A V1 P Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | Engine Failure After V2 | Section 13.4.6
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.6
E F A V2 P Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | Go-Around/Missed Approach | Section 13.4.7
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.7
G A /M A P Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | Go-Around/Missed Approach Single Engine | Section 13.4.8
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.8
G A /M A S E P Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
1/17/2021 Flight Maneuvers | No Flaps and No Slats | Section 13.4.9
A320 D P
F M S 13.4.9
N F N S P Previous Section
ILS Autoland
ILS - No Autoland
Managed/Managed App
Takeoff
No Flaps Approach
Next Section
Note: Use of autopilot is not authorized below 500 feet.

Note: If in normal law, be prepared to cancel alpha floor as the airplane slows.
Note: If in direct law anticipate aural stall warning.
1/24/2021 ADIRS Control Panel | Data Display Window | Section 14.1.0
A320 D P
ADIRS C P S 14.1.0
D D W Previous Section
The ADIRS computes airplane position, Data Display Window
speed, altitude, attitude, and air data for Data Selector

the displays, flight management guidance
System Selector
system, flight controls, engine controls, and
other systems. Data Entry Keypad
ON Battery Light
The Data Display Window displays the data
selected by the DATA selector. Keyboard IR Lights
entry overrides the display. IR Mode Selectors
ADR Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 ADIRS Control Panel | Data Selector | Section 14.1.1
A320 D P
ADIRS C P S 14.1.1
TEST - The TEST position displays all 8s in Data Display Window
data display window and illuminates ENT Data Selector

and CLR keys on the keypad.
System Selector
TK/GS - The TK/GS position displays true Data Entry Keypad

track and groundspeed.
ON Battery Light
PPOS - The PPOS displays present latitude IR Lights

and longitude.
IR Mode Selectors
WIND - The WIND position displays true ADR Switch

wind direction and wind speed.
Next Section
HDG - The HDG position displays true

heading and minutes remaining until
L
alignment is complete. When entering
heading while in ATT mode, a magnetic
heading must be entered.
STS - The STS position displays system

status message code. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 ADIRS Control Panel | System Selector | Section 14.1.2
A320 D P
ADIRS C P S 14.1.2
OFF - The OFF position blanks the data Data Display Window
display window. Data Selector
1, 3, or 2 - Position 1, 3, or 2 displays data System Selector
for the associated IRS. Note that ADIRUs Data Entry Keypad
are arranged in a 1-3-2 sequence.
ON Battery Light
IR Lights
ADIRU
IR Mode Selectors
Three identical Air Data Inertial Reference
Units (ADIRUs) are installed in the airplane. ADR Switch
Each ADIRU combines an Air Data Next Section

Reference (ADR) system with a laser gyro
Inertial Reference (IR) system in a single L
unit.
The ADR provides barometric altitude,

airspeed, Mach, angle of attack,
temperature, and over speed warnings.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
The IR provides attitude, flight path vector,
heading, track, acceleration (speed trend),
VSI, groundspeed, and airplane position.
The IR does not navigate; rather, it provides
an inertial position input to the FMGCs for
navigation computations.
1/24/2021 ADIRS Control Panel | Data Entry Keypad | Section 14.1.3
A320 D P
ADIRS C P S 14.1.3
D E K Previous Section
The Data Entry Keypad allows entry of Data Display Window
present position, or heading in ATT mode, in Data Selector

the selected system.
System Selector
ALPHA KEYS - The Alpha Keys select N, S, Data Entry Keypad

E, W for present position entry, or H for
ON Battery Light
magnetic heading entry in ATT mode.
IR Lights
NUMERIC KEYS - The Numeric Keys are
IR Mode Selectors
used to enter present position, or present
magnetic heading in ATT mode to the data ADR Switch
display window. Next Section
ENT KEY - The ENT Key illuminates when an L

alpha key is selected. Enters keyed data
into ADIRS.
CLR KEY - The CLR key illuminates when the

N, E, S, W or H key is pressed prior to data
entry. Pressing the CLR key clears keyed
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
data (but not yet entered) from the display
window.
1/24/2021 ADIRS Control Panel | Battery Light | Section 14.1.4
A320 D P
ADIRS C P S 14.1.4
B L Previous Section
The ON BAT Light illuminates amber when Data Display Window
one or more IRUs are supplied by the Data Selector

airplane battery only. A horn in the nose
System Selector
wheel well sounds if on the ground. The ON
BAT light also illuminates for a few seconds Data Entry Keypad
at the initiation of alignment. ON Battery Light
IR Lights
IR Mode Selectors
ADR Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 ADIRS Control Panel | IR Lights | Section 14.1.5
A320 D P
ADIRS C P S 14.1.5
IR L Previous Section
FAULT - The IR FAULT Light illuminates Data Display Window
amber when a fault affects the associated Data Selector

IR. If the light is flashing, it is possible that
System Selector
attitude and heading information may be
recovered in the ATT mode. Data Entry Keypad
ON Battery Light
ALIGN - The IR ALIGN Lights illuminate
white when the associated IR is operating IR Lights
normally in the ALIGN mode. IR Mode Selectors
The ALIGN light extinguishes when the ADR Switch
alignment is complete. Next Section
The ALIGN light flashes if: L

IR alignment fault is detected
No present position entry has been
made after 10 minutes
Difference between position at shut
down and entered position exceeds
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1° of latitude or longitude
1/24/2021 ADIRS Control Panel | IR Mode Selectors | Section 14.1.6
A320 D P
ADIRS C P S 14.1.6
IR M S Previous Section
OFF - The OFF position deactivates the Data Display Window
associated ADIRU. Attitude data reference Data Selector

(ADR) and inertial reference (IR) data are
System Selector
not available.
Data Entry Keypad
NAV - The NAV position provides full inertial
ON Battery Light
data to airplane systems. (Normal mode of
operation.) IR Lights
IR Mode Selectors
ATT - The ATT position provides only
attitude and heading data. Magnetic ADR Switch
heading must be entered via the ADIRS Next Section

control panel, and must be reset frequently
(approximately every 10 minutes). L
Attitude Data Reference is available in NAV

or ATT positions.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 ADIRS Control Panel | ADR Switches | Section 14.1.7
A320 D P
ADIRS C P S 14.1.7
A D R S Previous Section
FAULT - The ADR FAULT Light illuminates Data Display Window
amber when a fault is detected in the Data Selector

associated air data reference component.
System Selector
OFF - When the ADR is switched to OFF, it Data Entry Keypad

indicates the air data output is disconnected
ON Battery Light
to the associated ADR. The OFF light will
illuminate white and the IR is not affected. IR Lights
IR Mode Selectors
ADR Switch
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Description | Section 14.2.0
A320 D P
FMGC D S 14.2.0
The Flight Management Guidance Computer Previous Section
(FMGC) contains a navigation database Description

which provides navaid auto-tuning, position
Page Title
computation, navigational accuracy checks,
and flight planning through the Multifunction Line Select Keys
Control Display Unit (MCDU). The MCDU Scratch Pad

contains a performance database that
Slew Keys
provides predictions of fuel, time, distance,
speed, and altitude. Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Each FMGC is linked to its own onside
MCDU, RMP, and EFIS control panel. After Alphanumeric Keys
entry of the flight plan and other required Top Annunciator Keys
performance data into the MCDU, the FMGS
generates the climb and descent profiles for
departure and arrival, provides automatic Page Keys
airplane guidance, and computes current BRT/DIM Selector

and predicted progress along the flight plan.
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Page Title | Section 14.2.1
A320 D P
P T S 14.2.1
The Page Title identifies the page in view. Previous Section
Description
Page Title
Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Line Select Keys | Section 14.2.2
A320 D P
P T S 14.2.2
The Line Select Keys identified as 1L - 6L Previous Section
and 1R - 6R and provide access to data in Description

the left and right data fields respectively.
Page Title
Keys enable data entered into the
scratchpad to be line-selected (moved) to Line Select Keys
the appropriate data entry field. If a caret Scratch Pad

(< or >) appears next to the key, selecting
Slew Keys
the key accesses another MCDU page. If an
asterisk (*) appears next to the key, Fail Annunciator
selecting the key activates a specific FM Annunciator

function.
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Scratch Pad | Section 14.2.3
A320 D P
S P S 14.2.3
The Scratch Pad displays typed Previous Section
alphanumeric characters and FMGC- Description

generated messages (up to 22 characters).
Page Title
The two MCDU scratch pads operate
independently for data entry. Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Slew Keys | Section 14.2.4
A320 D P
S K S 14.2.4
The vertical slew keys can be used to slew a Previous Section
page up and down if a page contains more Description

data than fits on the screen as indicated by
Page Title
arrow(s) in the lower right hand corner of
the screen. The vertical slew keys can also Line Select Keys
be used to change latitude and longitude as Scratch Pad

indicated by the vertical arrows next to the
Slew Keys
associated data field.
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Clear Key | Section 14.2.15
A320 D P
C K S 14.2.15
Clears messages and data from the Previous Section
scratchpad or an individual data field. If Description

alphanumeric characters have been entered
Page Title
into the scratchpad, a single, short press of
the key erases the last character entered. A Line Select Keys
longer press of the key erases the entire Scratch Pad

scratchpad entry.
Slew Keys
When the key is pushed and the scratchpad Fail Annunciator

is empty, CLR appears in the scratchpad. If
FM Annunciator
a line select key is then pressed, the
adjacent data field is cleared, or will change Alphanumeric Keys
to a defaulted or FMGC-calculated value. If Top Annunciator Keys

the data field to be cleared is a leg in the
flight plan, the leg is deleted from the flight
plan, and a discontinuity created (in most Page Keys
cases). CLR can be removed from the BRT/DIM Selector

scratchpad by pushing the key a second
time or by entering an alphanumeric
character. SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Fail Annunciator | Section 14.2.5
A320 D P
F A S 14.2.5
The FAIL Annunciator illuminates when the Previous Section
MCDU has failed. Description
Page Title
Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | FM Annunciator | Section 14.2.6
A320 D P
FM A S 14.2.6
The FM Annunciator illuminates when the Previous Section
FMGC is not the active system and it has Description

been sent a message. Use the MCDU MENU
Page Title
key to return to the FMGC page.
Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Alphanumeric Keys | Section 14.2.7
A320 D P
A K S 14.2.7
The Alphanumeric Keys enable entry of Previous Section
letters and numbers into the scratchpad. Description

The +/- key alternates between a + and -
Page Title
for positive and negative figures. The slash
key (/) is used to separate pairs of entries Line Select Keys
in the same data field (e.g., wind Scratch Pad

direction/speed: 270/110). The trailing
Slew Keys
entry of a pair must be preceded by a slash
if it is entered alone, except for frequencies Fail Annunciator
and identifiers entered on the RADIO NAV FM Annunciator

page.
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Top Annunciator Keys | Section 14.2.8
A320 D P
T A K S 14.2.8
FM1 or FM2 indicate a failure of that FMGC. Previous Section
Description
IND indicates the FMGCs are operating in
the independent mode. Page Title
Line Select Keys

RDY light indicates that the FMGC has
passed its power-on test. Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Additional Page Arrow | Section 14.2.9
A320 D P
A P A S 14.2.9
The Additional page arrow indicates Previous Section
additional pages are available. Additional Description

pages may be viewed by pressing the
Page Title
horizontal slew keys.
Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Page Keys | Section 14.2.10
A320 D P
P K S 14.2.10
To view a description of the various MCDU Previous Section
pages click on the appropriate key; DIR, Description

PROG, PERF, INIT, DATA, F-PLN, RAD NAV,
Page Title
et cetra.
Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | BRT and DIM Selector | Section 14.2.11
A320 D P
BRT DIM S S 14.2.11

The BRT/DIM Selector controls intensity of Previous Section
MCDU display pages. A short press on the Description

BRT key performs a power-up of the MCDU.
Page Title
A long press of the DIM key starts the
MCDU power-off. Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | MCDU MENU Annunciator | Section 14.2.12
A320 D P
MCDU MENU A S 14.2.12

The MCDU MENU Annunciator illuminates Previous Section
when a system linked to the MCDU requests Description

the display. The system can be changed
Page Title
using the MCDU MENU key.
Line Select Keys
Scratch Pad
Slew Keys
Fail Annunciator
FM Annunciator
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | OVFY Δ Key | Section 14.2.14
A320 D P
OVFY Δ K S 14.2.14
When pushed, Δ appears in the scratchpad. Previous Section
Line selecting the waypoint to be overflown Description

causes the Δ to appear next to that
Page Title
waypoint designator in the flight plan, and
the lateral flight plan is modified so that the Line Select Keys
airplane directly overflies the waypoint. The Scratch Pad

overfly function provides for flight directly
Slew Keys
over a waypoint while maintaining NAV.
Once a waypoint has been commanded to Fail Annunciator
be overflown, OVFY Δ can only be removed FM Annunciator

by reentering the waypoint name.
Alphanumeric Keys
Page Keys
BRT/DIM Selector
SP Key
OVFY Δ Key
Clear Key
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Description | Section 14.3.0
A320 D P
D T P - D S 14.3.0
The DIR TO PAGE enables the pilot to Previous Section
proceed directly from the present position Direct To Page Description

to a designated waypoint. The designated
Waypoint
waypoint may be line-selected from the
primary flight plan, or manually entered via Waypoint Inserted
the scratchpad. When the DIR TO function is Direct To Erase

activated, the present position becomes the
Direct To
FROM waypoint and is displayed as T-P
(turn point) in the active flight plan. Abeam Pts
Radial In
For example to go direct to MLB LS 2L.
Radial Out
Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Waypoint | Section 14.3.1
A320 D P
D T P - W S 14.3.1
When the DIRECT TO function is selected, Previous Section
the FMGC initiates a direct flight leg to the Direct To Page Description
selected waypoint. A DIR TO waypoint may
Waypoint
be selected from points in the flight plan or
entered from the scratchpad. Waypoint Inserted
Direct To Erase
DIR TO INSERT - To insert the MLB waypoint
LS 6R. Direct To
Abeam Pts
DIR TO ERASE - To erase the direct to
waypoint LS 6L. Radial In
Radial Out
Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Waypoint Inserted | Section 14.3.1A
A320 D P
D T P - W I S 14.3.1A
When the DIRECT TO function is selected, Previous Section
the FMGC initiates a direct flight leg to the Direct To Page Description
selected waypoint. A DIR TO waypoint may
Waypoint
be selected from points in the flight plan or
entered from the scratchpad. Waypoint Inserted
Direct To Erase
Direct To
Abeam Pts
Radial In
Radial Out
Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-flight-management/sys-14.3.1A.html 1/1
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Direct To Erase | Section 14.3.2
A320 D P
D T P - D T E S 14.3.2
The DIRECT TO function can be canceled Previous Section
prior to inserting by selecting the ERASE Direct To Page Description

prompt.
Waypoint
Waypoint Inserted
NOTE
Direct To Erase
When a DIR TO waypoint has been
Direct To
entered, four options for the DIR TO
function become active. Selecting one Abeam Pts
of the four options modifies the DIR TO
Radial In
functions with the option selected. The
Radial Out
FMGC defaults to DIR TO with abeam
waypoints. Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Direct To | Section 14.3.3
A320 D P
D T P - D T S 14.3.3
Select this option to navigate direct to a Previous Section
waypoint without any waypoints in between Direct To Page Description

present position and the DIR TO waypoint.
Waypoint
Waypoint Inserted
Direct To Erase
Direct To
Abeam Pts
Radial In
Radial Out
Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Abeam Points | Section 14.3.4
A320 D P
D T P - A P S 14.3.4
When selected, points are built on the new Previous Section
route which are perpendicular to the Direct To Page Description

previous route’s waypoints. The points are
Waypoint
labeled as ABXXXXX.
Waypoint Inserted
Direct To Erase
Direct To
Abeam Pts
Radial In
Radial Out
Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Radial In | Section 14.3.5
A320 D P
D T P - R I S 14.3.5
A flight path is created from an extension of Previous Section
the DIR TO waypoint inbound on the course Direct To Page Description

designated by the radial entered. The FMGC
Waypoint
will stay in heading until reaching the radial
inbound navigation solution. If no solution Waypoint Inserted
can be achieved, NO NAV INTERCEPT is Direct To Erase

displayed in the scratchpad.
Direct To
Abeam Pts
Radial In
Radial Out
Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Radial Out | Section 14.3.6
A320 D P
D T P - R O S 14.3.6
A flight path is created along the extension Previous Section
of a radial starting at the DIR TO waypoint Direct To Page Description

outbound along the radial entered. The
Waypoint
FMGC will stay in heading until reaching the
radial outbound navigation solution. If no Waypoint Inserted
solution can be achieved, NO NAV Direct To Erase

INTERCEPT is displayed in the scratchpad.
Direct To
Abeam Pts
Radial In
Radial Out
Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Direct To Page - Direct To Insert | Section 14.3.7
A320 D P
D T P - D T I S 14.3.7
Selecting insert will insert the DIRECT TO Previous Section
function with the selected options. Direct To Page Description
Waypoint
Waypoint Inserted
Direct To Erase
Direct To
Abeam Pts
Radial In
Radial Out
Direct To Insert
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Description | Section 14.4.0
A320 D P
P P - D S 14.4.0
The Progress page displays flight data for Previous Section
the current phase of flight. It allows pilots Description

to update FMGS position in flight, and
Phase of Flight
provides FMGS computed bearing/distance
information to any waypoint. CRZ
OPT
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Bearing and Distance
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Phase of Flight | Section 14.4.1
A320 D P
P P - P F S 14.4.1
The phase of flight is indicated as a title at Previous Section
the top of the page. The flight number (i.e. Description

1127) is entered via INIT page A and
Phase of Flight
indicated to the right of title.
CRZ
OPT
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - CRZ | Section 14.4.2
A320 D P
P P - CRZ S 14.4.2
Displays cruise altitude as entered on INIT Previous Section
page A or as entered directly into this field Description

by the pilot, or as automatically entered
Phase of Flight
when the alternate is enabled.
CRZ
If an altitude is selected in the FCU that is
OPT
above the current cruise altitude, the CRZ
altitude on the PROG page automatically REC MAX
updates to the new FCU altitude when the Report

climb is initiated. If, after reaching the
Report Page
cruise altitude the, FCU altitude is reset
below the current cruise altitude and the Update At
airplane is more than 200 NM from the Predictive GPS

destination and the FCU altitude is set
Predictive GPS Page
above the higher of FL 200 or the first
descent altitude constraint, the CRZ altitude Required Accuracy
on the PROG page automatically updates to Estimated Accuracy

the new FCU altitude when the descent is
Vertical Deviation
initiated.
Anytime the CRZ altitude is automatically
Next Section
changed, NEW CRUISE ALTITUDE XXX
displays in the MCDU scratchpad. An
altitude lower than the current FCU altitude
cannot be inserted directly into this field.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - OPT | Section 14.4.3
A320 D P
P P - OPT S 14.4.3
Displays the most fuel-efficient altitude for Previous Section
ECON CRZ speed based on gross weight, Description

cost index, and temperature, using 500-foot
Phase of Flight
increments and a minimum of 5 minutes
cruise. Does not account for cruise winds CRZ
(see appropriate Recommended Step Climb OPT

chart in the Cruise Performance chapter).
REC MAX
If a selected speed other than ECON CRZ is Report

being flown, OPT is not valid.
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - REC MAX | Section 14.4.4
A320 D P
P P - REC MAX S 14.4.4

Based on gross weight, center of gravity, Previous Section
and temperature. The recommended Description

maximum altitude is the highest altitude at
Phase of Flight
which the airplane can:
CRZ
Maintain a 0.3g buffet margin
OPT
Fly in level flight at max cruise thrust
Maintain a vertical speed of 300 FPM REC MAX
at climb thrust Report
With an engine out, it displays the Report Page
recommended maximum EO altitude, Update At

computed for long range cruise speed at
Predictive GPS
max continuous thrust and anti-icing off.
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Report | Section 14.4.5
A320 D P
P P - R S 14.4.5
Selects the REPORT page. Click here to view Previous Section
report page. Description
Phase of Flight
CRZ
OPT
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Report Page | Section 14.4.5A
A320 D P
P P - R P S 14.4.5A
The REPORT page may be useful for ATC Previous Section
position reporting, if the TO waypoint Description

matches the next compulsory reporting
Phase of Flight
point on the orientation chart.
CRZ
OPT
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Update At | Section 14.4.6
A320 D P
P P - U A S 14.4.6
Only used to update position in the event of Previous Section
a large navigation error. Allows pilots to Description

update the airplane position over a known
Phase of Flight
position/navaid by entering a waypoint in
the brackets. After an entry, a small font CRZ
CONFIRM UPDATE AT prompt displays above OPT

the entered or computed LAT/LONG, and an
REC MAX
asterisked waypoint identifier also displays
for pilot confirmation. Report
Report Page
If a waypoint is incorrectly entered, do not
select the CONFIRM UPDATE AT prompt or Update At
attempt to CLR. Another page (e.g., flight Predictive GPS

plan, RADIO NAV, etc.) must be selected to
Predictive GPS Page
cancel the update.
Required Accuracy
When the CONFIRM UPDATE AT prompt is
Estimated Accuracy
selected, the FMGC position is updated to
the displayed LAT/LONG and brackets Vertical Deviation
redisplay to allow another update. Bearing and Distance
CAUTION: Large navigation errors may Next Section
occur when the CONFIRM UPDATE AT

prompt is improperly selected.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Predictive GPS | Section 14.4.7
A320 D P
P P - P GPS S 14.4.7
Selects the Predictive GPS page. Click here Previous Section
to view predictive GPS page. Description
Phase of Flight
CRZ
OPT
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Predictive GPS Page | Section 14.4.7A
A320 D P
P P - P GPS P S 14.4.7A
DEST - Displays current destination. Previous Section
Description
Predictive GPS - Predicts availability of the
GPS within ±15 minutes of ETA at Phase of Flight
destination or any waypoint entered by the CRZ

pilots. Predictions display for time intervals
OPT
of 5 minutes.
REC MAX
WPT - Allows entry of a waypoint that is not
Report
the destination. Once entered, an ETA must
be manually entered in the UTC data field. Report Page
The FMGC will provide predictive GPS status Update At

for the designated waypoint based on the
Predictive GPS
entered time.
Predictive GPS Page
Time to Destination - Displays current
Required Accuracy
predicted time to destination.
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Required Accuracy | Section 14.4.8
A320 D P
P P - R A S 14.4.8
Displays the accuracy required in the Previous Section
current area of flight (enroute, terminal, or Description

approach). This value normally changes
Phase of Flight
automatically, but may be inserted by the
pilot. CRZ
OPT
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Estimated Accuracy | Section 14.4.9
A320 D P
P P - E A S 14.4.9
Displays the FMGC’s statistical assessment Previous Section
of its own navigation accuracy. Description
Phase of Flight
CRZ
OPT
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Vertical Deviation | Section 14.4.10
A320 D P
P P - V D S 14.4.10
Displays vertical deviation (±) from the Previous Section
descent profile when NAV is engaged or Description

HDG is engaged and the airplane’s
Phase of Flight
crosstrack from the flight plan route is less
than 4 NM. The vertical deviation is the CRZ
airplane's position relative to the descent OPT

profile.
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Progress Page - Bearing and Distance | Section 14.4.11
A320 D P
P P - B D S 14.4.11
Displays the FMGS computed bearing and Previous Section
distance from the present position to any Description

waypoint, including airports (KIAD),
Phase of Flight
runways (KIAD01R), VORs, etc. The
BRG/DIST calculation is updated every 2 CRZ
seconds. OPT
REC MAX
Report
Report Page
Update At
Predictive GPS
Predictive GPS Page
Required Accuracy
Estimated Accuracy
Vertical Deviation
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Performance Page - Description | Section 14.5.0
A320 D P
P P - D S 14.5.0
Performance pages display the performance Previous Section
parameters for the current phase of flight. Description

They are automatically sequenced after the
TO Page - Preflight
takeoff phase.
Check TO Data
The NEXT PHASE prompt provides access to
Climb Page - Preflight
subsequent flight phase pages.
Climb Page - Active
The PREV PHASE prompt is available if the
Cruise Page - Preflight
phase displayed is not active. The title line
displays white when phase is not active; Cruise Page - Active
green when phase is active. Descent Page - Preflight
Pilots can manually sequence the FMGC into Descent Page - Active
the approach phase by first selecting the Approach Page - Preflight

ACTIVATE APPR PHASE prompt and then the
Approach Page - Active
CONFIRM APPR PHASE prompt which
displays only on the current phase of flight Go Around Page
performance page. Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - V1, VR, V2 | Section 14.5.1
A320 D P
TO P P - V1, VR, V2 S 14.5.1

Allows entry of V-speeds. Amber boxes Previous Section
display until V-speeds are entered. In this Description

example the V speeds have been entered.
TO Page - Preflight
NEXT PHASE - Provides access to Climb V1, VR, V2

page - LS 6R.
Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Cruise Page - Active
Descent Page - Preflight
Descent Page - Active
Approach Page - Preflight
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Trans Alt | Section 14.5.2
A320 D P
TO P P - T A S 14.5.2
Displays the transition altitude based on the Previous Section
departure airport. Can be modified by the Description

pilots.
TO Page - Preflight
V1, VR, V2
Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Thrust Reduction Altitude | Section 14.5.3
A320 D P
TO P P - T R A S 14.5.3
Displays the thrust reduction altitude. Previous Section
Altitudes are MSL. The minimum value is Description

400 feet above runway elevation. THR RED
TO Page - Preflight
is always less than or equal to ACC altitude
and can be modified by the pilots. The V1, VR, V2
default value is 800 feet above runway Trans Alt

elevation. It must be entered as a four-digit
Thr Red
number (i.e., 900’ as 0900).
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Acceleration Altitude | Section 14.5.4
A320 D P
TO P P - A A S 14.5.4
Displays the acceleration altitude (altitude Previous Section
at which CLB phase is activated). Target Description

speed increases to initial climb speed.
TO Page - Preflight
Altitudes are MSL. The minimum value is
400 feet above runway elevation. It is V1, VR, V2
always higher than or equal to THR RED and Trans Alt

can be modified by the pilots. The default
Thr Red
value is 800 feet above runway elevation. It
must be entered as a four-digit number Acc
(i.e., 900’ as 0900). Uplink TO Data
When the FCU altitude selection is lower F, S, Clean Speeds
than THR RED altitude, THR RED and ACC Rwy

are activated at the FCU altitude or ALT*,
TO Shift
whichever occurs first.
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Uplink TO Data | Section 14.5.5
A320 D P
TO P P - U TO D S 14.5.5
LS 6L button when UPLINK TO DATA is Previous Section
displayed to upload takeoff data. This Description

function may not not be utilized by your
TO Page - Preflight
airline company.
V1, VR, V2
Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - F, S, Clean Speeds | Section 14.5.6
A320 D P
TO P P - F, S, C S S 14.5.6
Displays F speed, S speed, and green dot Previous Section
speed for the predicted takeoff weight. Description

White dashes display until airplane weight is
TO Page - Preflight
entered on INIT page B.
V1, VR, V2
Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Runway | Section 14.5.7
A320 D P
TO P P - R S 14.5.7
Indicates the takeoff runway selected on the Previous Section
active flight plan. Pilot entry is not possible Description

through this field; runway must be entered
TO Page - Preflight
on the flight plan page. Dashed if no runway
is inserted into the flight plan. V1, VR, V2
Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - TO Shift | Section 14.5.8
A320 D P
TO P P - TO S S 14.5.8
Allows pilot entry of new FMGC update Previous Section
position when performing an intersection Description

takeoff. The value entered should be the
TO Page - Preflight
distance in feet from the runway threshold
to the intersection, not the distance V1, VR, V2
remaining. Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Flap THS | Section 14.5.9
A320 D P
TO P P - F /THS S 14.5.9
Allows pilot entry for takeoff flaps. Used for Previous Section
display only and has no effect on FMGC Description

computations. Stabilizer trim may or may
TO Page - Preflight
not be entered by your company.
V1, VR, V2
Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Flex TO Temp | Section 14.5.10
A320 D P
TO P P - F TO T S 14.5.10
Allows FLEX (assumed) takeoff temperature Previous Section
insertion (entered in degrees C). If no value Description

is entered, or if FLEX temperature is less
TO Page - Preflight
than OAT, FLEX is not available and TO/GA
must be used for takeoff. V1, VR, V2
Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Eng Out ACC | Section 14.5.11
A320 D P
TO P P - E O ACC S 14.5.11
Displays engine out acceleration altitude as Previous Section
defined in the database or if manually Description

entered by the pilot. Used for display only.
TO Page - Preflight
V1, VR, V2
Trans Alt
Thr Red
Acc
Uplink TO Data
F, S, Clean Speeds
Rwy
TO Shift
Flaps/THS
Flex TO Temp
Eng Out ACC
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Check TO Data | Section 14.5.12
A320 D P
TO P P - C TO D M S 14.5.12
Alerts pilots that the V-speeds and flex Previous Section
temperature have been removed from the Description

fill-in fields. This occurs when a change to
TO Page - Preflight
runway is made on the flight plan page.
Check TO Data
Check TO Data Message
V-speed Box Prompts
Flex Temp Brackets
Confirm TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Cruise Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - V-speed Box Prompts | Section 14.5.13
A320 D P
TO P P - V- B P S 14.5.13
V-speeds have been moved out of the fill-in Previous Section
fields due to a runway change on the flight Description

plan page.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
V-speed Box Prompts
Flex Temp Brackets
Confirm TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Flex Temp Brackets | Section 14.5.14
A320 D P
TO P P - F T B S 14.5.14
Flex Temperature has been moved out of Previous Section
the fill-in fields due to a runway change on Description

the flight plan page.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
V-speed Box Prompts
Flex Temp Brackets
Confirm TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | TO Page Preflight - Confirm TO Data | Section 14.5.15
A320 D P
TO P P - C TO D S 14.5.15
This may be selected to reinsert the V- Previous Section
speeds and flex temperature values after a Description

runway change has been performed in the
TO Page - Preflight
flight plan. If any values are manually
reinserted individually, this option is no Check TO Data
longer available. Check TO Data Message
V-speed Box Prompts
Flex Temp Brackets
Confirm TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Preflight - Next/Previous Phase | Section 14.5.16
A320 D P
C P P - N /P P S 14.5.16
TO, Climb, Cruise, Descent, Approach, and Previous Section
Go Around pages can be accessed using the Description

NEXT or PREVIOUS PHASE prompt.
TO Page - Preflight
PREV PHASE - Provides access to Take Off Check TO Data

page - LS 6L.
NEXT PHASE - Provides access to Cruise Next/Previous Phase

page - LS 6R.
Active Mode Speed Target
Cost Index
Managed Speed
Preselected Speed Entry
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Preflight - Active Mode Speed Target | Section 14.5.17
A320 D P
C P P - A M S T S 14.5.17
Indicates the active mode speed target in Previous Section
green (managed or selected). Cannot be Description

modified through this field.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Next/Previous Phase
Cost Index
Managed Speed
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Preflight - Cost Index | Section 14.5.18
A320 D P
C P P - C I S 14.5.18
Displays cost index in blue. Can be entered Previous Section
on INIT page A, defaulted from database, or Description

inserted manually in this field.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Next/Previous Phase
Cost Index
Managed Speed
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Preflight - Managed Speed | Section 14.5.19
A320 D P
C P P - M S S 14.5.19
Displays in green, the optimum speed in Previous Section
terms of time and cost index related to Description

active flight plan, wind data, cruise altitude,
TO Page - Preflight
and airplane gross weight. Managed speed
is limited by SPD LIM, SPD CSTR, or time Check TO Data
constraint, if any. When managed speed is Climb Page - Preflight

active, values display in large font.
Next/Previous Phase
Cost Index
Managed Speed
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Preflight - Preselected Speed Entry | Section 14.5.20
A320 D P
C P P - P S E S 14.5.20
Allows a preselected speed entry prior to Previous Section
acceleration altitude. The speed bug moves Description

from V2 (managed) to the preselected
TO Page - Preflight
speed (selected) at the acceleration
altitude. The FCU SPD/MACH window Check TO Data
displays the preselected speed. If a Climb Page - Preflight

preselected speed was not entered, the
Next/Previous Phase
speed bug goes to 250 knots below 10,000
feet. Active Mode Speed Target
Cost Index
Managed Speed
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Active - Next Phase | Section 14.5.21
A320 D P
C P A - N P S 14.5.21

NEXT PHASE prompt. Page title is a green
TO Page - Preflight
color when flight phase is active.
Check TO Data
Click on LS 6R to view next phase.
Click on LS 6L to activate approach phase. Climb Page - Active
Next Phase
Speed Target
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
UTC and DEST EFOB
Target Altitude
Performance Predictions
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Approach Page - Active
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Active - Speed Target | Section 14.5.22
A320 D P
C P A - S T S 14.5.22
Current speed targets for both managed Previous Section
and selected speed. Description
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Next Phase
Speed Target
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
UTC and DEST EFOB
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Active - Activate Appr Phase | Section 14.5.23
A320 D P
C P A - A A P S 14.5.23
Appears when displayed page is active. First Previous Section
push causes CONFIRM APPR PHASE prompt Description

to appear; second push activates the APPR
TO Page - Preflight
PHASE.
Check TO Data
If the approach phase is not confirmed, the
CONFIRM APPR PHASE prompt reverts to
the ACTIVATE APPR PHASE prompt when a Climb Page - Active
mode key or line select key other than 6L is Next Phase

pushed, or if a flight phase transition
Speed Target
occurs.
Activate Appr Phase
If the approach phase is activated
Confirm Appr Phase
inadvertently, reentering the CRZ FL into
the PROG page restores the climb phase. UTC and DEST EFOB
Target Altitude
Click on LS 6L to confirm approach phase.
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Active - Confirm Appr Phase | Section 14.5.23A
A320 D P
C P A - C A P S 14.5.23A
After CONFIRM APPR PHASE prompt Previous Section
appears; second push activates the APPR Description

PHASE.
TO Page - Preflight
If the approach phase is not confirmed, the Check TO Data

the ACTIVATE APPR PHASE prompt when a
mode key or line select key other than 6L is Climb Page - Active
pushed, or if a flight phase transition Next Phase

occurs.
Speed Target
If the approach phase is activated Activate Appr Phase

Confirm Appr Phase
the PROG page restores the climb phase.
UTC and DEST EFOB
Click on LS 6L to activate approach phase.
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Active - UTC and DEST EFOB | Section 14.5.24
A320 D P
C P A - UTC DEST EFOB S 14.5.24

Before takeoff, displays the flight time to Previous Section
destination and the predicted landing fuel. Description
After takeoff, it displays the predicted TO Page - Preflight
arrival time at destination (UTC) and the Check TO Data

predicted landing fuel.
If the pilots enter an estimated takeoff time, Climb Page - Active

the predicted arrival time (UTC) at
Next Phase
destination displays automatically.
Speed Target
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
UTC and DEST EFOB
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Active - Target Altitude | Section 14.5.25
A320 D P
C P A - T A S 14.5.25
Displays the target altitude for the Previous Section
predictions provided in 3R, 4R, or 5R. Description

Defaults to FCU altitude. Can be modified to
TO Page - Preflight
any altitude at or below the cruise flight
level. Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Next Phase
Speed Target
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
UTC and DEST EFOB
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Page Active - Climb Performance Predictions | Section 14.5.26
A320 D P
C P A - C P P S 14.5.26
Displays predicted ETA (center field) and the Previous Section
distance (right side field) required to reach Description

the altitude displayed on line 2R. The
TO Page - Preflight
predictions are paired to the lines on the left
side of the screen. Line 3R displays Check TO Data
predicted climb performance for ECON Climb Page - Preflight

(managed) speed. Line 4R displays
Climb Page - Active
predicted climb performance for selected
speed/Mach. Line 5R displays predicted Next Phase
climb performance for EXP CLB. The line Speed Target

corresponding to the active mode displays
Activate Appr Phase
in large font.
Confirm Appr Phase
UTC and DEST EFOB
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Preflight - Next/Previous Phase | Section 14.5.27
A320 D P
C P P - N /P P S 14.5.27

NEXT or PREVIOUS PHASE prompt. Page
TO Page - Preflight
title is a green color when flight phase is
active. Check TO Data

PREV PHASE - Provides access to Climb
page - LS 6L. Climb Page - Active

NEXT PHASE - Provides access to Descent
page - LS 6R. Previous/Next Phase
Managed Speed
Presel
Des Cabin Rate
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Preflight - Managed Speed | Section 14.5.28
A320 D P
C P P - M S S 14.5.28
Computed by the FMGC based on cost Previous Section
index. Description
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Previous/Next Phase
Managed Speed
Presel
Des Cabin Rate
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Preflight - Presel | Section 14.5.29
A320 D P
C P P - P S 14.5.29
If cruise phase is active, field is blank. If Previous Section
cruise phase is not active, a preselected Description

entry is possible as a SPD or MACH number.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Previous/Next Phase
Managed Speed
Presel
Des Cabin Rate
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Preflight - Descent Cabin Rate | Section 14.5.30
A320 D P
C P P - D C R S 14.5.30
Displays defaulted value for cabin altitude Previous Section
descent rate. Can be modified. Description
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Previous/Next Phase
Managed Speed
Presel
Des Cabin Rate
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Active - Next Phase | Section 14.5.31
A320 D P
C P A - N P S 14.5.31

NEXT PHASE prompt. Page title is a green
TO Page - Preflight
color when flight phase is active.
Check TO Data
Click on LS 6R to view next phase.
Click on LS 6L to activate approach phase. Climb Page - Active
Next Phase
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
Act Mode
Cost Index
Computed Speed
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Active - Activate Approach Phase | Section 14.5.31A
A320 D P
C P A - A A P S 14.5.31A

TO Page - Preflight
PHASE.
Check TO Data
mode key or line select key other than 6L is Cruise Page - Preflight
occurs.
Next Phase
Activate Appr Phase
the PROG page restores the climb phase. Confirm Appr Phase
Act Mode
Cost Index
Computed Speed
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Active - Confirm Approach Phase | Section 14.5.31B
A320 D P
C P A - C A P S 14.5.31B

PHASE.
TO Page - Preflight

pushed, or if a flight phase transition Cruise Page - Preflight

occurs.
If the approach phase is activated Next Phase

Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
Act Mode
Cost Index
Computed Speed
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-flight-management/sys-14.5.31B.html 1/1
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Active - Act Mode | Section 14.5.31C
A320 D P
C P A - A M S 14.5.31C
Current speed mode for the cruise Previous Section
computation, either managed or selected. Description
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Next Phase
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
Act Mode
Cost Index
Computed Speed
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-flight-management/sys-14.5.31C.html 1/1
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Active - Cost Index | Section 14.5.32
A320 D P
C P A - C I S 14.5.32
Pilot-entered cost index. Typically 0 to 100 Previous Section
cost index is used. Description
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Next Phase
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
Act Mode
Cost Index
Computed Speed
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Cruise Page Active - Computed Speed | Section 14.5.33
A320 D P
C P A - C S S 14.5.33
The computed managed and selected Previous Section
speed. The time and distance to the top of Description

descent is computed for each speed with
TO Page - Preflight
selected speed active and only managed
speed with managed speed active. Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Next Phase
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
Act Mode
Cost Index
Computed Speed
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Descent Page Preflight - Description | Section 14.5.34
A320 D P
D P P - D S 14.5.34
ACTIVE MODE - Indicates the active mode Previous Section
speed target in green (managed or Description

selected). Cannot be modified through this
TO Page - Preflight
field.
Check TO Data
TIME, UTC and DEST EFOB - Before takeoff,
displays the flight time (time) to destination
and the predicted landing fuel. After takeoff, Climb Page - Active
it displays the predicted arrival time at Cruise Page - Preflight

destination (UTC) and the predicted landing
fuel. If the pilots enter an estimated takeoff
time, the predicted arrival time (UTC) at Descent Page - Preflight
destination displays automatically. Descent Page - Active
MANAGAED - Indicates the speed/mach Approach Page - Preflight
around which the FMGC-computed descent Approach Page - Active

profile is built. The default values are based
Go Around Page
on cost index. If modified, the value will
display in large font. Next Section
PREV PHASE - Provides access to Cruise

page - LS 6L.
NEXT PHASE - Provides access to Approach

Page page - LS 6R.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Descent Page Active - Description | Section 14.5.35
A320 D P
D P A - D S 14.5.35
ACTIVE MODE - Indicates the active mode Previous Section
speed target in green (managed or Description

selected). Cannot be modified through this
TO Page - Preflight
field.
Check TO Data
TIME, UTC and DEST EFOB - Before takeoff,
displays the flight time (time) to destination
and the predicted landing fuel. After takeoff, Climb Page - Active
it displays the predicted arrival time at Cruise Page - Preflight

destination (UTC) and the predicted landing
fuel. If the pilots enter an estimated takeoff
time, the predicted arrival time (UTC) at Descent Page - Preflight
destination displays automatically. Descent Page - Active
SPEED TARGETS - Current speed targets for Description
both MANAGED and SELECTED speed. The Activate Appr Phase

active mode is in large font.
Confirm Appr Phase
ACTIVATE APPR PHASE - Appears when Target Altitude

displayed page is active. First push causes
CONFIRM APPR PHASE prompt to appear;
second push activates the APPR PHASE. Approach Page - Preflight

NEXT PHASE - Provides access to Approach
Page page - LS 6R. Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Descent Page Active - Activate Appr Phase | Section 14.5.36
A320 D P
D P A - A A P S 14.5.36

TO Page - Preflight
PHASE.
Check TO Data
mode key or line select key other than 6L is Cruise Page - Preflight
occurs.
the PROG page restores the climb phase. Description
Activate Appr Phase

Confirm Appr Phase
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Descent Page Active - Confirm Approach Phase | Section 14.5.37
A320 D P
D P A - C A P S 14.5.37

PHASE.
TO Page - Preflight

pushed, or if a flight phase transition Cruise Page - Preflight

occurs.
If the approach phase is activated Descent Page - Preflight

Description
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Descent Page Active - Target Altitude | Section 14.5.38
A320 D P
D P A - T A S 14.5.38
Displays the altitude to which the Previous Section
predictions in lines 3R, 4R, or 5R are Description

referenced.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Description
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Descent Page Active - Performance Predictions | Section 14.5.39
A320 D P
D P A - P P S 14.5.39
Displays the predicted ETA and the distance Previous Section
required to reach the altitude shown on line Description

2R. The predictions are paired to the lines
TO Page - Preflight
on the left side of the screen.
Check TO Data
Line 3R displays predicted descent
performance for speed.
Climb Page - Active
performance for selected speed/Mach.
performance for EXP DES.
The line corresponding to the active mode
Description
displays in large font.
Activate Appr Phase
Confirm Appr Phase
Target Altitude
Go Around Page
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Preflight - Enter Destination Data | Section 14.5.40
A320 D P
A P P - E D D S 14.5.40
ENTER DEST DATA message appears in Previous Section
amber on the scratchpad when within 180 Description

NM of the destination and data is not
TO Page - Preflight
entered.
Check TO Data
PREV PHASE - Provides access to Descent
page - LS 6L.
Climb Page - Active
NEXT PHASE - Provides access to Go Around
Page page - LS 6R.
Enter Destination Data
QNH
Temperature
Mag Wind
Trans FL
Vapp
F, S, Clean Speeds
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Vls
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Preflight - QNH | Section 14.5.41
A320 D P
A P P - QNH S 14.5.41
Displays pilot-entered QNH in either In/Hg Previous Section
or hPa at destination. Beyond 180 NM of the Description

destination, brackets display. Within 180
TO Page - Preflight
NM, amber boxes appear.
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
QNH
Temperature
Mag Wind
Trans FL
Vapp
F, S, Clean Speeds
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Preflight - Temperature | Section 14.5.42
A320 D P
A P P - T S 14.5.42
Displays pilot-entered temperature at Previous Section
destination (entered in degrees C). Prior to Description

pilot entry, brackets display. Used to refine
TO Page - Preflight
the computation of the descent profile.
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
QNH
Temperature
Mag Wind
Trans FL
Vapp
F, S, Clean Speeds
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Preflight - Mag Wind | Section 14.5.43
A320 D P
A P P - M W S 14.5.43
Allows pilots to enter steady-state magnetic Previous Section
winds (ATIS or ATC). Description
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
QNH
Temperature
Mag Wind
Trans FL
Vapp
F, S, Clean Speeds
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Preflight - Trans FL | Section 14.5.44
A320 D P
A P P - T FL S 14.5.44
Displays transition altitude based on the Previous Section
destination airport. Can be modified at any Description

time.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
QNH
Temperature
Mag Wind
Trans FL
Vapp
F, S, Clean Speeds
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Preflight - Vapp | Section 14.5.45
A320 D P
A P P - V S 14.5.45
Minimum speed the airplane will fly in the Previous Section
approach phase of flight if managed speed Description

is active. It is computed by the FMGC based
TO Page - Preflight
upon predicted landing weight until
approach phase activation. After approach Check TO Data
phase activation, it is based on current Climb Page - Preflight

weight. VAPP appears in small font if
Climb Page - Active
computed by the FMGC. It appears in large
font when modified by the pilot and will not Cruise Page - Preflight
change until modified or cleared by the Cruise Page - Active

pilot.
QNH
Temperature
Mag Wind
Trans FL
Vapp
F, S, Clean Speeds
Go Around Page - Active
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Preflight - F, S, Clean Speeds | Section 14.5.46
A320 D P
A P P - F, S, C S S 14.5.46
Displays F speed, S speed, and green dot Previous Section
speed for the predicted landing weight. Description
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
QNH
Temperature
Mag Wind
Trans FL
Vapp
F, S, Clean Speeds
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Preflight - Vls | Section 14.5.47
A320 D P
A P P - V S 14.5.47
Computed by the FMGC for the predicted Previous Section
landing weight and the selected landing Description

configuration (3 or FULL). Cannot be
TO Page - Preflight
modified by the pilots. VREF equals VLS for
landing configuration FULL. Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
QNH
Temperature
Mag Wind
Trans FL
Vapp
F, S, Clean Speeds
Go Around Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Active - Final | Section 14.5.48
A320 D P
A P A - F S 14.5.48
Displays selected approach from the flight Previous Section
plan. Cannot be modified through this field. Description
NEXT PHASE - Provides access to Go Around TO Page - Preflight
Page page - LS 6R. Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Final
MDA
DH
Ldg Config 3
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Active - MDA | Section 14.5.49
A320 D P
A P A - MDA S 14.5.49
Allows entry of barometric minimums by the Previous Section
pilot for all CAT I ILS/nonprecision Description

approaches.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Final
MDA
DH
Ldg Config 3
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Active - DH | Section 14.5.50
A320 D P
A P A - DH S 14.5.50
Allows entry of radio altitude minimums by Previous Section
the pilot for CAT II/III approaches. Description
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Final
MDA
DH
Ldg Config 3
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Approach Page Active - Ldg Config 3 | Section 14.5.51
A320 D P
A P A - L C 3 S 14.5.51
Allows pilots to select the configuration that Previous Section
will determine the: Description
Basis for VLS displayed on the PERF TO Page - Preflight
APPR page Check TO Data

Flap setting at which the autoflight
will slow to managed approach speed
Climb Page - Active
Large font indicates the selected
configuration. To change, select key
adjacent to the small font, asterisked Cruise Page - Active
landing configuration. Descent Page - Preflight
Final
MDA
DH
Ldg Config 3
Go Around Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Go Around Page - Description | Section 14.5.52
A320 D P
G A P - D S 14.5.52
This is an example of the Go Around Page Previous Section
not active (preflight). The title line displays Description

white when phase is not active and green
TO Page - Preflight
when the phase is active.
Check TO Data
When the go-around phase is active, the
climb/cruise phase can be activated by
manually changing the destination on the Climb Page - Active
flight plan page and inserting a new cruise Cruise Page - Preflight
altitude on the PROG page. Until the new
altitude is entered, managed speed remains
at green dot (clean speed). Descent Page - Preflight

It can also be activated by enabling the
alternate, which automatically changes the Approach Page - Preflight
destination and inserts a new cruise Approach Page - Active

altitude. If the airplane is below the new
Go Around Page
cruise altitude, the climb phase activates.
Otherwise, the cruise phase activates. Description
F, S, Clean Speeds
PREV PHASE - Provides access to Approach
page - LS 6L. Thr Red
ACC
Engine Out ACC
1/24/2021 MCDU | Go Around Page - F, S, Clean Speeds | Section 14.5.53
A320 D P
G A P - F, S, C S S 14.5.53
Displays flap and slat retraction speeds, and Previous Section
green dot speed. Cannot be modified by the Description

pilots.
TO Page - Preflight
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Description
F, S, Clean Speeds
Thr Red
ACC
Engine Out ACC
1/24/2021 MCDU | Go Around Page - Thr Red | Section 14.5.54
A320 D P
G A P - T R S 14.5.54
Altitude at which thrust should be reduced Previous Section
from TO/GA thrust to maximum climb Description

thrust. Defaults to 800 feet above
TO Page - Preflight
destination runway elevation. Can be
modified by the pilots but is always lower Check TO Data
than or equal to ACC altitude (minimum of Climb Page - Preflight

400 feet above destination runway
Climb Page - Active
elevation).
Go Around Page
Description
F, S, Clean Speeds
Thr Red
ACC
Engine Out ACC
1/24/2021 MCDU | Go Around Page - ACC | Section 14.5.55
A320 D P
G A P - ACC S 14.5.55
Acceleration Altitude - Altitude at which Previous Section
target speed changes to green dot speed Description

(managed speed). Defaults to 800 feet
TO Page - Preflight
above destination runway elevation. Can be
modified by the pilots but is always equal to Check TO Data
or higher than THR RED altitude. Climb Page - Preflight
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Description
F, S, Clean Speeds
Thr Red
ACC
Engine Out ACC
1/24/2021 MCDU | Go Around Page - Engine Out ACC | Section 14.5.56
A320 D P
G A P - E O ACC S 14.5.56
Displays engine out acceleration altitude. Previous Section
Defaults to 800 feet above destination Description

runway elevation. For display only; however,
TO Page - Preflight
can be modified by the pilots.
Check TO Data
Climb Page - Active
Go Around Page
Description
F, S, Clean Speeds
Thr Red
ACC
Engine Out ACC
1/24/2021 MCDU | Initialization Pages - Description | Section 14.6.0
A320 D P
I P - D S 14.6.0
The INIT pages consist of two pages, an Previous Section
INIT A page and INIT B page. The INIT A Description

page is selected by pressing the INIT key.
Init A Page
The INIT B page page is accessed by Init B Page

selecting the horizontal slew key when the
Climb Wind Page
INIT A page is displayed (depicted
illustration). History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page

The Flight Plan is normally loaded by the
datalink function via the ACARS. If an Descent Wind Page
ACARS AUTO INIT* has been accomplished, Next Section

the Flight Plan will automatically be loaded.
The runways, departure and arrival are not
loaded automatically.
If the ACARS AUTO INIT* was not used, the

INIT REQUEST* prompt on the INIT A page
can be used to uplink the Flight Plan.
If the datalink function fails, a manual entry

is required. Load the city pair on the INIT A
page and then load the Flight Plan.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - Description | Section 14.6.1
A320 D P
I A P - D S 14.6.1
The INIT A page enables initialization of the Previous Section
flight plan and the alignment of the IRSs Description

and is available only on the ground. Before
Init A Page
the FROM/TO waypoints are defined, the
flight plan page contains only present Description
position (PPOS). When a FROM/TO pair is Co Rte

entered, the flight plan page displays the
Altn/Co Rte
origin and destination airports in green
separated by a F-PLN DISCONTINUITY Flt Nbr
message. Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Page - Company Route | Section 14.6.2
A320 D P
I A P - C R S 14.6.2
Enables a nine-digit company route number Previous Section
to be entered for which all data associated Description

with the route (except SIDS and STARS)
Init A Page
displays. When entered, loads the departure
and destination airport, as well as all Description
waypoints along the route, into the flight Co Rte

plan page.
Altn/Co Rte
Some companies use ACARS to Flt Nbr

automatically load all waypoints along the
Cost Index
route into the flight plan page and the
departure and destination airport. In this Crz FL/Temp
case, NONE would be shown under the CO From/To

RTE.
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - Alternate Airport/Co Rte | Section 14.6.3
A320 D P
I A P - A A /C R S 14.6.3
Enables an alternate airport (four-letter Previous Section
ICAO code) to be entered. These fields are Description

dashed until a primary destination is
Init A Page
entered in line 1R. Once the primary
destination has been entered, NONE is Description
displayed in this field, which may be Co Rte

overwritten. Entering an alternate allows
Altn/Co Rte
pilots to use FMGC predictions as an aid in
decision making. If the airport is not in the Flt Nbr
database, the NEW RUNWAY page displays. Cost Index

The alternate airport can be deleted by
Crz FL/Temp
entering NONE.
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - Flight Number | Section 14.6.4
A320 D P
I A P - F N S 14.6.4
Enables flight number to be entered for Previous Section
numerous interface requirements. The flight Description

number displays on the upper right corner
Init A Page
of the flight plan and PROG pages. The
flight number may be entered as a number Description
with a preface (eg UAL458). Co Rte
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - Cost Index | Section 14.6.5
A320 D P
I A P - C I S 14.6.5
Enables a CI to be entered by the pilots. A Previous Section
typical cost index is between 15 to 100. Description
Init A Page
Description
Co Rte
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - Crz FL/Temp | Section 14.6.6
A320 D P
I ASS P - C FL/T S 14.6.6

Displays pilot‑entered cruise flight level. Previous Section
Temperature defaults to ISA. During Description

preflight after the FL is entered, the TEMP
Init A Page
should be modified by using the ISA
temperature from the Flight Plan. Once Description
airborne the ISA temperature goes blank Co Rte

(three dash lines).
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - From/To | Section 14.6.7
A320 D P
I A P - F /T S 14.6.7
Enables a city pair (departure/destination Previous Section
ICAO code) to be entered. Entry Description

automatically deletes any CO RTE previously
Init A Page
entered and displays the route selection
page. If either airport is not in the Description
database, the NEW RUNWAY page displays. Co Rte
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - IRS Init | Section 14.6.8
A320 D P
I A P - IRS I S 14.6.8
Selects the IRS INIT page and allows Previous Section
LAT/LONG coordinates to be confirmed or Description

changed. LAT/LONG coordinates default to
Init A Page
the current departure airport coordinates.
The symbols ↑ or ↓ allow the value to be Description
changed with the slew keys. To move the ↑ Co Rte

or ↓ from LAT to LONG, select LONG.
Altn/Co Rte
Line select (LS) 3R to view IRS INIT page. Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | IRS Init Page | Section 14.6.8A
A320 D P
IRS I P - A REF S 14.6.8A

IRS alignment is initiated by selecting and Previous Section
confirming the ALIGN ON REF prompt. IRS Description

1/2/3 ALIGNING ON REF will appear during
Init A Page
the alignment process.
Description
IRS Reference is based on on the airport
Co Rte
reference (LAT and LONG) verses aircraft
position. After confirmning airport reference Altn/Co Rte
is correct Line select (LS) 6R to align IRS. Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | IRS Init Page - Confirm Align | Section 14.6.8B
A320 D P
IRS I P - C A S 14.6.8B
Line select (LS) 6R to confirm IRS Previous Section
alignment. Description
Init A Page
NOTE
Description
If RESET IRS TO NAV message
Co Rte
appears, check LAT/LONG on the IRS
Altn/Co Rte
INIT page against the position of the
IRs (navmode). If these positions differ, Flt Nbr
place all IR mode selectors to OFF, wait
Cost Index
for the IRs to shut down, then place
Crz FL/Temp
the mode selectors to NAV to begin a
new alignment. From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | IRS Init Page - IRS Aligning | Section 14.6.8C
A320 D P
IRS I P - IRS A S 14.6.8C

It takes approximatly 10 minutes to align Previous Section
the IRSs. Description
RETURN - Line select 6L to return to the Init A Page
INIT A page. Description
Co Rte
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | IRS Init Page - Return | Section 14.6.8D
A320 D P
IRS I P - IRS A S 14.6.8D

This illustration is an example of the IRS Previous Section
INIT page after the IRSs are aligned. Description
RETURN - Line select 6L to return to the Init A Page
INIT A page. Description
Co Rte
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
IRS Aligned
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-flight-management/sys-14.6.8D.html 1/1
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - Wind | Section 14.6.9
A320 D P
I A P - W S 14.6.9
Enables selection of the WIND pages. Previous Section
During prelight LS 4R will display the climb Description

wind page.
Init A Page
. Description
Co Rte
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
Return
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - Tropo | Section 14.6.10
A320 D P
I A P - T S 14.6.10
Displays ISA tropopause altitude. Previous Section
Description
Init A Page
Description
Co Rte
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
Return
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init A Page - Gnd Temp | Section 14.6.10A
A320 D P
I A P - G T S 14.6.10A
Displays gound temperature. Ground Previous Section
temperature is normally entered during Description

preflight. In flight the ground temperature
Init A Page
defaults to a blank display (3 dash lines).
Description
Co Rte
Altn/Co Rte
Flt Nbr
Cost Index
Crz FL/Temp
From/To
IRS Init
IRS Init Page
Confirm Align
IRS Aligning
Return
Wind
Tropo
Gnd Temp
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init B Page - Description | Section 14.6.11
A320 D P
I B P - D S 14.6.11
The INIT B page / INIT FUEL PREDICTION Previous Section
page allows for entering planned ZFW, Description

BLOCK fuel, and ZFWCG.
Init A Page
The INIT A page page can be accessed by Init B Page

selecting the horizontal slew key when the
Description
INIT B page (depicted illustration) or by
selecting the INIT key. Init Fuel Prediction Page
Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
< PREVIOUS NEXT > History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - Description | Section 14.6.11A
A320 D P
I F P P - D S 14.6.11A
When a fuel value is entered (BLOCK fuel), Previous Section
the INIT B page becomes the INIT FUEL Description

PREDICTION page.
Init A Page
After the first engine is started, the FMGC Init B Page

disregards the pilot-entered value and uses
Description
measured fuel quantity. The INIT FUEL
PREDICTION page also changes to the FUEL Init Fuel Prediction Page
PRED page after an engine start. Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - Taxi | Section 14.6.12
A320 D P
I F P P - T S 14.6.12
Displays default taxi fuel value. Can be Previous Section
modified by the pilots. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Description
Init Fuel Prediction Page
Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - Trip Time | Section 14.6.13
A320 D P
I F P P - T T S 14.6.13
Displays trip fuel and time calculated by the Previous Section
FMGC. It is not accurate unless climb, Description

cruise, and descent winds are entered. It
Init A Page
cannot be modified by the pilots.
Init B Page
Description
Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - Rte Rsv | Section 14.6.14
A320 D P
I F P P - R R S 14.6.14
Displays fuel that is reserved for a specific Previous Section
purpose and is not included in EXTRA. The Description

pilot can enter a value in pounds or as a
Init A Page
percent of the trip. It is not normally used
for fuel planning. Init B Page
Description
Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - Alt/Time | Section 14.6.15
A320 D P
I F P P - A /T S 14.6.15
If an alternate was entered on the INIT Previous Section
page, then this line displays the FMGC- Description

calculated fuel and time to the alternate.
Init A Page
The calculation assumes cruising to the
alternate at cost index 0, at the FMGC Init B Page
default cruise altitude, along the route of Description

flight on the flight plan page (with direct
legs across any discontinuities). It cannot
be modified by the pilots. Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - Final/Time | Section 14.6.16
A320 D P
I F P P - F /T S 14.6.16
Displays the final fuel and time at the Previous Section
alternate airport (at the destination, if no Description

alternate entered).
Init A Page
The pilot can enter a final fuel in pounds or Init B Page

a final endurance in hours and minutes
Description
(HHMM). The FMGC will calculate the other
value assuming a racetrack holding pattern, Init Fuel Prediction Page
1500 feet above the airport, in clean Taxi

configuration, at green dot speed. The
Trip Time
default value is 45 minutes.
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - Extra/Time | Section 14.6.17
A320 D P
I F P P - E /T S 14.6.17
Displays the uncommitted fuel left over for Previous Section
contingencies. It is automatically calculated Description

by subtracting TAXI, TRIP, RTE RSV, ALTN,
Init A Page
and FINAL fuel from the fuel on board. The
corresponding endurance at the alternate Init B Page
(at the destination, if no alternate entered) Description

is calculated assuming a racetrack holding
pattern, 1500 feet above the airport, in
clean configuration, at green dot speed. Taxi
Trip Time
If the extra fuel is negative, dashes are
displayed in the endurance field. Rte Rsv
EXTRA/TIME cannot be modified by the Alt/Time

pilots.
Final/Time
Extra/Time
NOTE
ZFW/ZFWCG
If in holding when the EXTRA fuel
Block
reaches zero, a TIME TO EXIT message
appears in the scratchpad. TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - ZFW/ZFWCG | Section 14.6.18
A320 D P
I F P P - ZFW/ZFWCG S 14.6.18
Enables the zero fuel weight and zero fuel Previous Section
weight center of gravity to be entered. For Description

ZFWCG, enter a default value of /25.0 (a
Init A Page
slash must precede the numerals). This
value can be updated when final weights are Init B Page
received. Description
Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - Block | Section 14.6.19
A320 D P
I F P P - B S 14.6.19
Enables fuel on board to be entered for the Previous Section
purpose of preflight predictions. When a fuel Description

value is entered, the INIT B page becomes
Init A Page
the INIT FUEL PREDICTION page. After the
first engine is started, the FMGC disregards Init B Page
the pilot-entered value and uses measured Description

fuel quantity. The INIT FUEL PREDICTION
page also changes to the FUEL PRED page
after an engine start. Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - TOW/LW | Section 14.6.21
A320 D P
I F P P - TOW/LW S 14.6.21
Displays the computed takeoff/landing Previous Section
weight. TOW is automatically calculated by Description

subtracting TAXI fuel from ZFW plus BLOCK
Init A Page
fuel. Cannot be modified by the pilots.
Init B Page
Description
Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - MIN DEST FOB | Section 14.6.22
A320 D P
I F P P - MIN DEST FOB S 14.6.22

This value will be equal to FINAL fuel + Previous Section
ALTN fuel. This is the calculated fuel Description

remaining at the destination.
Init A Page
Init B Page
Description
Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Init Fuel Prediction Page - TRIP WIND | Section 14.6.23
A320 D P
I F P P - TRIP WIND S 14.6.23

If no winds have been entered on the wind Previous Section
page, an average wind component can be Description

added for short range flight plans. A (-) sign
Init A Page
prefix denotes a headwind.
Init B Page
Description
Taxi
Trip Time
Rte Rsv
Alt/Time
Final/Time
Extra/Time
ZFW/ZFWCG
Block
TOW/LW
Min Dest Fob
Trip Wind
Climb Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
1/24/2021 MCDU | Climb Wind Page - Description | Section 14.6.24
A320 D P
C W P - D S 14.6.24
Climb winds are accessed in flight via the Previous Section
VERT REV page at a waypoint prior to the Description

T/C waypoint, or via INIT page A during
Init A Page
preflight.
Init B Page
During preflight the forecast enroute winds
Climb Wind Page
are uplinked (by LS 3R - WIND REQUEST)
for the points that are loaded for departure Description
and arrival airports. A temperature forecast Tru Wind/Alt

is also uploaded for a default altitude near
Return
the Tropopause.
History Wind
Winds can be manually entered too.
Wind Request
Next Phase
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Climb Wind Page - Tru Wind/Alt | Section 14.6.25
A320 D P
C W P - T W /A S 14.6.25
Climb winds can be entered for up to four Previous Section
altitudes and cruise flight levels. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
History Wind
Wind Request
Next Phase
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Climb Wind Page - Return | Section 14.6.25A
A320 D P
C W P - R S 14.6.25A
Line select 6L returns the MCDU to the Previous Section
previous page, either INIT page A or VERT Description

REV page.
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
History Wind
Wind Request
Next Phase
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Climb Wind Page - History Wind | Section 14.6.26
A320 D P
C W P - H W S 14.6.26
If winds cannot be uplinked, the HISTORY Previous Section
WIND function is available. Line select 1R Description

displays the HISTORY WIND page.
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
History Wind
Wind Request
Next Phase
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Climb Wind Page - Wind Request | Section 14.6.26A
A320 D P
C W P - W R S 14.6.26A
During preflight the pilots line select 3R to Previous Section
request wind via datalink. The forecast Description

enroute winds are uplinked for the points
Init A Page
that are loaded in the Flight Plan. The climb
and descent winds are uploaded at the Init B Page
departure and arrival airports. A Climb Wind Page

temperature forecast is uploaded for a
Description
default altitude near the Tropopause in the
CRUISE WIND page. Tru Wind/Alt
Return
CAUTION History Wind
The route must be independently Wind Request

cross-checked against the Flight Plan.
Next Phase
Due to some rare formatting
History Wind Page
anomalies, the route uplink can contain
errors that must be corrected after the Cruise Wind Page
upload is complete.
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Climb Wind Page - Next Phase | Section 14.6.27
A320 D P
C W P - N P S 14.6.27
If a flight plan has been entered on the Previous Section
flight plan page, NEXT PHASE will allow Description

entry of winds for flight plan waypoints on
Init A Page
the Cruise Wind page.
Init B Page
Line select 5R to view the Cruise Wind page
Climb Wind Page
example.
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
History Wind
Wind Request
Next Phase
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | History Wind Page - Description | Section 14.6.28
A320 D P
H W P - D S 14.6.28
History winds are accessed via the HISTORY Previous Section
WIND prompt on the CLIMB WIND page. Description

This page cannot be modified by the pilots.
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Description
Climb Wind
Select
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | History Wind Page - Climb Wind | Section 14.6.28A
A320 D P
H W P - C W S 14.6.28A
Line select 6L to return to the CLIMB WIND Previous Section
page. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Description
Climb Wind
Select
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | History Wind Page - Select | Section 14.6.29
A320 D P
H W P - S S 14.6.29
Select Prompt inserts memorized history Previous Section
winds into the CLIMB WIND page. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Description
Climb Wind
Select
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - Description | Section 14.6.30
A320 D P
C W P - D S 14.6.30
Accessed in flight via the VERT REV page at Previous Section
a waypoint between the T/C and T/D Description

waypoints, or via INIT A page. Use vertical
Init A Page
slew keys, ↑ or ↓ to cycle through the cruise
waypoints. Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
NOTE History Wind Page
The FMGS maintains the winds entered Cruise Wind Page

at a waypoint to down-path waypoints
Description
if no other winds are entered.
Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
Return
Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - Tru Wind/Alt | Section 14.6.31
A320 D P
C W P - T W /A S 14.6.31
True winds can be entered for four flight Previous Section
levels. The FMGC can make the best step Description

climb predictions when complete wind data
Init A Page
is entered.
Init B Page
In this example, the wind has been entered
Climb Wind Page
via the scratch pad.
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
Return
Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - Sat/Alt | Section 14.6.32
A320 D P
C W P - S /A S 14.6.32
The temperature can be entered for one Previous Section
flight level. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
Return
Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - Return | Section 14.6.32A
A320 D P
C W P - R S 14.6.32A

REV page.
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
Return
Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - Wind Request | Section 14.6.32B
A320 D P
C W P - W R S 14.6.32B
In this example, the pilots line select 3R to Previous Section
request wind via datalink while enroute. The Description

forecast enroute winds are uplinked for the
Init A Page
points that are loaded in the Flight Plan. The
enroute and descent winds are uploaded for Init B Page
the arrival airports. A temperature forecast Climb Wind Page

is uploaded for a default altitude near the
History Wind Page
Tropopause.
Cruise Wind Page
Line select 3R to begin the datalink request.
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
Return
Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - UpLink Request | Section 14.6.32C
A320 D P
C W P - U L R S 14.6.32C
All fields go blank during uplink request. Previous Section
Click on NEXT button below MCDU to view Description

uploaded wind data.
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
Return
Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - UpLink Request | Section 14.6.32D
A320 D P
C W P - U L I S 14.6.32D
When the uplink is complete a WIND DATA Previous Section
UPLINK message is displayed at the bottom Description

of the MCDU screen. A yellow color UPLINK
Init A Page
is displayed in the title indicating wind data
was inserted via data link. A yellow color Init B Page
DRAFT is dislayed in the title when wind Climb Wind Page

data is entered manually from the
History Wind Page
scratchpad.
Cruise Wind Page
UPLINK INSERT - Line selet 6R to insert the
Description
wind data into the cruise and descent wind
pages. Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
UPLINK CANCEL - Line selet 6L to cancel the
wind data uplink. All cruise and descent Return
wind data will return to previous input data. Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/nav-flight-management/sys-14.6.32D.html 1/1
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - Prev Phase | Section 14.6.33
A320 D P
C W P - P P S 14.6.33
PREV PHASE - Line select 4R to display the Previous Section
CLIMB WIND page. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
Return
Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Cruise Wind Page - Next Phase | Section 14.6.34
A320 D P
C W P - N P S 14.6.34
NEXT PHASE - Line select 5R to display the Previous Section
DESCENT WIND page. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Sat/Alt
Return
Wind Request
UpLink Request
UpLink Insert
Prev Phase
Next Phase
Descent Wind Page
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Descent Wind Page - Description | Section 14.6.36
A320 D P
D W P - D S 14.6.36
The Descent Wind page is accessed via the Previous Section
VERT REV page at a waypoint after the T/D Description

waypoint, or via INIT page.
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
Altn Wind
Wind Request
Prev Phase
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Descent Wind Page - Tru Wind/Alt | Section 14.6.37
A320 D P
D W P - T W /A S 14.6.37
True winds can be entered for four flight Previous Section
levels. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
Altn Wind
Wind Request
Prev Phase
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Descent Wind Page - Return | Section 14.6.38
A320 D P
D W P - R S 14.6.38

REV page.
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
Altn Wind
Wind Request
Prev Phase
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Descent Wind Page - Altn Wind | Section 14.6.39
A320 D P
D W P - A W S 14.6.39
When an alternate airport is entered into Previous Section
the INIT page, the ALTN WIND prompt is Description

available for entering wind at 10,000 feet
Init A Page
from the destination airport to the alternate
airport. In this example no wind has been Init B Page
entered yet by the pilots. Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
Altn Wind
Wind Request
Prev Phase
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Descent Wind Page - Wind Request | Section 14.6.40
A320 D P
D W P - W R S 14.6.40
The WIND REQUEST prompt provides a Previous Section
means to request wind via datalink while Description

enroute. The forecast enroute winds are
Init A Page
uplinked for the points that are loaded in
the Flight Plan. The enroute and descent Init B Page
winds are uploaded for the arrival airports. Climb Wind Page
A temperature forecast is uploaded for a
History Wind Page
default altitude near the Tropopause.
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
Altn Wind
Wind Request
Prev Phase
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Descent Wind Page - Prev Phase | Section 14.6.41
A320 D P
D W P - P P S 14.6.41
PREV PHASE - Line select 4R to display the Previous Section
CRUISE WIND page. Description
Init A Page
Init B Page
Climb Wind Page
History Wind Page
Cruise Wind Page
Descent Wind Page
Description
Tru Wind/Alt
Return
Altn Wind
Wind Request
Prev Phase
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Data Index Pages | Section 14.7.0
A320 D P
D I P - D S 14.7.0
When the DATA key is selected; INDEX page Previous Section
1 is displayed. The INDEX page number is Data Index Pages

displayed to the right of the title. INDEX
Data Index Page 1
page 1 provides access to:
Data Index Page 2
Position Monitor Page
Next Section
IRS Monitor Page
GPS Monitor Page
A/C Status
Closest Airports Page
Equitime Point Page
The slew key ← or → cycles the MCDU

between INDEX page 1 and 2. INDEX page
2 provides access to:
Waypoint Pages
NavAid Pages
Runway Pages
Route Pages
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Data Index Page 1 - Description | Section 14.7.1
A320 D P
D I P 1 - D S 14.7.1
POSITION MONITOR - Allows the pilot to Previous Section
review the current computed position for Data Index Pages

each FMGC, the MIX position, and the
Data Index Page 1
estimated navigation performance for each
IRS. Description

IRS MONITOR - Allows the pilot to review
the current computed values for each IRS. Selected NavAids Page
Position Frozen Page

GPS MONITOR - Allows the pilot to review
the current computed values for each GPS. IRS Monitor Page
IRS1 Page
A/C STATUS - Allows the pilot to review the
current database information and GPS Monitor Page
performance corrections. A/C Status Page
CLOSEST AIRPORTS - Allows the pilot to Software Status Page
obtain data for the four closest airports. Closest Airports Page 1
EQUITIME POINT - Allows the pilot to set up Closest Airports Page 2
a Point of Equal Time calculation. Equi-Time Point Page
Data Index Page 2
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Position Monitor Page | Section 14.7.2
A320 D P
P M P S 14.7.2
FMGC 1 - Position computed by FMGC 1. Previous Section
The mode of computation (e.g., 3IRS / GPS) Data Index Pages

indicates the number of IRSs used to
Data Index Page 1
determine the mix position and the type of
updating. Description

FMGC 2 - Position computed by FMGC 2.
Selected NavAids Page
GPIRS - GPS position computed by the
onside FMGC.
IRS Monitor Page
MIX IRS - The weighted mean IRS position
IRS1 Page
computed by the onside FMGC using the
available IRSs. GPS Monitor Page
A/C Status Page

IRS NAV 1, 2, 3 - IRS position deviations in
nautical miles, from the onside FMGC Software Status Page
position, given for each IRS. The IRS mode Closest Airports Page 1
also displays and may be INVAL, ALIGN,
Closest Airports Page 2
NAV, or ATT. Deviation displays only if the
IRS is in the NAV mode. Equi-Time Point Page
Data Index Page 2

FREEZE - Line select 6L to freeze display
display for comparison of position or Next Section
navigation information.
SEL NAVAIDS - Line select 6R to access the < PREVIOUS NEXT >
SELECTED NAVAIDS page.
1/30/2021 MCDU | Selected NavAids Page | Section 14.7.2A
A320 D P
S N A P S 14.7.2A
LINE 1L - Displays the navaid tuned for Previous Section
display purposes with the associated tuning Data Index Pages

mode (AUTO, MAN, or RMP) for the onside
Data Index Page 1
FMGC. Also shown on the RADIO NAV page.
Description
LINE 2L/3L - Indicates navaids auto-tuned
by the onside FMGC for radio position
computation. Blank if NAV is selected on the Selected NavAids Page
RMPs. Position Frozen Page
LINE 4L - Displays the tuned ILS with the IRS Monitor Page
associated tuning mode. IRS1 Page
LINE 5L - Manually selects or deselects GPS Monitor Page
selected radio navigation for position A/C Status Page

computation. Upon transition to done
Software Status Page
phase, the prompt returns to DESELECT.
*GPS - Manually selects or deselects GPS
for position computation. Upon transition to
done phase, the prompt returns to Equi-Time Point Page
DESELECT. Data Index Page 2
RETURN - Line select 6L will return display Next Section
to POSITION MONITOR page.
DESELECT - Deselects entered navaid at < PREVIOUS NEXT >

LINE 1R. Once deselected, this navaid can
no longer be manually tuned using the ident
or auto-tuned for display or position
computation purposes until the deselection
is cleared as follows:
Manually by a CLR action into this

field
Automatically upon transition to done
or preflight phase, or upon activation
of the second database
Up to six stations may be deselected.
1/30/2021 MCDU | Position Frozen at Page | Section 14.7.2B
A320 D P
P F P S 14.7.2B
UNFREEZE - Freezes all of the data Previous Section
displayed on the page. Once frozen, the title Data Index Pages
of the page specifies the time at which the
Data Index Page 1
data was frozen. Selecting the UNFREEZE
prompt at 6L or another function key Description
restores active position monitoring. Position Monitor Page
SEL NAVAIDS - Line select 6R to access the Selected NavAid Page
SELECTED NAVAIDS page. Position Frozen Page
IRS Monitor Page
IRS1 Page
GPS Monitor Page
A/C Status Page
Equi-Time Point Page
Data Index Page 2
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | IRS Monitor Page | Section 14.7.3
A320 D P
IRS M P S 14.7.3
The IRS Monitor page displays available IRS Previous Section
that are navigating. To display expanded Data Index Pages

data for IRS line select desire IRS. For
Data Index Page 1
example, Line select 1L to access expanded
data for IRS1. Description

This page is accessed by selecting the DATA
key. Selected NavAid Page
IRS Monitor Page
IRS1 Page
GPS Monitor Page
A/C Status Page
Data Index Page 2
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | IRS Page | Section 14.7.3A
A320 D P
IRS P S 14.7.3A
The IRS page displays expanded data for Previous Section
the selected IRS. Data Index Pages
POSITION - Current computed IRS position. Data Index Page 1
Description
THDG/MHDG - True track, true heading, and
magnetic heading computed by the IRS. Position Monitor Page
Selected NavAid Page

WIND - Current wind.
GS - Current ground speed.
IRS Monitor Page
GPIRS ACCUR - Current horizontal GPS - IRS1 Page

IRS accuracy in feet.
GPS Monitor Page
FREEZE - Freezes all of the data displayed A/C Status Page

on the page. Once frozen, the title of the
page specifies the time at which the data
was frozen. Selecting the UNFREEZE prompt Closest Airports Page 1
at 6L or another function key restores active Closest Airports Page 2

IRS monitoring.
NEXT IRS - Displays next IRS Monitor page. Data Index Page 2
This page is accessed by selecting the DATA Next Section
key.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | GPS Monitor Page | Section 14.7.4
A320 D P
GPS M P S 14.7.4
The GPS Monitor page provides GPS 1 and Previous Section
GPS 2 position, true track, position accuracy Data Index Pages

level, GPS altitude, number of satellites
Data Index Page 1
being tracked, current mode of operation,
and groundspeed. Description

GPS POSITION - Current computed GPS
position. Selected NavAid Page

TTRK - True track; UTC time; and GS
ground speed. IRS Monitor Page
IRS1 Page
MERIT - Current horizontal GPS accuracy in
feet and GPS altitude. GPS Monitor Page
A/C Status Page

MODE/SAT - The GPS current MMR mode
and the number of satellites being tracked. Software Status Page

key. Closest Airports Page 2
Data Index Page 2
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | A/C Status Page | Section 14.7.5
A320 D P
A/C S P S 14.7.5
The status page is reviewed during the Previous Section
initial FMGC setup. It displays information Data Index Pages

on database loads and current information.
Data Index Page 1
ENG - Displays engine model; V2527-A5 Description

(A319: V2522-A5).
ACTIVE NAV DATA BASE - Displays the valid Selected NavAid Page
date range for the primary database and the
database load.
IRS Monitor Page
SECOND NAV DATA BASE - Displays the
IRS1 Page
secondary database and the next date
range for the data. GPS Monitor Page
A/C Status Page

CHG CODE - The change code must be
entered to change the performance factor. Software Status Page
The CHG CODE is UAL in this example. Closest Airports Page 1
IDLE/PERF - The performance factor used to Closest Airports Page 2
correct the performance computation to Equi-Time Point Page

actual airplane historical performance.
Data Index Page 2
SOFTWARE STATUS/XLOAD - Allows pilots Next Section

to review the current database and software
loaded in the FMGC. Line select 6R to view
SOFTWARE STATUS/XLOAD page. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Software Status Page | Section 14.7.5A
A320 D P
S S P S 14.7.5A
The SOFTWARE STATUS/XLOAD page title is Previous Section
P/N XLOAD. It consist of seven pages. LS 6L Data Index Pages

PREVOUS PAGE - Allows pilots to review the
Data Index Page 1
current database and software loaded in the
FMGC. Line select 6R to view SOFTWARE Description
STATUS/XLOAD page. Position Monitor Page
This page is accessed by selecting the DATA Selected NavAid Page
key. Position Frozen Page
IRS Monitor Page
IRS1 Page
GPS Monitor Page
A/C Status Page
Data Index Page 2
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Closest Airports Page 1 | Section 14.7.6
A320 D P
C A P S 14.7.6
The closest airport page will display the Previous Section
nearest four airports and provide bearing, Data Index Pages

distance and ETA information to those
Data Index Page 1
airports. The second page is accessed
through the EFOB/WINDS prompt and Description
provides fuel and wind information. The Position Monitor Page

wind component can be entered by the
pilot.
AIRPORTS - Displays the closest four
IRS Monitor Page
airports with bearing/distances and arrival
time information. IRS1 Page
GPS Monitor Page

BRACKETS - Allow for entry of an airport
not included in the list of four closest A/C Status Page
airports. Software Status Page
EFOB/WIND - Selects a second information Closest Airports Page 1
page and freezes the positional information. Closest Airports Page 2

Line select 6R to view second page.
EFOB - Displays estimated arrival fuel at Data Index Page 2

each divert airport.
Next Section

key.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Closest Airports Page 2 | Section 14.7.6A
A320 D P
C A P 2 S 14.7.6A
The closest airport page will display the Previous Section
nearest four airports and provide fuel and Data Index Pages
wind information to those airports. The wind
Data Index Page 1
component can be entered by the pilot.
Description
AIRPORTS - Displays the closest four
airports with fuel and wind information.
RETURN - Selects first closest airports page
and unfreezes the positional information.
Line select 6L to view first page. IRS Monitor Page
IRS1 Page
EFOB - Displays estimated arrival fuel at
each divert airport. GPS Monitor Page
A/C Status Page

EFF WIND - Displays computed
headwind/tailwind component to the divert Software Status Page
airport. Value can be modified. Closest Airports Page 1
This page is accessed by selecting the DATA Closest Airports Page 2
key. Equi-Time Point Page
Data Index Page 2
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Equi-Time Point Page | Section 14.7.7
A320 D P
E -T P P S 14.7.7
The page allows the pilot to set up a point Previous Section
of equal time using two points along the Data Index Pages
route of flight.
Data Index Page 1
A/C TO LINES - Lines 1 and 3 display the Description

equal time reference points. The default
reference points are the DEP and DEST
airports, however either can be modified to Selected NavAid Page
any database waypoint or airport. Displays Position Frozen Page

bearing/distance and arrival time from
IRS Monitor Page
present position to the reference point.
IRS1 Page
TRU WIND - Displays true wind, which must
GPS Monitor Page
be manually entered, and is used to
compute the equi-time point (ETP) and the A/C Status Page
bearing/distance and arrival time from the Software Status Page

ETP to the reference point.
END POINT FOR ETP - Calculation See Closest Airports Page 2

number 1.
ETP LOCATION - Location of the ETP from Data Index Page 2

the nearest waypoint on the route of flight.
Next Section
A/C to ETP - Distance and ETA from present

position along the flight plan path to the
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
ETP.

key.
1/30/2021 MCDU | Data Index Page 2 - Description | Section 14.7.9
A320 D P
D I P 2 - D S 14.7.9
WAYPOINTS / NAVAIDS / RUNWAYS / Previous Section
ROUTES (left keys) - Allows the pilot to Data Index Pages

review expanded information for database
Data Index Page 1
points.
Data Index Page 2
PILOTS WAYPOINTS / NAVAIDS / RUNWAYS
Description
/ ROUTES (right Keys) - Allows the pilot to
build new points (waypoints, navaids, Waypoint Page
runways, and routes) with information for Waypoint HAFNR

nav data that is not in the nav database.
New Waypoint Page
SEC F-PLN WINDS - Allows the pilot to Store Waypoint

access the winds page for the secondary
Pilot Waypoint Page
flight plan.
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
key.
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Store Runway
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Waypoint Page | Section 14.7.10
A320 D P
W P S 14.7.10
Displays blank waypoint field. When pilot Previous Section
inserts a database defined waypoint Data Index Pages

identifier into 1L field then the Lat/Long
Data Index Page 1
position is displayed. In this example, the
pilot has already typed in HAFNR into the Data Index Page 2
scratch pad. Description
Line Select 1L to insert HAFNR. Waypoint Page
Waypoint HAFNR
New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Waypoint HAFNR | Section 14.7.10A
A320 D P
W H S 14.7.10A
Displays blank waypoint field. When pilot Previous Section
inserts a database defined waypoint Data Index Pages

identifier into 1L field then the Lat/Long
Data Index Page 1
position is displayed.
Data Index Page 2
Description
Waypoint Page
Waypoint HAFNR
New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | New Waypoint Page | Section 14.7.11
A320 D P
N W P S 14.7.11
When the Pilots Waypoints prompt is Previous Section
selected from Data Index 2/2 page and no Data Index Pages
pilot waypoints have been previously
Data Index Page 1
created then the New Waypoint Page is
displayed. Data Index Page 2
Description
When filling in the box prompts, use the
same format with the dashes (−) and Waypoint Page
slashes (/) in same position. Waypoint HAFNR
Named waypoints selected from the New Waypoint Page
navigation database or waypoints defined Store Waypoint

by LAT/LONG coordinates are significantly
Pilot Waypoint Page
more accurate than PBD or PBX created
waypoints. NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
For example, the next illustration depicts a
new waypoint called FISH. New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Store Waypoint | Section 14.7.11A
A320 D P
S W S 14.7.11A
STORE - After entering the desired name Previous Section
and position a STORE prompt appears. The Data Index Pages

FMGC computes the new waypoint
Data Index Page 1
coordinates if inserted as PLACE / BRG /
DIST or PLACE-BRG / PLACE-BRG. Line Data Index Page 2
select 6R to store waypoint Description
RETURN - Will erase the entered data and Waypoint Page
return to Data Index page 2/2. Click here to Waypoint HAFNR

view RETURN function.
New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Pilot Waypoint Page | Section 14.7.12
A320 D P
P W P S 14.7.12
Stored waypoints are listed by number and Previous Section
is a function of the order of insertion into Data Index Pages

the database. In this example only one
Data Index Page 1
waypoint has been created by the pilot.
Data Index Page 2
Each stored waypoint may be individually
Description
deleted from the database using CLR
function on 1L (ident field). Waypoint Page
Waypoint HAFNR
NEW WAYPOINT - Displays new waypoint
page. New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
DELETE ALL - Deletes all waypoints stored
by the pilots except those currently used in Pilot Waypoint Page
the active or secondary flight plan (F-PLN NavAid Page

ELEMENT RETAINED message displays in
NavAid ORD
scratchpad).
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | NavAid Page | Section 14.7.13
A320 D P
N A P S 14.7.13
Displays blank navaid field. When a pilot Previous Section
inserts a database defined navaid identifier Data Index Pages

into 1L field then the navaid information is
Data Index Page 1
displayed.
Data Index Page 2
Click here to insert the ORD navaid
Description
identifier into 1L.
Waypoint Page
Waypoint HAFNR
New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | NavAid ORD | Section 14.7.13A
A320 D P
N A ORD S 14.7.13A
CLASS - Available classes include; VOR, Previous Section
DME, VOR DME, VORTAC, NDB, LOC, or ILS. Data Index Pages
LAT/LONG - Displays LAT/LONG co- Data Index Page 1
ordinates. Data Index Page 2
FREQ - Displays NAVAID radio frequency. Description
Waypoint Page
ELV - Displays elevation of the navaid in
feet. Not displayed for NDB. Waypoint HAFNR
New Waypoint Page

FIG OF MERIT - Defines the maximum range
the FMGS will auto-tune a VOR DME, Store Waypoint
VORTAC, or DME for display or position Pilot Waypoint Page

computation.
NavAid Page
0: Up to 40 NM NavAid ORD
1: Up to 70 NM
New NavAid Page
2: Up to 130 NM
3: Up to 250 NM Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page

STATION DEC - Displays magnetic variation
of the navaid (only for VOR, VOR DME, or Runway Page
VORTAC). KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | New NavAid Page | Section 14.7.14
A320 D P
N N A P S 14.7.14
When the Pilots Navaids prompt is selected Previous Section
from Data Index 2/2 page and no pilot Data Index Pages
navaids have been created then the New
Data Index Page 1
Navaid Page is displayed.
Data Index Page 2
Click here to insert the SUM navaid
Description
identifier into 1L.
Waypoint Page
RETURN - To return to Data Idex page 2/2
Waypoint HAFNR
LS 5R.
New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Store NavAid | Section 14.7.14A
A320 D P
S N A S 14.7.14A
This page enables definition of up to 20 Previous Section
navaids. The IDENT, CLASS, and LAT/LONG Data Index Pages

fields are required. If applicable, enter
Data Index Page 1
FREQ, ELV, FIG OF MERIT, and STATION
DEC. For ILSs, enter the identifier of the Data Index Page 2
associated runway and the ILS course. Description
Runways and ILSs have a one-to-one Waypoint Page
relationship in the database. If an ILS is Waypoint HAFNR

defined first, inserting the runway identifier
New Waypoint Page
will bring up the NEW RUNWAY page with
the ILS identifier and runway course already Store Waypoint
filled in. The runway course can be Pilot Waypoint Page

modified, if necessary. Once the runway has
NavAid Page
been defined, the NEW NAVAID page will
reappear NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page

RETURN - Will erase the entered data and
return to Data Index page 2/2. Click here to Store NavAid
view RETURN function. Pilot NavAid Page
STORE - Appears when all amber boxes are Runway Page
filled. Line select 6R to store waypoint. KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Pilots NavAid Page | Section 14.7.15
A320 D P
P N A P S 14.7.15
Displays or enables deletion of pilot-defined Previous Section
navaids. Each stored navaid may be Data Index Pages

individually deleted from the database using
Data Index Page 1
CLR function on 1L (ident field).
Data Index Page 2
If no pilot navaids have been created then
Description
the New Navaid Page is displayed when the
Pilots Navaids prompt is selected from Data Waypoint Page
Index 2/2 page. Waypoint HAFNR
STORED NAVAIDS - Lists navaids by New Waypoint Page
number in order of insertion. The sequence Store Waypoint

displays in the upper right corner of the
Pilot Waypoint Page
page (e.g., 3/7 indicates the third out of
seven stored). NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
NEW NAVAID - To create a new navaid LS
5R. New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
DELETE ALL - Erases all of the stored
navaids except those currently used in the Pilot NavAid Page
active or secondary flight plan - LS 6R. Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Runway Page | Section 14.7.16
A320 D P
R P S 14.7.16
Displays database-defined runway Previous Section
information associated with the identifier Data Index Pages

inserted by the pilot in 1L.
Data Index Page 1
IDENT - Displays the runway identifier. Data Index Page 2

Includes the airport identification and
Description
runway direction using six to seven digits
(e.g., KLGA22). Waypoint Page
Waypoint HAFNR
Click here to insert the KLGA22 identifier
into 1L. New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | KLGA22 Runway | Section 14.7.16A
A320 D P
KLGA22 R S 14.7.16A
In this example KLGA runway 22 is Previous Section
displayed. Data Index Pages
IDENT - Displays the runway identifier. Data Index Page 1
Includes the airport identification and Data Index Page 2

runway direction using six to seven digits
Description
(e.g., APRT23L).
Waypoint Page
LAT/LONG - Displays the latitude and
Waypoint HAFNR
longitude of the runway threshold.
New Waypoint Page
LENGTH - Displays the runway length in
Store Waypoint
feet.
Pilot Waypoint Page
ELV - Displays the threshold elevation in
NavAid Page
feet.
NavAid ORD
CRS - Displays the runway course.
New NavAid Page
LS IDENT - Displays the ILS identifier. Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | New Runway Page | Section 14.7.17
A320 D P
N R P S 14.7.17
When the Pilots Runway prompt is selected Previous Section
from Data Index 2/2 page and no pilot Data Index Pages
runways have been created then the New
Data Index Page 1
Runway Page is displayed.
Data Index Page 2
New Runway page defines runways for
Description
airports that are not in the database. Up to
ten runways may be defined. Because these Waypoint Page
runways are for non-database airports, no Waypoint HAFNR

SIDs or STARs are associated with the
New Waypoint Page
runway. All fields must be filled in for the
STORE prompt to appear. Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page

Runways and ILSs have a one-to-one
relationship in the database. If the runway NavAid Page
is defined first, the ILS identifier will be NavAid ORD

blank. Inserting the ILS identifier will bring
New NavAid Page
up the NEW NAVAID page with the runway
identifier and ILS course already filled in. Store NavAid
The ILS course can be modified, if Pilot NavAid Page

necessary. Once the ILS has been defined,
Runway Page
the NEW RUNWAY page will reappear.
KLGA22 Runway
If the ILS is defined first (on the NEW
New Runway Page
NAVAID page), the NEW RUNWAY page
appears with the ILS identifier and the < PREVIOUS NEXT > Store Runway
runway course already filled in. The runway Pilot Runway Page
course can be modified, if necessary. After a
New Route Page
runway is defined, it may be used as a
departure or destination airport by entering Pilots Route Page
the four alpha characters of its identifier. Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Store Runway | Section 14.7.17A
A320 D P
S R S 14.7.17A
In this example, all runway data has been Previous Section
enetered into the amber boxes. Data Index Pages
STORE - Appears when all amber boxes are Data Index Page 1
filled. Data Index Page 2
Line Select 6R to store the new runway. Description
Waypoint Page
Waypoint HAFNR
New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Pilots Runway Page | Section 14.7.18
A320 D P
P R P - S R P S 14.7.18
When the Pilots Runway prompt is selected Previous Section
from Data Index 2/2 page and a runway has Data Index Pages
been stored, the STORED RUNWAY page is
Data Index Page 1
then displayed. The STORED RUNWAY page
displays data for the identified stored Data Index Page 2
runway. Description
STORED RUNWAY - Lists the stored runways Waypoint Page
in order of insertion. This number displays Waypoint HAFNR

in the upper right corner of the page (e.g.,
New Waypoint Page
1/10 indicates one out of ten stored
runways). Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page

NEW RUNWAY - Accesses the NEW RUNWAY
page. NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
DELETE ALL - Erases all of the stored pilot
runways except those currently used in the New NavAid Page
active or secondary flight plan. Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | New Route Page | Section 14.7.19
A320 D P
N R P S 14.7.19
When the Pilots Route prompt is selected Previous Section
from Data Index 2/2 page and no routes are Data Index Pages
stored, the NEW ROUTE page is displayed.
Data Index Page 1
ACTIVE F-PLAN - Inserts active flight plan. Data Index Page 2
Description
Waypoint Page
Waypoint HAFNR
New Waypoint Page
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Pilots Route Page | Section 14.7.20
A320 D P
P R P S 14.7.20
Displays parameters for route identified in Previous Section
1L. Data Index Pages
CO RTE - Any company route ident entered Data Index Page 1
in this field allows all the elements of the Data Index Page 2
route to display. Pilots must insert nine
Description
digits.
Waypoint Page
NEW ROUTE - Displays NEW ROUTE page.
Waypoint HAFNR
DELETE ALL - Deletes all routes stored by New Waypoint Page

the pilots.
Store Waypoint
Pilot Waypoint Page
NavAid Page
NavAid ORD
New NavAid Page
Store NavAid
Pilot NavAid Page
Runway Page
KLGA22 Runway
New Runway Page
Pilot Runway Page
New Route Page
Pilots Route Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Flight Plan Pages - Description | Section 14.8.0
A320 D P
F P P - D S 14.8.0
Flight Plan Pages enables pilots to construct, Previous Section
view, or modify the active primary flight Description

plan from the departure to the destination,
Flight Plan A Page
and the alternate flight plan from the
destination to the alternate. Flight Plan A Prior to TO
Lateral Rev Dept Airport
Lateral Rev at PPOS
Lateral Rev at Waypoint
Lateral Rev Dest Airport
Airways Page
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Vertical Rev At Departure
Vertical Rev At Waypoint
Step Altitude at Waypoint
Database Hold Page
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Computed Hold at Waypoint
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Flight Plan A Page | Section 14.8.1
A320 D P
F P A P S 14.8.1
Time, speed, and altitude predictions are Previous Section
displayed for each waypoint in the primary Description

flight plan. Before takeoff, time predictions
Flight Plan A Page
represent estimated time enroute.
Flight Plan A Prior to TO
When takeoff thrust is set, TIME changes to
UTC to show that time predictions represent
estimated time of arrival. Lateral Rev at PPOS

Ditto marks (“) are displayed if the
parameters remain unchanged from the line Lateral Rev Dest Airport
above. Airways Page
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Flight Plan A Prior to Take Off | Section 14.8.2
A320 D P
F P A P T O S 14.8.2
ORIGIN - Allows selection of departure Previous Section
runway and/or SID - LS 1L. Description
RUNWAY EXTENSION - Provides dynamic Flight Plan A Page
waypoint indicating where the airplane will Flight Plan A Prior to TO

be at 1500 feet AFE.
DESTINATION - Allows selection of landing Lateral Rev at PPOS

runway and/or STAR - LS 6L.
Airways Page
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Lateral Revision Dept Airport | Section 14.8.3
A320 D P
L R D A S 14.8.3
Accessed from flight plan page A or B by Previous Section
line selecting the key adjacent to the Description

departure airport.
Flight Plan A Page
DEPARTURE - Accesses the DEPARTURES Flight Plan A Prior to TO

pages for selection of runways and SIDS -
LS 1L.
Lateral Rev at PPOS
RADIAL FIX INFO - Allows the display of
radial information on the Navigation Display.
RETURN - Returns display to the previous
Airways Page
flight plan page - LS 6L.
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Lateral Revision at PPOS | Section 14.8.4
A320 D P
L R PPOS S 14.8.4
line selecting the key adjacent to the PPOS. Description
OFFSET - Selects the lateral offset feature. Flight Plan A Page
Insert offset as a L/R and a NM value (e.g., Flight Plan A Prior to TO

L05).
Lateral Rev at PPOS

NOTE
If offset is entered when the airplane is
close to the TO waypoint, it may not be
accepted and an ENTRY OUT OF RANGE Airways Page
message will appear on the MCDU.
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
HOLD - Accesses the PPOS HOLD page.
Arrival Page B
LL XING / INCR / NO - Allows pilots to build
Approach Vias Page
waypoints along the route of flight at
latitude and longitude intervals. Insert the Vertical Rev At Departure
beginning lat/long in degrees, the Vertical Rev At Waypoint

increment, and the number of points.
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Lateral Revision at Waypoint | Section 14.8.5
A320 D P
L R W S 14.8.5

waypoint.
Flight Plan A Page
HOLD - Selects the hold page to build a Flight Plan A Prior to TO

holding pattern at the FROM waypoint.
NEXT WPT - Allows entering the next Lateral Rev at PPOS

waypoint. Automatically creates a
temporary flight plan.
NEW DEST - Allows entering a new
Airways Page
destination. Automatically creates a
temporary flight plan. Available only on Departure Page B
lateral revision pages for waypoints in the Flight Plan B Page

active flight plan.
Arrival Page A
AIRWAYS - Selects the airway enter page to Arrival Page B

build a route using airways from the FROM
Approach Vias Page
waypoint.
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Lateral Rev Dest Airport | Section 14.8.6
A320 D P
L R D A S 14.8.6

destination airport.
Flight Plan A Page
ALTN - Accesses the alternate airport page Flight Plan A Prior to TO

to add, change, assess, or delete alternate
airports.
Lateral Rev at PPOS
ARRIVAL - Accesses the ARRIVAL page A.
RADIAL FIX INFO - Allows the display of Lateral Rev Dest Airport
radial information on the Navigation Display.
Airways Page
RETURN - Returns display to the previous Departure Page B

flight plan page - LS 6L.
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Airways Page | Section 14.8.7
A320 D P
A P S 14.8.7
Accessed from lateral revision at waypoint Previous Section
page. Description
ALTN - Waypoint displays the FROM Flight Plan A Page
waypoint for the beginning of the airway Flight Plan A Prior to TO

routing.
VIA - Insert the airway that defines the next Lateral Rev at PPOS
portion of the route.
TO - The end point for the first airway Lateral Rev Dest Airport
sequence.
Airways Page
TMPY INSERT - Allows the pilot to insert the Departure Page B

complete airway routing that has been built
Flight Plan B Page
on the airways page.
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Departure Page B | Section 14.8.8
A320 D P
D P B S 14.8.8
RWY / SID / TRANS - Displays current Previous Section
selected runway, SID, and transition. Description
SIDS / AVAILABLE - Displays SIDS available Flight Plan A Page
for the departure runway. Flight Plan A Prior to TO
TMPY F-PLN - Returns to the current flight Lateral Rev Dept Airport
plan without inserting changes. Lateral Rev at PPOS
EOSID - (Engine Out SID) Displays if an Lateral Rev at Waypoint
engine-out SID exists for the departure Lateral Rev Dest Airport
runway; otherwise, NONE appears.
Airways Page
TMPY INSERT - Inserts changes into flight Departure Page B

plan.
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Flight Plan B Page | Section 14.8.9
A320 D P
F P B P S 14.8.9
Displays fuel and wind predictions for each Previous Section
waypoint in the primary flight plan. Ditto Description

marks (“) are displayed if the parameters
Flight Plan A Page
remain unchanged from the line above.
Flight Plan A Prior to TO
Lateral Rev at PPOS
Airways Page
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Arrival Page A | Section 14.8.10
A320 D P
A P A S 14.8.10
Accessed from the LAT REV page from Previous Section
either the destination or alternate airports. Description

ARRIVAL page A allows selection of a
Flight Plan A Page
runway or instrument approach. Page B
provides selection of a STAR and an arrival Flight Plan A Prior to TO
transition. Lateral Rev Dept Airport
APPR AVAILABLE - Displays approaches and Lateral Rev at PPOS
runways available. If at least one STAR Lateral Rev at Waypoint

compatible with the selected approach
exists, or if an arrival transition is
compatible, the ARRIVAL page B displays Airways Page
automatically after APPR selection. Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Arrival Page B | Section 14.8.11
A320 D P
A P B S 14.8.11
Accessed from the ARRIVAL page A allows Previous Section
selection of a STAR and an arrival transition. Description
APPR / VIA / STAR - Displays selections. If Flight Plan A Page
no selection has been made, white dashes Flight Plan A Prior to TO

display.
APPR VIAS - Displays VIAS available for the Lateral Rev at PPOS
selected approach.
VIAS are the transitions from the IAFs to Lateral Rev Dest Airport
the final approach segment. Creates a
Airways Page
temporary flight plan until inserted.
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page

CAUTION
Arrival Page A
Auto-stringing a VIA to an approach
may delete part of a previously loaded Arrival Page B
STAR.
Approach Vias Page

STARS AVAILABLE - Displays STARs
available for the arrival runway. Step Altitude at Waypoint
Database Hold Page

TRANS - Displays the selected STAR
transition. < PREVIOUS NEXT > Computed Hold at Waypoint
Next Section
TRANS AVAILABLE - Displays arrival
transitions for the selected STAR.
1/30/2021 MCDU | Approach Vias Page | Section 14.8.12
A320 D P
A V P S 14.8.12
APPR / VIA / STAR - Currently selected Previous Section
approach, STAR, and VIA. Description
APPR VIAS - Accessed by selecting the VIAS Flight Plan A Page
prompt on the ARRIVAL page. Flight Plan A Prior to TO
NO VIAS - Selected when none of the Lateral Rev Dept Airport
available VIAS are desired (e.g., when radar Lateral Rev at PPOS
vectors are provided after the last point of
the STAR) to prevent auto-stringing from an
IAF to the approach. Lateral Rev Dest Airport
Airways Page
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Vertical Rev At Depart Airport | Section 14.8.13
A320 D P
V R A D A S 14.8.13
Accessed from the ARRIVAL page A allows Previous Section
selection of a STAR and an arrival transition. Description
APPR / VIA / STAR - Displays selections. If Flight Plan A Page
no selection has been made, white dashes Flight Plan A Prior to TO

display.
APPR VIAS - Displays VIAS available for the Lateral Rev at PPOS
selected approach.
VIAS are the transitions from the IAFs to Lateral Rev Dest Airport
the final approach segment. Creates a
Airways Page
temporary flight plan until inserted.
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page

CAUTION
Arrival Page A
Auto-stringing a VIA to an approach
may delete part of a previously loaded Arrival Page B
STAR.
Approach Vias Page
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Vertical Rev At Waypoint | Section 14.8.14
A320 D P
V R A W S 14.8.14
SPD CSTR - If entered, creates a speed Previous Section
constraint at the selected waypoint. The Description

asterisk is magenta if the speed constraint
Flight Plan A Page
will be made, or amber if it will be missed
by +10 knots. Flight Plan A Prior to TO
NOTE Lateral Rev at PPOS
Altitude and speed constraints may Lateral Rev at Waypoint

apply to climb, descent, or
approachphase, but never to the cruise
Airways Page
phase. If an ALT or SPD CSTR is
entered between the T/C and T/D, the Departure Page B
CLB and DES prompts appear.
Flight Plan B Page
Arrival Page A
Arrival Page B
Approach Vias Page

NOTE
The speed constraint can also be
entered directly on the flight plan page. Vertical Rev At Waypoint
Database Hold Page

WIND DATA - Enables selection of the wind
pages.
Next Section
ALT CSTR - If entered, creates an altitude
RTA - Allows entry of estimated takeoff
time. Flight plan UTC then displays ETA at constraint at the selected waypoint. The
asterisk is magenta if the altitude constraint
destination in UTC. When past the takeoff
time, a CLK TIME IS TAKEOFF TIME will be made, or amber if it will be missed by
plus or minus 250 feet. Note: The altitude
message appears in the scratchpad. Flight
plan will continue to update new arrival constraint can also be entered directly on the
flight plan page.
UTC.
1/30/2021 MCDU | Step Altitude at Waypoint | Section 14.8.15
A320 D P
S A W S 14.8.15
ALT / WPT - Step altitudes can be entered Previous Section
along the route of flight in two ways: Description
The FMGC can calculate an optimum Flight Plan A Page
climb point based on an altitude Flight Plan A Prior to TO

entered by the pilots. To allow the
FMGC to figure the optimum step
climb, enter the step altitude only Lateral Rev at PPOS
without a positional waypoint. Lateral Rev at Waypoint

Several step altitudes may be
entered and the FMGC will figure
multiple step locations. After the Airways Page
altitudes are entered, select TMPY Departure Page B

INSERT to insert the climbs and show
Flight Plan B Page
the optimum step climb position. The
STEP ALTS page can be referenced to Arrival Page A
review the calculated DIST and TIME Arrival Page B

to the step climb point.
Approach Vias Page
A step climb may be entered at a
flight plan waypoint to designate a Vertical Rev At Departure
planned step at a given waypoint. Vertical Rev At Waypoint

Enter both the altitude and the
waypoint. If airplane flies past the
step without climbing or descending, Database Hold Page
the step is deleted and the MCDU < PREVIOUS NEXT > Computed Hold at Waypoint
displays STEP DELETED.
Next Section
DIST / TIME - Calculated distance and time

to the climb point.
1/30/2021 MCDU | Database Hold Page | Section 14.8.16
A320 D P
D H P S 14.8.16
Accessed by performing a lateral revision at Previous Section
a desired hold fix that has a published Description

holding pattern. Displays holding pattern
Flight Plan A Page
contained in the database. Allows
modification to the published holding Flight Plan A Prior to TO
parameters. Lateral Rev Dept Airport
Lateral Rev at PPOS

CAUTION
Ensure the database hold complies with
the current published hold as depicted
Airways Page
on the appropriate charts.
Departure Page B
Flight Plan B Page
COMPUTED - Displays and inserts the Arrival Page A

computed hold data. The data may also be
Arrival Page B
modified to build a manual holding pattern
to pilot parameters. Approach Vias Page

TMPY INSERT - Inserts hold data into F-PLN
page. Vertical Rev At Waypoint
Database Hold Page
Next Section
1/30/2021 MCDU | Computed Hold AT Waypoint | Section 14.8.17
A320 D P
C H AT W S 14.8.17
Accessed by performing a lateral revision at Previous Section
a desired hold fix that has no published Description

hold. Allows modification to the default
Flight Plan A Page
holding parameters. Parameters are defined
by pilot entry. Flight Plan A Prior to TO

INB CRS - Defaults to the airplane's current
inbound course to the fix. Can be modified Lateral Rev at PPOS
by the pilots. Lateral Rev at Waypoint
TURN - Displays direction of turn in the hold Lateral Rev Dest Airport
(L or R). Defaults to a right pattern, but can Airways Page

be modified by the pilots.
Departure Page B
TIME/DIST - Time and distance of the Flight Plan B Page

outbound leg. Defaults to 1.5 minutes
Arrival Page A
above 14,000 feet, and 1.0 minute at and
below 14,000 feet. Can be modified by the Arrival Page B
pilots. Approach Vias Page
TMPY F-PLN - Erases the holding pattern or Vertical Rev At Departure
returns to the LAT REV if the hold is already Vertical Rev At Waypoint
inserted in the flight plan.
LAST EXIT, UTC FUEL - With a HOLD Database Hold Page

inserted, displays the time at which the
holding pattern must be exited to land at
destination with RSV fuel. Displays the Next Section
EFOB in pounds at that time. TIME TO EXIT

message appears in scratchpad when LAST
EXIT UTC is reached or EXTRA FUEL reaches
0.
1/30/2021 MCDU | Radio Nav Page - Description | Section 14.9.0
A320 D P
R N P - D S 14.9.0
RAD NAV KEY - Enables navaid display and Previous Section
tuning of ILS, VOR, and ADF radioes. If any Description

RMP is selected to NAV, the fields on this
Description Page 2
page are blank on both MCDUs.
Next Section
VOR/FREQ - Displays identifiers and
frequencies of VOR 1 and VOR 2; either
auto-tuned or manually tuned. When
manually tuned, identifier or frequency is
inserted. Localizer frequency may be
entered for DME information associated with
the localizer to be displayed on ND. If the
identifier is not in the database, the NEW
NAVAID page appears. Using CLR reverts
the selection to the auto-tuned navaid.
CRS - Displays the VOR course associated

with the selected VOR navaid. The course
must be manually entered. If the radio is
retuned to another station, the CRS is
cleared. If no course is entered, CDI
information does not appear on ND ROSE
VOR.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Radio Nav Page - Description 2 | Section 14.9.1
A320 D P
R N P - D 2 S 14.9.1
ILS/FREQ - Auto-tuned if an ILS is Previous Section
associated with the departure runway, or if Description

an ILS approach is selected at destination.
Description Page 2
It may also be manually entered. When the
manually entered ILS differs from the ILS Next Section
frequency for the selected landing runway,

RWY/ILS MISMATCH displays.
CRS - Displays the associated ILS course.

Automatically selected only when an ILS is
auto-tuned or if an ILS is manually tuned
with its identifier; otherwise, amber boxes
appear, requesting course information. An
‘F’ prefix designates a front course.
ADF/FREQ - Displays associated identifiers

and frequencies. Auto-tuned only when the
airplane passes the first fix of a selected
NDB approach. ADF is manually tuned
either via the identifier or the frequency. If
the frequency is used, a decimal must
always be included in the figure (i.e.,
346.0).
ADF, BFO - When an ADF is selected, ADF

BFO prompt displays. Selecting 6L deletes < PREVIOUS NEXT >
the arrow and provides BFO. Using the CLR
key cancels BFO and the arrow returns.
1/30/2021 MCDU | Fuel Pred Page - Description Page 1 | Section 14.10.0
A320 D P
F P P - D P 1 S 14.10.0
FUEL PRED KEY Displays fuel predictions. All Previous Section
fields except 4R show dashes until the first Description Page 1

engine is started.
Description Page 2
AT / UTC / EFOB - Line 1 displays Description Page 3

predictions for time and fuel at the
Next Section
destination. Line 2 displays predictions for
time and fuel at the alternate (displays
NONE if no alternate has been entered).
Before takeoff, time predictions represent
estimated time enroute. When takeoff
thrust is set, the center column label
changes to UTC, and time predictions
represent estimated time of arrival.
RTE RSV/‰ - Carried over from INIT page

A after the first engine is started. Displays
the pilot’s desired fuel that is reserved for a
specific purpose and is not included in
EXTRA. The pilot can enter a value in
pounds or as a percent of the trip. If the
pilot enters a value in pounds, dashes will
be displayed for percent. If the percent
value is used, the FMGC will compute the
corresponding pounds.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
ALTN TIME - The estimated fuel and time
needed to fly from the primary destination
to the alternate.
A320 D P
F P P - D P 2 S 14.10.1
FINAL/TIME - Carried over from INIT page A Previous Section
after the first engine is started. Displays the Description Page 1

final fuel and time at the alternate airport
Description Page 2
(at the destination, if no alternate entered).
The pilot can enter a final fuel in pounds or Description Page 3
a final endurance in hours and minutes Next Section

(HHMM). The FMGC will calculate the other
value assuming a racetrack holding pattern,
1500 feet above the airport, in clean
configuration, at green dot speed. The
default value is 45 minutes.
EXTRA/TIME - Displays the uncommitted

fuel left over for contingencies. Extra fuel is
automatically calculated by subtracting RTE
RSV and FINAL fuel from the estimated fuel
on board at the alternate (at the
destination, if no alternate entered). The
corresponding endurance is calculated
assuming a racetrack holding pattern, 1500
feet above the destination airport, in clean
configuration, at green dot speed. If the
extra fuel is negative, dashes are displayed
in the endurance field. EXTRA/TIME cannot
be modified by the pilots. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
NOTE
If in holding when the EXTRA fuel

reaches zero, a TIME TO EXIT message
appears in the scratchpad.
A320 D P
F P P - D P 3 S 14.10.2
ZFW / ZFWCG - Pilot-entered zero fuel Previous Section
weight and zero fuel weight CG. Description Page 1
FOB - The fuel on board that is updated Description Page 2
from the fuel quantity system. This number Description Page 3

should not be entered by the pilot in normal
Next Section
operations.
GW/CG - Computed gross weight and center

of gravity.
MIN DEST FOB - Min destination FOB is

calculated by the FMGC and equals the
pilot-entered final time and fuel required to
fly to the alternate.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | SEC Index Page - Description Page 1 | Section 14.11.0
A320 D P
SEC I P - D P 1 S 14.11.0
The secondary flight plan pages are similar Previous Section
to the active flight plan pages except for the Description Page 1
following:
Description Page 2
Secondary lateral revision pages: Next Section
TMPY F-PLN and TMPY INSERT

prompts do not display.
OFFSET is not available. Secondary
INIT page (A and B):
Blue brackets appear instead of
amber boxes.
ALIGN prompt does not appear.
Slewing or entry in the airport
LAT/LONG field (4L/R) is not
available.
WIND/HISTORY WIND page is not
available.
TMPY F-PLN is not available.
On the secondary PERF page, the descent

forecast page is not available.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | SEC Index Page - Description Page 2 | Section 14.11.1
A320 D P
SEC I P - D P 2 S 14.11.1
COPY ACTIVE - Copies the active flight plan Previous Section
into the secondary flight plan, and erases Description Page 1

the previous secondary flight plan. The
Description Page 2
active flight plan remains unchanged.
Next Section
SEC F-PLN - Accesses the secondary flight
plan route pages.
DELETE SEC - Deletes the current

secondary flight plan.
ACTIVATE SEC - Copies the secondary flight

plan into the active flight plan. The
secondary flight plan remains unchanged.
ACTIVATE SEC prompt is available if:
HDG/TRK is active.
NAV mode is active and the current
leg is common to both the active and
secondary flight plans.
INIT - Accesses the secondary flight plan

INIT pages.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Menu Page- Description | Section 14.12.0
A320 D P
M P - D S 14.12.0
MCDU MENU KEY - Accesses the MCDU Previous Section
MENU. The active system is indicated in Description

green. All other information is white.
Next Section
ATC COMM KEY - Accesses the MCDU MENU.

The active system is indicated in green. All
other information is white.
FMGC - Provides MCDU interface with the

FMGC.
ATSU or ACARS - Provides MCDU interface

with ACARS or ATSU.
AIDS - Provides MCDU interface with the

aircraft integrated data system (AIDS).
Normally used by Maintenance.
CFDS - Provides MCDU interface with the

centralized fault display system(CFDS).
Normally used by Maintenance.
REQ - Displays when the associated system

requests to be accessed.
RETURN - Returns the MCDU to the active

system. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 MCDU | Airport Page - Description | Section 14.13.0
A320 D P
A P - D S 14.13.0
The AIRPORT key cycles the Flight Plan Previous Section
page between departure, destination, and Description

alternate airports.
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/30/2021 Digital Distance Radio Magnetic Indicator | Description | Section 14.14.0
A320 D P
D D R M I S 14.14.0
D Previous Section
VOR DME - Counters Indicate DME distance DDRMI Description
to the tuned VORs. Next Section
HDG FLAG - Appears when the ADIRS

heading signal is invalid, or the RMI fails, or
power supply fails.
BEARING POINTERS - Indicate the magnetic

bearing to VOR 1 or ADF 1 (if installed), to
VOR 2 or ADF 1 (if installed) on non-
overwater airplanes, or ADF 2 on overwater
airplanes.
COMPASS CARD - Displays the bearing

scale. Normally supplied from ADIRU 1
unless CAPT ON 3 is selected on the
SWITCHING panel.
VOR/ADF FLAGS - Appear when the selected

VOR/ADF SELECTORS - Allows either the VOR
VOR or ADF (if installed) receiver fails, or
or ADF (if installed) to be displayed by the
the ADIRS heading signal is invalid, or the
bearing pointers.
RMI fails, or the power supply fails.
Associated pointer remains at the last valid
position.
1/30/2021 Air Data Inertial Reference System | Description | Section 14.15.0
A320 D P
A D I R S S 14.15.0
D Previous Section
The ADIRS computes aircraft position, Inertial Reference - The IR provides Description
speed, altitude, attitude, and air data for attitude, flight path vector, heading, track, Next Section
the displays, flight management guidance acceleration (speed trend), VSI,
system, flight controls, engine controls, and groundspeed, and aircraft position. The IR
other systems. does not navigate; rather, it provides an
inertial position input to the FMGCs for
ADIRU - Three identical air data/inertial navigation computations. If either IR 1 or 2
reference units (ADIRUs) are installed in the fails, IR 3 can be manually selected.
aircraft. Each ADIRU combines an air data
reference (ADR) system with a laser gyro VOR/ADF FLAGS - Appear when the selected
inertial reference (IR) system in a single VOR or ADF (if installed) receiver fails, or
unit. The ADR and IR systems of each the ADIRS heading signal is invalid, or the
ADIRU operate independently, and failure of RMI fails, or the power supply fails.
one system does not cause a failure of the Associated pointer remains at the last valid
other system. position.
Air Data Reference - The ADR provides ADIRS CONTROL PANEL - An ADIRS control
barometric altitude, airspeed, Mach, angle panel is located on the overhead panel and
of attack, temperature, and overspeed provides a backup interface to the IRs. The
warnings. If either ADR 1 or 2 fails, ADR 3 normal pilot interface is through the MCDUs.
can be manually selected.
1/30/2021 Flight Management Guidance Computer | Description | Section 14.16.0
A320 D P
F M G C S 14.16.0
D Previous Section
The flight management portion of the FMGC Description
contains a navigation database which Modes of Operation

provides navaid auto‑tuning, position
Position Computation
computation, navigational accuracy checks,
and flight planning through the MCDU. It Navigation Accuracy
also contains a performance database which Next Section

provides predictions of fuel, time, distance,
speed, and altitude. Additionally, the
performance database determines the
optimum flight profile in relation to speed,
flight level, and top of descent.
Each FMGC is linked to its own onside

MCDU, RMP, and EFIS control panel. After
entry of the flight plan and other required
performance data into the MCDU, the FMGS
generates the climb and descent profiles for
departure and arrival, provides automatic
aircraft guidance, and computes current and
predicted progress along the flight plan.
Pilots can modify any flight parameter (e.g.,

SPD, V/S, HDG) on a short-term basis and
the FMGS will guide the aircraft to the
manually selected target.
1/30/2021 Flight Management Guidance Computer | Modes of Operation | Section 14.16.1
A320 D P
F M G C S 14.16.1
M O Previous Section
The FMGC has three possible modes of INDEPENDENT MODE - The FMGCs Description
operation: automatically degrade to independent mode Modes of Operation

under specific abnormal conditions. Each
Dual Position Computation
FMGC continues to make its own
Independent computations of airspeed, position, etc., but Navigation Accuracy
Single the two FMGCs no longer exchange data Next Section
DUAL MODE - The normal mode of with each other over the cross-talk bus.
operation is the dual mode. Each FMGC Therefore, there is no coordination or
makes its own computations of airspeed, validation of data and cross-check with raw
aircraft position, etc., and exchanges data data is recommended. Each MCDU
with the other FMGC through a cross‑talk communicates only with its onside FMGC,
bus. One FMGC is the master and the other and each FMGC controls only its onside
is the slave. Entries on either MCDU are displays and radios. When this occurs, the
transmitted to both FMGCs. Most INDEPENDENT OPERATION message
information is exchanged between both appears in the MCDU scratchpad.
FMGCs for cross‑comparison and validation.
To keep the FMGCs synchronized, pilots
The following conditions exist during the
must make the same entries on both
normal mode of operation:
MCDUs. This ensures both autopilots and
If one autopilot button is selected flight directors display similar orders.
ON, the associated FMGC is the
SINGLE MODE - Single mode occurs if one
master
FMGC fails. Entries on either MCDU are
If both autopilot buttons are selected
transferred to the operating FMGC, and the
ON, FMGC 1 is the master
OPP FMGC IN PROCESS message appears
If neither autopilot button is selected
on the MCDU. In the single mode, both NDs
ON:
must be set to the same mode and range or
FMGC 1 is the master any time
a SET OFFSIDE RNG/MODE message will
the Captain’s flight director
appear on the ND. Cross-check with raw
button is selected ON
data is recommended.
FMGC 2 is the master when
the First Officer’s flight Either FMGC is capable of performing all
director button is selected on operations if the other FMGC fails.
and the Captain’s flight
director button is selected OFF
FMGC 1 is the master when
both flight director buttons are
selected OFF
1/30/2021 Flight Management Guidance Computer | Position Computation | Section 14.16.2
A320 D P
F M G C S 14.16.2
P C Previous Section
Each FMGC receives position information Description
from all three IRS units and couples this Modes of Operation
with the GPS position to compute a hybrid
position, referred to as the GPIRS position.
If one IRS fails, each FMGC uses only the Navigation Accuracy
onside IRS (if operable) or IRS 3. Next Section
In flight, the FMGC position always

approaches the GPIRS position at a rate
depending on aircraft altitude. If the GPIRS
position is lost, the FMGC reverts to radio
position updating until GPIRS position is
restored. When the GPIRS position is lost,
GPS PRIMARY LOST displays on the ND and
on the MCDU scratchpad. The MCDU
message may be cleared but the ND
message remains.
Position computation may be checked on

the Position Monitor Page or GPS Monitor
Page.
1/31/2021 Flight Management Guidance Computer | Navigation Accuracy | Section 14.16.32
A320 D P
F M G C S 14.16.3
N A Previous Section
The FMGC continuously monitors its The required accuracy displays on the PROG Description
performance to compute an estimated page, and may be directly modified by the Modes of Operation
position error (EPE), which displays on the pilots, but normally varies automatically
PROG page. The displayed EPE does not according to the following criteria:
necessarily indicate the present FMGC Navigation Accuracy
position is accurate or inaccurate, as this Enroute - Over 51 NM from the

Next Section
can only be determined with raw data. It is departure or arrival airport. Required
only a number with statistical significance accuracy is 2.0 NM
based on the assessed quality of the Terminal - Within 51 NM of the
aircraft’s sensors and the navigation mode departure or arrival airport. Required
in use (which displays on the POSTION accuracy is 1.0 NM

MONITOR page). Approach - From the FAF to the
runway, or within 5 NM of the first
In decreasing order of accuracy, the four defined fix on the final approach,
navigation modes are: whichever occurs first. If no approach
is selected, within 15 NM of the
IRS-GPS destination airport. Required
IRS-DME/DME accuracy is 0.30 NM
IRS-VOR/DME
IRS only If the estimated accuracy is better than
required, the FMGC displays HIGH nav
During ILS approaches, the system accuracy. If the required accuracy is equal
performs temporary lateral updating, using to or lower than required, it displays LOW
the localizer. nav accuracy. Pilots are alerted when the
nav accuracy changes from HIGH to LOW, or
The FMGC compares the current EPE to the
required accuracy, referred to as RNP, for LOW to HIGH, by messages on the ND and
the MCDU. Position accuracy is always HIGH
the current area of flight (enroute, terminal,
and approach). if in GPS primary mode.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cond SD - Description | Section 15.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 15.0 15.0 PNEUMATICS
P S D S 15.1.0
C SD - D Previous Section
1. ZONE CONTROLLER FAULT INDICATION Cond SD
No fault indication means normal zone Description

controller operation.
Hot Air Fault
ALTN MODE - displays green when primary SDCU Channel Failure

zone controller fault detected.
Bleed SD
PACK REG - Displays green when zone Cruise SD

controller fault detected (basic regulation by
Cab Press SD
packs only).
Next Section
2. CABIN FAN FAULT INDICATION
Displays amber if fault in cabin fan L
detected.
3. ZONE TEMEPERATURE - Displays green.
4. ZONE DUCT TEMPERATURE - Normal < PREVIOUS NEXT >

condition temperature displays green.
Becomes amber at high temperature.
5. ZONE HOT AIR PRESSURE REGULATING

VALVE - Valve is closed with HOT AIR switch
OFF, or disagrees with switch position.
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/pneumatics/sys-15.1.0.html 1/1
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cond SD - Hot Air Fault | Section 15.1.1
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.1
C SD - H A F Previous Section
When the hot air pressure regulating valve Cond SD
fails closed, trim air is not available. In this Description

case;
Hot Air Fault
The cockpit temperature selector SDCU Channel Failure

controls the output temperature of
Bleed SD
pack 1
The mean value of the forward and Cruise SD
aft cabin temperature selector Cab Press SD

controls the output temperature of
Next Section
pack 2
L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Bleed Air SD - Description 1 | Section 15.1.3
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.3
B A SD - D 1 Previous Section
1. USER INDICATION normal indications are Cond SD
a white color. If an amber color and on the Bleed SD

ground then both pack flow control valves
Description 1
are closed. If an amber color and in flight,
ram air flap is not fully open and both pack Description 2
flow control valves are closed. Pack 1 Overheat
2. PACK OUTLET TEMPERATURE - Displays Pack Channel Failure
green. Becomes amber if temperature is Engine Bleed Overheat

high.
APU Bleed Air
3. PACK COMPRESSOR OUTLET TEMP Cruise SD

Displays green for normal conditions,
Cab Press SD
becomes amber if temperature is high.
Next Section
4. PACK FLOW CONTROL VALVE - Indicates
valve is fully closed and agrees with < PREVIOUS NEXT > L
commanded switch position (green color).
Amber color indicates disagreement with
valve commanded position.
5. ENGINE BLEED VALVE - Amber color

indicates disagreement with valve
commanded position.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Bleed Air SD - Description 2 | Section 15.1.4
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.4
B A SD - D 2 Previous Section
1. ANTI ICE INDICATION - Displays white Cond SD
when the WING ANTI ICE switch is ON. Bleed SD
Arrow - Displays green when associated Description 1
wing anti-ice valve is open. Not displayed Description 2

when associated wing anti-ice valve is
Pack 1 Overheat
closed. Becomes amber when the wing anti-
ice valve is open and air pressure is low or Pack Channel Failure
high, or when the wing anti-ice valve is Engine Bleed Overheat

open on the ground.
APU Bleed Air
2. RAM AIR INLET - Displays green when Cruise SD

fully opened or closed. Displays amber
Cab Press SD
when in transit.
Next Section
3. CROSS BLEED VALVE - Displays green
when valve agrees with commanded switch < PREVIOUS NEXT > L
position, amber color for disagreement.
4. GND HP CONNECTION INDICATION

Displays green on the ground and DOES
NOT indicate exteranl air is connected.
5. HP BLEED VALVE - Displays green when

valve agrees with commanded switch
position and an amber color for
disagreement.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Bleed Air SD - Pack 1 Overheat | Section 15.1.5
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.5
B A SD - P 1 O Previous Section
This illustration shows an air conditioning Cond SD
pack compressor outlet overheat. Bleed SD
Description 1
Description 2
Pack 1 Overheat
Pack Channel Failure
Engine Bleed Overheat
APU Bleed Air
Cruise SD
Cab Press SD
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT > L
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Bleed Air SD - Pack Controller Channel Failure | Section 15.1.6
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.6
B A SD - P C C F Previous Section
If the secondary pack controller channel Cond SD
fails, with the primary pack controller Bleed SD

channel operating, pack regulation is not
Description 1
affected; however, related ECAM pack
information is not displayed. Description 2
Pack 1 Overheat
The XXs indicate a channel failure. The pack
is still operating, but lacks pack Pack Channel Failure
temperature and valve indications. Pack Engine Bleed Overheat

zone temperatures are still controllable.
APU Bleed Air
Cruise SD
Cab Press SD
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT > L
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Bleed Air SD - Engine Bleed Overheat | Section 15.1.7
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.7
B A SD - E B O Previous Section
A bleed air overheat fault results in the Cond SD
Bleed Management Computer (BMC) Bleed SD

automatically closing the appropriate engine
Description 1
bleed valve.
Description 2
Pack 1 Overheat
APU Bleed Air
Cruise SD
Cab Press SD
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT > L
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Bleed Air SD - APU Bleed Air | Section 15.1.8
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.8
B A SD - APU B A Previous Section
The APU is providing bleed air for air Cond SD
conditioning packs. Bleed SD
Description 1
Description 2
Pack 1 Overheat
APU Bleed Air
Cruise SD
Cab Press SD
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT > L
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cruise SD - Description | Section 15.1.9
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.9
C SD - D Previous Section
1. ΔP INDICATION - Displays green and Cond SD
becomes amber when out of normal range. Bleed SD
2. LDG ELEV AUTO/MAN INDICATION - Cruise SD
Displays identically to CAB PRESS page. Description
3. LANDING ELEVATION - Displays Cruise w/Man Press
identically to CAB PRESS page. Cab Press SD
4. CABIN VERTICAL SPEED - Displays green Next Section
when in normal range. Pulses green when

vertical speed exceeds 1800 FPM. Displays
L
amber when vertical speed is exceeds 2000
FPM.
5. CABIN ALTITUDE - Displays green when

in normal range. Pulses green when cabin
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
altitude exceeds 8800 feet. Displays red
when cabin altitude exceeds 9550 feet.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cruise SD - Manual Cabin Pressurization | Section 15.1.10
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.10
C SD - M C P Previous Section
This is an example of the ECAM Cruise page Cond SD
when controlling the cabin pressurization Bleed SD

rate of climb or descent manually with the
Cruise SD
MODE SEL switch set to MAN.
Description
Cruise w/Man Press
Cab Press SD
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cab Press SD - Description 1 | Section 15.1.11
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.11
C P SD - D 1 Previous Section
1. CABIN DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE - Cond SD
Displays green when in normal range. Bleed SD

Displays amber when out of normal range
Cruise SD
(normal range is between -0.4 PSI and 8.5
PSI). Pulses green if differential pressure Cab Press SD
exceeds 1.5 PSI during landing and stops Description 1

pulsing when less than 1 PSI.
Description 2
2. ACTIVE SYSTEM INDICATION - SYS 1 or Normal Operational Config

SYS 2 displays green when active and
Abnormal Operational Config
becomes amber when a fault is detected.
MAN displays green when the MODE SEL Smoke Config
switch is at MAN. Cabin Pres SYS 2 Fault
3. INLET/EXTRACT VALVE POSITION - Cabin Press w/Man Mode
Displays green for normal operations. Man Setting Ldg Elev

Displays amber if disagreement. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
4. PACK INDICATION - Displays green when

associated pack flow control valve is open
L
and amber if pack flow control valve is
closed and the associated engine is running.
5. INLET/EXTRACT INDICATIONS - Displays

white. Changes to amber when blower or
extract fault detected.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cab Press SD - Description 2 | Section 15.1.12
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.12
C P SD - D 2 Previous Section
1. LDG ELEV AUTO/MAN INDICATION - Cond SD
AUTO displays green when LDG ELEV Bleed SD

selector is in AUTO position. MAN displays
Cruise SD
green when LDG ELEV selector is not in
AUTO position. Not displayed when MODE Cab Press SD
SEL switch is in MAN position. Description 1
2. LANDING ELEVATION - Displays green Description 2
landing elevation when either automatically Normal Operational Config

selected by the FMGS or manually by the
pilot. Not displayed when MODE SEL switch
is in MAN position. Smoke Config
Cabin Pres SYS 2 Fault

3. CABIN VERTICAL SPEED - Displays green
when in normal range. Pulses green when Cabin Press w/Man Mode
vertical speed exceeds 1800 FPM. Displays Man Setting Ldg Elev
amber when vertical speed exceeds 2000 < PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
FPM.
6. VENT INDICATION - Displays white.
4. CABIN ALTITUDE - Displays green when Becomes amber if there is a blower, extract, L
in normal range. Pulses green when cabin or avionics system fault.
altitude exceeds 8800 feet. Displays red
when cabin altitude exceeds 9550 feet.
5. OUTFLOW VALVE POSITION - Displays

green during normal operation. Displays
amber when valve is fully open in flight.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cab Press SD - Normal Operational Configuration | Section 15.1.13
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.13
C P SD - N O C Previous Section
When both the blower and extract switches Cond SD
are selected to AUTO, the ventilation system Bleed SD

is configured to the normal operational
Cruise SD
configuration.
Cab Press SD
Refer to Section 15.5.3 to view Normal
Description 1
Operational Configuration Schematic.
Description 2
Normal Operational Config
Smoke Config
Cabin Press w/Man Mode
Man Setting Ldg Elev

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cab Press SD - Abnormal Operational Configuration | Section 15.1.14
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.14
C P SD - A O C Previous Section
When either the blower or extract fan switch Cond SD
is selected to OVRD the ventilation system Bleed SD

configures to the abnormal configuration.
Cruise SD
Conditioned air is added to the ventilation
air. Cab Press SD
Description 1
Refer to Section 15.5.4 to view Abnormal
Operational Configuration Schematic. Description 2
Smoke Config

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cab Press SD - Smoke Configuration | Section 15.1.15
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.15
C P SD - S C Previous Section
When both the blower and extract fan Cond SD
switches are selected to OVRD the Bleed SD

ventilation system is configured to the
Cruise SD
smoke configuration. Avionics ventilation is
provided by air conditioning system and Cab Press SD
smoke is extracted overboard. Description 1
Refer to Section 15.5.5 to view Smoke Description 2
Configuration Schematic. Normal Operational Config
Smoke Config

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cab Press SD - Cabin Pressurization SYS 2 Fault | Section 15.1.16
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.16
C P SD - C P SYS 2 F Previous Section
In this example, the MODE SEL switch is Cond SD
selected to AUTO. When SYS 2 has a fault, Bleed SD

the outflow valve control is automatically
Cruise SD
transferred to and controlled by SYS 1. The
FMGC has automatically set the landing Cab Press SD
elevation to 250 feet. Description 1
If a FMGC fails the ouflow valve control will Description 2
not automatically transfer. Normal Operational Config
Smoke Config

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cab Press SD - Cabin Pressurization with Manual Mode | Section 15.1.17
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.17
C P SD - C P M M Previous Section
When the MODE SEL switch is set to MAN, Cond SD
then the landing elevation data is removed Bleed SD

from the ECAM CAB PRES and CRUISE
Cruise SD
pages. The outflow valve is controlled by
the MAN V/S CTL switch. The current cabin Cab Press SD
altitude is 4,200 feet in this example. Description 1
Description 2
Smoke Config

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System Displays | Cab Press SD - Manually Setting Landing Elevation | Section 15.1.18
A320 D P
P S D S 15.1.18
C P SD - M S L E Previous Section
When the Landing Elevation Selector is Cond SD
placed out of the AUTO position, the cabin Bleed SD

MAN annunciation and the selected LDG
Cruise SD
ELEV altitude is displayed on the ECAM CAB
PRESS page. Cab Press SD
Description 1
Description 2
Smoke Config

< PREVIOUS NEXT >
Next Section
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Pack Flow Selector | Section 15.2.0
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.0
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Temperature Selectors
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
P F S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
If the APU is supplying bleed However, at idle power the actual air flow
air or one air conditioning will be LO due to insufficient air pressure Leak Detection
pack fails, high flow is from both the IP and HP. Next Section
delivered regardless of pack
flow selector's position. The pack flow selector allows for selecting L
the desired pack flow based on the
LO - If LOW flow is selected and the passenger load:
temperature demand cannot be satisfied,
the pack reverts to normal flow. LO is normally selected if less than
115 passengers are expected
HI - If HIGH flow is selected on the pack NORM is selected if 115 passengers
flow selector, the engine IP air is normally or more are expected
sufficient to supply the required air flow at HI is selected if abnormally hot and
normal thrust power settings. When IP air is humid conditions exist.
not sufficient, the HP air valve will open to
provide additional air pressure.
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Cockpit and Cabin Zone Temperature Selectors | Section 15.2.1
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.1
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
C C Z T S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
The zone controller regulates the If the primary zone controller channel fails
temperature of the cockpit and two cabin the secondary zone controller channel takes Leak Detection
zones. The zone controller modulates the over, then the hot air pressure regulating Next Section
airflow through the trim air valves to valve and trim air valves close, and the flow
optimize cockpit and cabin temperature control and temperature optimization are L
regulation. The temperature is regulated lost. The cockpit temperature is controlled
between 64°F and 86°F. There is no manual to 76°F by pack 1. The forward and aft
means of regulating hot air pressure or trim cabins are controlled to 76°F by pack 2.
air valves. The zone controller has a
primary and redundant secondary channel If both zone controller channels fail, then
for automatically regulating zone the packs produce a fixed temperature of

temperature optimization. 68°F from pack 1 and 50°F from pack 2. In
this situation a message PACK REG appears
If the primary zone controller channel is on the Engine Warning Display and all
operating normally and the secondary zone information is removed from the ECAM
controller channel fails, then temperature COND page.
control remains normal.
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Hot Air Switch | Section 15.2.2
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.2
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
H A S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
ON - When all lights on the Hot Air HOT AIR VALVLE FAILS OPEN - If the hot air
switch are extinguished indicates pressure regulating valve fails open, the Leak Detection
the switch is ON. Cycling the switch trim air system is not affected. Next Section
to ON allows the hot air pressure
regulating valve to supply hot air to the trim FAULT - An amber FAULT light indicates a L
air valves. duct overheat is detected. The hot air
pressure regulating valve and trim air
OFF - When the OFF light illuminates white valves automatically close. The fault light
the hot air pressure regulating valve and remains illuminated until a lower
trim air valves are closed and resets the temperature is sensed with the switch off.
fault circuit.
The hot air pressure pressure regulating
HOT AIR VALVE FAILS CLOSED - The hot air valve closes automatically if:
pressure regulating valve controls the
The duct overheats or
supply of hot air to the trim air valves. If
the hot air pressure regulating valve fails The cockpit trim air valve fails or
closed, trim air is not available. In this case Both trim air valves fail
the cockpit temperature selector controls

the output temperature from pack 1. The
mean value of the forward and aft cabin
temperature selectors control the output
temperature of pack 2.
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Pack Switch | Section 15.2.3
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.3
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
P S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
ON is indicated when all lights are Pack Controllers - The two packs operate
extinguished on the switch. automatically and independently of each Leak Detection
Selecting the switch to ON allows other. Each pack is regulated by it's Next Section
the pack flow control valve to be respective dual channel pack controller. The
regulated automatically by its respective pack controller receives demand signals L
pack controller. from the zone controller to regulate the
applicable pack temperature.
amber, a compressor/pack overheat is If the primary pack controller channel fails,
detected or the pack flow control valve the secondary pack controller channel
position disagrees with the selected automatically takes over and defaults to a
position. The fault light remains illuminated fixed pack flow control pre-failure setting.
until until the fault condition is corrected.
If the secondary pack controller channel
OFF - When the OFF light illuminates white, fails, with the primary pack controller
the pack flow control valve is closed. channel operating, pack regulation is not
affected; however, related ECAM pack
Automatic Closure of Pack Flow Control information is not displayed.
Valve occurs when any of the following
occurs: Should both pack controller channels fail,
pack outlet temperature is controlled to a
Upstream pressure is below minimum
set temperature range by the pack anti-ice
For a compressor outlet overheat valve, and related ECAM pack information is
During engine start sequence on the not displayed.
ground
Corresponding fire switch is
depressed
If ditching switch is selected ON
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Engine Bleed Switch | Section 15.2.4
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.4
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
E B S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
FAULT - The engine bleed OFF - When the OFF light illuminates white,
switch is normally selected to the IP and HP valves are closed. Leak Detection
ON for flight conditions, Next Section

commanding the engine bleed
NOTE
switch to open. The engine bleed fault light L
illuminates amber when the switch's With the ENG BLEED switch OFF, the
command position disagrees with the engine FAULT light will extinguish when the
bleed valve position. ENG BLEED switch is selected OFF and
the cause of the fault no longer exists.
The engine bleed valve will close
automatically if:
The ENG BLEED switch is off, The BMC (Bleed Management Computer)
ENG FIRE switch pushed, or closes the engine bleed valve electrically for
The BMC detects a fault or any of the following fault conditions:
A pressure regulating and shut-off
Over-pressure downstream of bleed
valve will close the engine bleed
valve
valve pneumatically if upstream
Bleed over-heat
pressure is low or reverse airflow
Wing or engine leak on associated
occurs.
side
ON - Is indicated when all lights are Bleed valve not closed during engine
extinguished on the engine bleed switch. start, and/or bleed valve not closed
Selecting the switch to ON commands the with APU bleed valve open
engine bleed valve to open.
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Ram Air Switch | Section 15.2.5
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.5
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
R A S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
OFF - Selecting the guarded ram ON - The ram air switch ON light illuminates
air switch to OFF (no white when selected ON. The ram air inlet Leak Detection
annunciation) closes the ram air opens if differential pressure is less than 1 Next Section
inlet. The normal selected PSI, if the DITCHING switch is in its normal
position. guarded position and the cabin L
pressurization MODE SEL switch is selected
In the event of a dual pack failure or for to AUTO. If the differential pressure is
smoke removal, ventilation can be obtained greater than 1 PSI, then the ram air inlet
by the ram air inlet. remains closed.
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | APU Bleed Switch | Section 15.2.6
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.6
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
APU B S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
ON - Selecting APU BLEED switch FAULT - The APU bleed switch FAULT light
to ON opens the APU bleed valve illuminates amber when an APU leak is Leak Detection
provided the APU N is greater detected. Next Section

than 95% and there is no leak on
the APU or left bleed side. The ON light L
illuminates blue when the APU bleed valve is
open. When the ON light extinguishes the
APU bleed valve is closed.
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Cross Bleed Selector | Section 15.2.7
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.7
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
C B S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
AUTO - When the Cross OPEN - When the Cross Bleed Selector is
Bleed Selector is selected selected to OPEN, it opens the cross bleed Leak Detection
to AUTO, the cross bleed valve. Next Section

valve opens if the APU
bleed valve is open; it SHUT - When the Cross Bleed Selector is L
closes the cross bleed selected to SHUT, it closes the cross bleed
valve if the APU bleed valve.

valve is closed or any air leak is detected
(except engine start).
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Pneumatic Schematic | Section 15.2.8
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.8
Previous Section
P S
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
Leak Detection
Next Section
1/31/2021 Air Conditioning Panel | Leak Detection System Schematic | Section 15.2.9
A320 D P
A C C P S 15.2.9
Previous Section
Pack Flow Selector
Hot Air Switch
Pack Switch
Engine Bleed Switch
Ram Air Switch
APU Bleed Switch
L D S S Cross Bleed Selector
Pneumatic Schematic
The leak detection system senses overheat
conditions in the vicinity of the hot air ducts Leak Detection
located in the fuselage, pylons, and wings. Next Section
When a leak signal is activated: L

The BMC closes the engine bleed
valve on the related side
The ENG BLEED switch FAULT light
illuminates
The ECAM AIR L(R) WING or ENG
1(2) BLEED LEAK page is displayed
The cross-bleed valve closes, if open,
the APU bleed valve closes (except
during engine start) if the leak
involves the left wing.
1/31/2021 Cabin Pressurization Control Panel | Manual Vertical Speed Control Switch | Section 15.3.0
A320 D P
C P C P S 15.3.0
M V S C S Previous Section
DESCRIPTION - The MAN V/S Man V/S Control
CTL switch controls the outflow Mode Select

valve position via a DC motor,
Landing Elevation
when the MODE SEL switch is
positioned to MAN. This switch Ditching
is a toggle switch that is spring-loaded to Next Section

neutral. When moved from neutral it
controls the outflow valve position. WARNING L
UP - Moving the switch UP moves the Automatic depressurization will not

outflow valve to open. This switch must be occur upon landing when the cabin
held in position until the target vertical pressurization MODE SEL switch is
speed is reached, as the outflow valve selected to MAN. Ensure differential
operation is very slow. pressure is zero before opening any
exit.
DN - Moving this switch to DN moves the
outflow valve toward close.
The ECAM CAB PRESS page displays the

outflow position, cabin differential, cabin
rate of climb, and cabin altitude. The
landing elevation information is removed
from the ECAM CRUISE and CAB PRESS
page.
1/31/2021 Cabin Pressurization Control Panel | Mode Select Switch | Section 15.3.1
A320 D P
C P C P S 15.3.1
M S S Previous Section
AUTO - When all lights on the Man V/S Control
mode select switch are Mode Select

extinguished then the
Landing Elevation
automatic pressurization mode
is active. A green color SYS1 or Ditching
SYS2 annunciation is displayed on the ECAM Next Section

CAB PRESS page indicating which Cabin
FAULT - The fault light on the mode select
Pressure Controller (CPC) is active. L
switch illuminates amber when faults are
MAN - If both automatic CPC fail, cabin detected on both cabin pressure controllers.
pressurization can be manually controlled In addition, an amber color SYS1 or SYS2
by selecting the MODE SEL switch to MAN. annunciation is displayed on the ECAM CAB
PRESS page indicating a fault on the
When the switch is selected to MAN a white associated CPC.
color MAN light is illuminated on the switch
and:
The MAN V/S CTL switch is energized

that allows the MAN V/S CTL switch
to control the outflow valve position
The LDG ELEV information is
removed from the ECAM CRUISE and
CAB PRESS pages
The active system indication changes
from SYS to MAN
1/31/2021 Cabin Pressurization Control Panel | Landing Elevation Selector | Section 15.3.2
A320 D P
C P C P S 15.3.2
L E S Previous Section
AUTO - When the LDG ELEV Man V/S Control
selector is positioned to AUTO Mode Select

the landing elevation data from
Landing Elevation
the FMGC is relayed to the
cabin pressure controller. A Ditching
green color AUTO annunciation is also Next Section

displayed on the ECAM CAB PRESS page.
L
MANUALLY SETTING LANDING ELEVATION -
The cabin landing elevation is manually set
using the Landing Elevation Selector when
the FMGC landing elevation data is not
correct or the FMGC is inoperative. When
the Landing Elevator Selector is placed out
of the AUTO position the cabin MAN
annunciation and the selected LDG ELEV
altitude is displayed on the ECAM CAB
PRESS page.
1/31/2021 Cabin Pressurization Control Panel | Ditching Switch | Section 15.3.3
A320 D P
C P C P S 15.3.3
The ditching switch is a Man V/S Control
guarded switch that is designed Mode Select

to close all cabin pressurization
Landing Elevation
valves in an emergency
ditching situation and for de- Ditching
icing operations. Next Section
OFF - Normally the ditching switch is L

deactivated by selecting the switch to OFF
and is indicated when no lights are
illuminated on the switch.
ON - When the ditching switch is selected to

ON, the ON light is illuminated a white color
and it commands:
The avionics equipment vent inlet

and outlet valves to close
Ram air inlet valve to close
Out flow valve to close prior to
touchdown
Closes pack flow control valves (turns
the packs OFF automatically).
1/31/2021 Cargo Heat Control Panel | Hot Air Switch | Section 15.4.0
A320 D P
C H C P S 15.4.0
H A S Previous Section
AUTO - Auto is the normal Cargo Heat Hot Air
switch position and is indicated Aft Isolation Valve

when all lights are extinguished
Cargo Temperature
on the Hot Air Switch. The
AUTO position enables the Next Section
cargo heat temperature selector to control

the aft cargo temperature.
L
FAULT - The fault light on the cargo heat hot

air switch illuminates amber when a duct
overheat is detected.
AFT CARGO HEAT - Aft cargo heat is only

available on A-320 aircraft. A cargo heat
controller provides for operation of the
cargo heat inlet and outlet isolation valves,
and a cargo heat extraction fan. Hot trim air
from the packs is provided to control the aft
cargo compartment temperature, via the
hot air pressure regulating valve. The
temperature is controlled by the cargo heat
temperature selector.
1/31/2021 Cargo Heat Control Panel | Aft Isolation Valve Switch | Section 15.4.1
A320 D P
C H C P S 15.4.1
A I V S Previous Section
AUTO - Auto is the normal Cargo Heat Hot Air
switch position and is indicated Aft Isolation Valve

when all lights are extinguished
Cargo Temperature
on this switch. In auto the
cargo ventilation controller Next Section
opens the cargo compartment ventilation

inlet and outlet isolation valves, and turns
L
ON the aft cargo compartment ventilation
extraction fan. If smoke is detected in the
aft cargo compartment then the cargo
SMOKE DETECTION CONTROL UNIT - If
ventilation controller automatically closes
smoke is detected in the aft cargo
both the inlet and outlet isolation valves,
compartment then the cargo ventilation
and turns off the extraction fan.
controller automatically closes both the inlet
FAULT - The FAULT light illuminates amber and outlet isolation valves, and turns off the
when either inlet or outlet valve is in extraction fan. A Smoke Detection
disagreement with the selected position. Controller Unit (SDCU) detects smoke in the
lavatories and cargo compartments.
OFF - Selecting OFF closes the cargo
ventilation inlet and outlet isolation valves,
and turns OFF the aft cargo compartment
extraction fan. When these isolation valves
are closed ventilation for the aft cargo
compartment is lost.
1/31/2021 Cargo Heat Control Panel | Cargo Temperature Selector | Section 15.4.2
A320 D P
C H C P S 15.4.2
C T S Previous Section
The cargo temperature Cargo Heat Hot Air
selector controls the Aft Isolation Valve

temperature in the aft cargo
Cargo Temperature
compartment. Hot trim air is
mixed with air from the Next Section
cabin and supplied to the cargo

compartment through the ventilation inlet
L
isolation valve.
1/31/2021 Ventilation Control Panel | Blower Fan Switch | Section 15.5.0
A320 D P
V C P S 15.5.0
B F S Previous Section
AUTO - When both avionic Blower Fan
equipment blower and extract Extract Fan

vent fan switches are in AUTO
Cabin Recirculation Fan
the avionics equipment
ventilation system is configured Normal Configuration
for the normal operational configuration. FAULT - The fault light on the blower vent Abnormal Configuration
fan switch illuminates amber when:
OVRD - When the avionics equipment Smoke Configuration
blower vent fan switch is selected to OVRD Blower vent air pressure is low Next Section
(override), this action turns the blower fan Duct overheat
off and both the vent air inlet and outlet The avionics ventilation computer L
valves will close, configuring the avionics power supply fails
equipment ventilation system to the Smoke warning occurs
abnormal configuration if the extract switch A warning horn will also sound for a
is in AUTO. When both blower and extract fault, if on the ground with the
vent fans are in OVRD, then the ventilation engines stopped.
system changes to the smoke configuration.
1/31/2021 Ventilation Control Panel | Extract Fan Switch | Section 15.5.1
A320 D P
V C P S 15.5.1
E F S Previous Section
AUTO - When both avionic Blower Fan
equipment blower and extract Extract Fan

vent fan switches are in AUTO
the avionics equipment
ventilation system is configured Normal Configuration
for the normal operational configuration. FAULT - The fault light on the extract vent Abnormal Configuration
fan switch illuminates amber when:
OVRD - When the extract vent fan switch is Smoke Configuration
selected to OVRD (override), the extract fan Extract vent air pressure is low Next Section
will continue to run and both the vent air Duct overheat
inlet and outlet valves will close, changing The avionics ventilation computer L
the ventilation system to the abnormal power supply fails
configuration if the blower switch is in Smoke warning occurs
AUTO. When both blower and extract vent A warning horn will also sound for a
fans are in OVRD, then the ventilation fault, if on the ground with the
system changes to the smoke configuration. engines stopped.
1/31/2021 Ventilation Control Panel | Cabin Ventilation Fan Switch | Section 15.5.2
A320 D P
V C P S 15.5.2
C R F S Previous Section
The cabin, lavatories and Blower Fan
galleys are ventilated by two Extract Fan

cabin recirculation fans that
extract cabin and lavatory air
to the outflow valve. The Normal Configuration
recirculation fans run continuously. Abnormal Configuration
ON - When the CAB FANS switch is Smoke Configuration
positioned to ON, two cabin recirculation Next Section

fans are activated. ON is the normal switch
position and no lights are displayed on the L
switch.
OFF - When the CAB FANS switch is

positioned to OFF, both cabin recirculation
fans stop. A white color OFF light is
displayed on the switch.
FANS FAIL - If the cabin and lavatory

recirculation fans fail, the forward and aft
cabin zone inlet temperatures will be fixed
at 59°F. The cockpit temperature control will
CABIN FAN FAULT INDICATION - Displays
remain normal.
amber if fault in cabin fan detected.
1/31/2021 Ventilation Control Panel | Avionics Ventilation Normal Configuration | Section 15.5.3
A320 D P
V C P S 15.5.3
A V N C Previous Section
The avionics ventilation system provides Blower Fan
cooling air for the avionics compartment, Extract Fan

flight deck instruments, and circuit breaker
panels. The system uses two electric fans to
circulate cooling air. An avionics equipment Normal Configuration
ventilation computer controls the system. In flight normal operation is CLOSED or Abnormal Configuration
INTERMEDIATE (with warm skin
The system has three normal operational Smoke Configuration
temperature).
configurations determined by ground/flight Next Section
modes, and airplane skin temperature. On In addition to the normal operational
the ground, normal operation is OPEN or configurations, ABNORMAL and SMOKE L
CLOSED (with with cold skin temperature). configurations also exist.
OPEN - Outside air enters through the inlet valve, cools the avionics equipment, and exits
through the extract valve.
CLOSED - Avionics equipment cooling air is circulated through a skin heat exchanger and
exits under the cargo compartment.
INTERMEDIATE - Avionics equipment cooling air is circulated through a skin heat exchanger
and exits under the cargo compartment and through the extract valve.
1/31/2021 Ventilation Control Panel | Avionics Ventilation Abnormal Configuration | Section 15.5.4
A320 D P
V C P S 15.5.4
A V A C Previous Section
The abnormal configuration occurs when Blower Fan
either the BLOWER or EXTRACT fan Extract Fan

switches are selected to OVRD. The system
reverts to a closed configuration, except
that air is supplied from the air conditioning Normal Configuration
system and there is no cargo compartment Abnormal Configuration

heating. When the BLOWER fan switch is
Smoke Configuration
selected to OVRD, the blower fan stops and
the extract fan runs. When the EXTRACT fan Next Section
switch is selected to OVRD, both fans

continue to run.
L
1/31/2021 Ventilation Control Panel | Avionics Ventilation Smoke Configuration | Section 15.5.5
A320 D P
V C P S 15.5.5
A V S C Previous Section
BLOWER and EXTRACT FAULT LIGHTS - Blower Fan
Illuminate amber when smoke is detected in Extract Fan

the avionics ventilation system, with an
associated ECAM warning. One smoke
detector is installed in the avionics Normal Configuration
compartment air extraction duct. Avionics lights, and EXTRACT FAULT lights on the Abnormal Configuration
smoke is indicated by an aural single chime VENTILATION panel and MASTER CAUT
Smoke Configuration
(SC), the illumination of the SMOKE light on lights, and by an ECAM caution on the
the EMER ELEC PWR panel, the BLOWER E/WD. Placing the BLOWER and EXTRACT Next Section
and EXTRACT FAULT lights on the switches to OVRD configures the ventilation
VENTILATION panel and MASTER CAUT sytem to the smoke configuration. L
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System | Description | Section 15.6.0
A320 D P
P S S 15.6.0
D Previous Section
The sources of pneumatic system air include The BMCs provide indications and warnings Description
the engines, APU, and ground external high to the ECAM and centralized fault display APU Bleed Air
pressure (HP) air (cart). The pneumatic system. If BMC 1 fails, BMC 2 takes over
Engine Bleed Air
system supplies high pressure air for the monitoring functions except for engine 1
following: and APU leak detection. If BMC 2 fails, BMC External Air
1 takes over monitoring functions except Leak Detection

Air conditioning packs engine 2 leak detection.
Aft cargo heat on the A320. Cargo Next Section
heat and ventilation are not available

on the A319
L
Engine starting
Hydraulic reservoir pressurization
Potable water system pressurization
Cabin pressurization
Wing anti‑icing
The engine bleed, APU, and external air are

all connected to a crossbleed manifold. A
crossbleed valve enables the left side
(engine 1) and right side (engine 2) to be
interconnected, see Pneumatic Schematic
page 15.2.8.
LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM - A leak

detection system is provided to detect
overheat in the vicinity of the hot air ducts.
Pneumatic system operation is controlled
and monitored by two bleed monitoring
computers (BMCs).
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System | APU Bleed Air | Section 15.6.1
A320 D P
P S S 15.6.1
APU B A Previous Section
The APU supplies air to the pneumatic Description
system through the APU bleed valve, which APU Bleed Air
operates as a shutoff valve. It is electrically
Engine Bleed Air
controlled and pneumatically operated, see
APU Bleed Switch page 15.2.6. External Air
Leak Detection
When the APU BLEED valve is open, signals
are provided to the BMCs, which command Next Section
the crossbleed valve to open (with the X

BLEED selector in AUTO) and engine bleed
L
valves to close. The APU bleed air supplies
the pneumatic system.
The APU can be used to supply bleed air to

the packs during takeoff and while airborne
permitting additional thrust to be obtained
from the engines. The APU bleed must not
be used for wing anti-ice.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System | Engine Bleed Air | Section 15.6.2
A320 D P
P S S 15.6.2
E B A Previous Section
Each engine supplies temperature‑limited Description
and pressure‑regulated bleed air to the APU Bleed Air

pneumatic system. Engine bleed air
Engine Bleed Air
temperature is controlled by a precooler
that uses fan air. Air is normally bled from External Air
the intermediate pressure (IP) stage of the Leak Detection

compressor. When IP stage pressure is
Next Section
insufficient, a high pressure bleed valve
opens to supply bleed air from the high L
pressure (HP) stage. In flight, if the
pressure is insufficient even with the HP
stage valve open (i.e., engine at idle), the
engine spools up automatically to provide
minimum air pressure.
PRESSURE REGULATOR - A pressure

regulating and shutoff valve (bleed valve) is See System Display Bleed Air page 15.1.3
located downstream of the IP and HP engine for description of symbols.
bleed valves. The valve closes if the
upstream pressure is low or reverse airflow
occurs. If the pressure regulating and
shutoff valve fails to regulate, an
overpressure valve closes to protect the
pneumatic system. See Engine Bleed Switch
for when pressure regulating valve closes
automatically.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System | External Air | Section 15.6.3
A320 D P
P S S 15.6.3
E A Previous Section
EXTERNAL AIR - External air can be Description
supplied to the left side of the pneumatic APU Bleed Air

manifold through a connector located
Engine Bleed Air
forward of the left gear well.
External Air
GND HP CONNECTION INDICATION -
Leak Detection
Displays green on the ground and DOES
NOT indicate exteranl air is connected. Next Section
DISTRIBUTION - During normal operation L

with the engines supplying bleed air, the
crossbleed valve is closed and the
pneumatic manifold is separated into two
systems. If either pneumatic source is lost,
the crossbleed valve can be opened
manually by a selector on the air
conditioning panel. The crossbleed valve is See System Display Bleed Air page 15.1.3
controlled by two electric motors: one for for description of symbols.
the automatic mode and the other for the
manual mode. The crossbleed valve closes
automatically any time an air leak is
detected, except during engine start.
1/31/2021 Pneumatic System | Leak Detection | Section 15.6.4
A320 D P
P S S 15.6.4
L D Previous Section
The leak detection system senses overheat Description
conditions in the vicinity of the hot air ducts APU Bleed Air
located in the fuselage, pylons, and wings.
Engine Bleed Air
The sensing elements are single loop for the
pylons and APU. A double loop is located in External Air
the fuselage up to the APU check valve and Leak Detection

in the wings. A wing leak signal is activated
Next Section
when both loops detect a leak, or when one
loop detects a leak with the other loop L
inoperative.
WING LEAK - The following occur with a

wing leak signal:
The bleed valve closes on the related

side
The associated ENG BLEED FAULT
APU LEAK - The following occur with a APU
light illuminates
leak signal:
The crossbleed valve closes (except
during engine start) The APU bleed valve closes
If open, the APU bleed valve closes The APU BLEED FAULT light
(except during engine start) if the illuminates
leak involves the left wing. The crossbleed valve closes (except
during engine start)
PYLON LEAK - The following occur with a
pylon leak signal:
The bleed valve closes on the related

side
The associated ENG BLEED FAULT
light illuminates
The crossbleed valve closes (except
during engine start)
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | Description | Section 16.1.0
A320 D P
TOC BACK FWD INDEX PANELS SECTION 16.0 16.0 WARNING SYSTEMS
ECAM C P S 16.1.0
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
D Clear Button
The ECAM System presents airplane engine Status Button
and system data on two identical CRT Recall Button

displays located on the center instrument
Display Control Knobs
panel below the glareshield. The upper
screen is the Engine/Warning Display Next Section
(E/WD) and the lower screen is the System

Display (SD). L
ENGINE WARNING DISPLAY - The E/WD

provides:
Primary engine instruments

information and fuel quantity
indication
Flap/slat position information
Warning and caution information, and
memo messages concerning airplane < PREVIOUS NEXT >
system status
ECAM CLASSIFICATIONS - ECAM Warnings

and Cautions are divided into three
classifications:
Level 3: Immediate action required -

Red ECAM, Master Warning light, and
a Continuous Repetitive Chime (CRC)
Level 2: Crew awareness - Amber
ECAM, Master Caution light, and
single chime
Level 1: Crew monitoring - Amber
ECAM
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/warning-systems/sys-16.1.0.html 1/1
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | TO Configuration Button | Section 16.1.1
A320 D P
ECAM C P S 16.1.1
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
TO C B Clear Button
The TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION button when Status Button
pushed, simulates takeoff power application Recall Button

to trigger a warning if the airplane is not
properly configured for takeoff. If the
airplane is properly configured, the T.O. Next Section
CONFIG NORMAL message in the takeoff

memo displays green. L
TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION CHECK - When

the TAKEOFF CONFIGURATION button is
pushed, or takeoff power is applied, the
following warnings are generated to signify
the associated item is not configured
properly for takeoff:
CONFIG SLATS (FLAPS) NOT IN T.O.

RANGE < PREVIOUS NEXT >
CONFIG PITCH NOT IN T.O. RANGE
CONFIG SPD BRK NOT RETRACTED
CONFIG RUD TRIM NOT IN T.O.
RANGE
CONFIG L(R) SIDESTICK FAULT
BRAKES HOT
DOORS (tested only if engines
running)
CONFIG PARK BRAKE ON
ENG FLEX TEMP NOT SET
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | Emergency Cancel Button | Section 16.1.2
A320 D P
ECAM C P S 16.1.2
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
E C B Clear Button
The EMER CANC button when pushed: Status Button
Recall Button
Present aural warning is cancelled
The MASTER WARN light switches Display Control Knobs
extinguish Next Section

The message displayed on the ECAM
is not affected L
Present caution (single chime,
MASTER CAUT lights, ECAM
message) is cancelled for remainder
of flight
The STATUS page is automatically
displayed
The CANCELLED CAUTION message
and the title of the inhibited failure
appear on the status page. The
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
cancelled caution inhibition is
suppressed after AC power
application until first engine start, but NOTE
can be manually recalled by pushing Only spurious MASTER cautions should be
RCL button for more than 3 sec cancelled.
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | System Page Buttons | Section 16.1.3
A320 D P
ECAM C P S 16.1.3
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
S P B Clear Button
The SD has 12 different system pages that Status Button
can be displayed automatically when Recall Button

signaled by the flight phase (provided no
other system page is manually selected
using the ECAM control panel), or by a Next Section
system failure or automatic advisory.

Permanent data is displayed at the bottom L
of the SD, including TAT, SAT, UTC, load
factor or metric altitude, and airplane gross
weight.
The SD also displays a STATUS page that

provides an operational summary of the
airplane’s system status. The STATUS page
contains limitations (e.g., speed and flight
level), approach procedures, landing
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
corrections, and general information. It also
lists cancelled cautions, inoperative The associated system button illuminates
systems, and maintenance messages. after manual selection or when an advisory
is detected. If pushed a second time while
SYSTEM PAGE BUTTONS - The System Page
illuminated, the system page for the present
buttons when pushed display the related
phase of flight or current warning appears.
system page on the lower ECAM display.
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | All Button | Section 16.1.4
A320 D P
ECAM C P S 16.1.4
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
A B Clear Button
The ALL button when pushed and held, Status Button
displays all system pages in succession at 1 Recall Button

second intervals.
If the ECAM control panel fails, push and Next Section

hold the ALL button until the desired system
page appears, and then release the button L
to maintain the display.
If only one ECAM screen is available,

repeatedly pressing the ALL button cycles to
the desired page.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | Clear Button | Section 16.1.5
A320 D P
ECAM C P S 16.1.5
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
C B Clear Button
The CLR buttons illuminate when an ECAM Status Button
warning, caution, or status message is Recall Button

displayed. When an illuminated CLR button
is pushed, the ECAM display changes and
clears the ECAM warning, caution, or status Next Section
from the SD.

L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | Status Button | Section 16.1.6
A320 D P
ECAM C P S 16.1.6
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
S B Clear Button
The STS button illuminates when the ECAM Status Button
STATUS page is displayed. When pushed, Recall Button

the STATUS page is displayed on the ECAM
lower display. When pushed with no present
status messages NORMAL appears for 5 Next Section
seconds. The STATUS page may be cleared

by pushing the STS button a second time, L
or by pushing the CLR button.
When only one ECAM display is available;

push and hold the STATUS button to display
the STATUS page. To display the next
STATUS page, release the STS button and
push it again before 2 seconds have
elapsed. The new page will then appear
after a short delay.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | Recall Button | Section 16.1.7
A320 D P
ECAM C P S 16.1.7
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
R B Clear Button
The RCL button when pushed: Status Button
Recall Button
Recalls warning and caution
messages that have been suppressed Display Control Knobs
with the CLR button or automatic Next Section

flight phase inhibition
NORMAL appears for 5 seconds with L
no current warnings or cautions
For more than 3 seconds, caution
messages suppressed by the EMER
CANC button are recalled
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 ECAM Control Panel | Display Control Knobs | Section 16.1.8
A320 D P
ECAM C P S 16.1.8
Previous Section
Description
TO Configuration
Emergency Cancel
System Buttons
All Button
D C K Clear Button
ECAM Control Knobs select respective Status Button
display ON/OFF and controls brightness. Recall Button

(Brightness is also automatically adjusted
with changing light conditions.) When the
upper ECAM display is selected OFF, the Next Section
E/WD automatically transfers to the lower

ECAM display. L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | System Switch | Section 16.2.0
A320 D P
W R PWS C P S 16.2.0
WEATHER RADAR OPERATION - The System Switch
Weather Radar provides normal weather Image Selector

radar operation plus Doppler detection of
Tilt Selector
turbulence by measuring the velocity of rain
droplets moving parallel to the airplane Gain Selector
flight path. Turbulence may be displayed in Windshear

light rain or entirely outside the
Next Section
precipitation area. Although Doppler cannot
detect clear air turbulence, it can detect L
turbulence in the presence of rain lighter
than that displayed in the weather-only
mode. Turbulence returns and Level 4 and
higher storms are displayed in magenta.
These areas can be very dangerous.
SYSTEM SWITCH - SYS Switch activates the

weather radar for display on the ND in any
mode except PLAN whenever the switch is
selected to ON.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | Image Selector | Section 16.2.1
A320 D P
I S Previous Section
WX - The WX selection provides 180° System Switch
display of continuously updated weather Image Selector

radar information on the Navigation Display.
Tilt Selector
MAP - The MAP selection operates the radar Gain Selector

in ground mapping mode:
Windshear
Black color indicates water Next Section

Green color, ground; and
Amber color, cities and mountains L
WX/TURB - The WX/TURB selection provides

180° display of turbulence and weather to
40 NM, and weather only beyond 40 NM.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | Tilt Selector | Section 16.2.2
A320 D P
TILT - The TILT Selector controls antenna System Switch
tilt angle with reference to horizon. Tilt Image Selector

angle is displayed on lower right corner of
Tilt Selector
ND. Clockwise rotation commands tilt up,
and counterclockwise commands tilt down. Gain Selector
Windshear
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | Gain Selector | Section 16.2.3
A320 D P
G S Previous Section
The GAIN Selector adjusts the sensitivity of System Switch
the receiver. It provides automatic gain Image Selector

adjustment when positioned to AUTO, and
Tilt Selector
manual adjustment up to MAX.
Gain Selector
Windshear
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | Predictive Windshear Switch | Section 16.2.4
A320 D P
P W S Previous Section
OFF - The OFF selection deactivates PWS. System Switch
Image Selector
AUTO - The AUTO selection activates the
PWS provided: Tilt Selector
Gain Selector
One engine is operating
The airplane is below 2300 feet RA Windshear
The TCAS/XPDR switch is in any Windshear Switch

position other than STBY (if the
Reactive Windshear Alert
weather radar SYS switch is selected
ON, the PWS operates regardless of PWS Alert Warning
transponder switch position) PWS Alert Caution
Predictive Windshear Alerts - Operates only PWS Alert Advisory
below 2300 feet RA and provides alerts Next Section

from approximately 10 seconds in front of
the airplane out to a distance of 5 NM within L
40° of airplane heading. The type of alert
provided depends on the location of the
windshear relative to aircraft position,
aircraft altitude, and phase of flight (takeoff
or landing). During takeoff, new alerts are
inhibited from 100 knots until 50 feet RA.
During approach, new alerts are inhibited < PREVIOUS NEXT >
from 50 feet RA until 60 knots. Existing
alerts will not be removed. PWS uses Doppler capability of the weather
radar to detect the presence of low altitude
PWS increases alerting time over that horizontal wind flow and to predict the
provided by the reactive windshear system. presence of one or more windshear
This provides pilots the opportunity to either occurrences.
avoid a windshear, or take action to increase
the energy state of the aircraft prior to
encountering windshear.
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | Reactive Windshear Alert | Section 16.2.4A
A320 D P
W R PWS C P S 16.2.4A
R W A Previous Section
Reactive windshear alerts pilots when System Switch
windshear is detected by the FACs. Reactive Image Selector

windshear system is active at takeoff,
Tilt Selector
rotation and any time below 1300 feet RA
when flaps are set to a minimum of CONF 1. Gain Selector
Windshear
Provides “WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR,
WINDSHEAR” voice alert, the GPWS Windshear Switch
lights illuminate, and a red Reactive Windshear Alert

WINDSHEAR message displays on
PWS Alert Warning
both PFDs.
When the windshear warning is PWS Alert Caution
active, all other ground proximity PWS Alert Advisory

warnings and alerts are inhibited
Next Section
until the windshear condition ceases.
Reactive Windshear is computed by the L

FACs. This information is provided in this
section to clarify the difference between
reactive and predictive windshear.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
www.a320dp.com/A320_DP/warning-systems/sys-16.2.4A.html 1/1
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | PWS Alert Warning | Section 16.2.5
A320 D P
PWS A W Previous Section
PWS Alert Warning Takeoff and Landing is System Switch
active below 1200 feet RA. The alert zone Image Selector
ahead of the airplane is 1/4 NM, and
Tilt Selector
extends out to 3 NM while the airplane is on
the ground, then reverts to 1.5 NM once Gain Selector
airborne. Windshear
Windshear Switch
PWS Alert Warning
PWS Alert Caution
PWS Alert Advisory
Next Section
During takeoff PWS alert provides < PREVIOUS NEXT >

“WINDSHEAR AHEAD, WINDSHEAR AHEAD”
voice alert, a red W/S AHEAD message on
both PFDs, and a PWS symbol on both NDs.
During landing PWS alert provides “GO

AROUND, WINDSHEAR AHEAD” voice alert,
a red W/S AHEAD message on both PFDs,
and a PWS symbol on both NDs.
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | PWS Alert Caution | Section 16.2.6
A320 D P
PWS A C Previous Section
PWS Alert Caution is active below 1200 feet System Switch
RA. The alert zone ahead of the airplane is Image Selector

+/-25°, and extends out to 3 NM. Provides
Tilt Selector
“MONITOR RADAR DISPLAY” voice alert, an
amber W/S AHEAD message on both PFDs, Gain Selector
and a PWS symbol on both NDs. Windshear
Windshear Switch
PWS Alert Warning
PWS Alert Caution
PWS Alert Advisory
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Weather Radar and PWS Control Panel | PWS Alert Advisory | Section 16.2.7
A320 D P
PWS A A Previous Section
PWS Alert Advisory is active below 1500 System Switch
feet RA. The alert zone ahead of the Image Selector

airplane is +/-40°, and extends out to 5
Tilt Selector
NM. Provides a PWS symbol on both NDs
with no aural message. Gain Selector
Windshear
Windshear Switch
PWS Alert Warning
PWS Alert Caution
PWS Alert Advisory
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 TCAS/ATC Transponder Control Panel | Altitude Range Switch | Section 16.3.0
A320 D P
TCAS/ATC T C P S 16.3.0
A R S Previous Section
The Altitude Range Switch (labeled Altitude Range
ABOVE/N/BELOW) sets the altitude range Code Window

for displaying intruders (TCAS traffic) on the
Mode Selector
Navigation Displays.
Code Selector
All intruders are reported as a relative
ATC Fail Light
altitude in hundreds of feet from aircraft's
current altitude. A + symbol indicates traffic Ident Button
is above and a - symbol indicates the Transponder Selector

intruder is below (i.e. +02, indicates traffic
Next Section
is 200 feet above aircraft's altitude). The
ABS/REL switch is deactivated. L
The altitude range settings are:
ABOVE selection displays relative

altitude reporting traffic from 2700
feet below to 7000 feet above
airplane altitude.
N (Normal) selection displays altitude
reporting traffic from 2700 feet below
to 2700 feet above airplane altitude.
BELOW selection displays altitude
reporting traffic from 7000 feet below < PREVIOUS NEXT >
to 2700 feet above airplane altitude.
1/31/2021 TCAS/ATC Transponder Control Panel | Transponder Code Window | Section 16.3.1
A320 D P
T C W Previous Section
The Transponder Code Window indicates the Altitude Range
code selected with the code selector. Code Window
DESCRIPTION - Two ATC transponders are Mode Selector
controlled by a single control panel. In Code Selector

flight, the selected transponder replies to
ATC Fail Light
beacon code aircraft ID (Mode A),
barometric altitude (Mode C), and aircraft Ident Button
ID flight data (Mode S) interrogations when Transponder Selector

the transponder mode selector is in XPNDR,
Next Section
TA ONLY, or TA/RA. On the ground,
transponder replies are inhibited for general L
(all call) Mode A, C, and S interrogations.
However, the transponder will reply to
selective Mode S interrogations on the
ground that are specifically directed to the
aircraft, based on each aircraft’s unique
Mode S address. This function can be used
by ATC for ground surveillance during taxi
when the transponder is active (mode
selector not in STBY). All transponder
modes are inhibited when the mode selector
is in STBY. < PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 TCAS/ATC Transponder Control Panel | Transponder Mode Selector | Section 16.3.2
A320 D P
T M S Previous Section
STBY - TCAS and the transponders are in Altitude Range
standby. Message TCAS STBY displays in Code Window

green on upper ECAM.
Mode Selector
XPDR - TCAS is in standby. During flight, Code Selector

the transponder is ON; on the ground, the
ATC Fail Light
transponder only responds to the selective
interrogation mode of mode S. Ident Button
Transponder Selector
TA - The transponder is ON. TCAS is on but
only the traffic advisory function of TCAS is Next Section
operational. Both resolution advisories and

pitch guidance are inhibited. The message
L
TA ONLY appears on the ND.
TA/RA - The transponder is ON and all TA

and RA functions of TCAS are operational.
TFC - The TCAS/ATC system is ON and all

transponder equipped airplanes within
approximately 30 NM (40 NM range or less
must be selected on some airplanes), and
the altitude slice selected by the Altitude
Range (ABOVE/N/BELOW) switch are < PREVIOUS NEXT >
displayed full time (Other, Proximate, TA,
and RA traffic).
1/31/2021 TCAS/ATC Transponder Control Panel | Code Selector | Section 16.3.3
A320 D P
C S Previous Section
The Code Selector uses two concentric Altitude Range
selectors to select the transponder code. Code Window
Mode Selector
Code Selector
ATC Fail Light
Ident Button
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 TCAS/ATC Transponder Control Panel | ATC Fail Light | Section 16.3.4
A320 D P
ATC F L Previous Section
The ATC FAIL Light indicates a failure of the Altitude Range
selected transponder when illuminated. Code Window
Mode Selector
Code Selector
ATC Fail Light
Ident Button
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 TCAS/ATC Transponder Control Panel | Ident Button | Section 16.3.5
A320 D P
I B Previous Section
The IDENT Button causes the airplane Altitude Range
target symbol in the data block on the ATC Code Window

display to double in size.
Mode Selector
Code Selector
ATC Fail Light
Ident Button
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 TCAS/ATC Transponder Control Panel | Transponder Selector | Section 16.3.6
A320 D P
The Transponder Selector provides a means Altitude Range
for selecting a transponder. Code Window
Position 1 - Selects transponder 1 Mode Selector
and ADR 1 Code Selector

Position 2 - Selects transponder 2
ATC Fail Light
and ADR 2
Ident Button
Next Section
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Warning Lights, Switches and Buttons | Master Warning Light | Section 16.4.0
A320 D P
W L , S B S 16.4.0
M W L Previous Section
The MASTER WARN Lights flash red for level Master Warning
3 warnings and are accompanied by an Master Caution

aural warning (e.g., CRC, aural voice alert).
Terrain on ND Switch
The lights extinguish when: GPWS - G/S Button
Either MASTER WARN switch is Autoland Warning Light
pushed (except for certain warnings, Next Section

such as overspeed and stall)
The warning no longer exists L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
The CLR button on the ECAM control
panel is pushed (except for certain
warnings, such as overspeed and
stall)
The EMER CANC button on the ECAM
control panel is pushed
The aural warning stops when:
Either MASTER WARN switch is

pushed (except for certain warnings,
such as overspeed and stall)
The warning no longer exists
1/31/2021 Warning Lights, Switches and Buttons | Master Caution Light | Section 16.4.1
A320 D P
W L , S B S 16.4.1
M C L Previous Section
The MASTER CAUT Lights illuminate amber Master Warning
for level 2 cautions and are accompanied by Master Caution

a single chime.
The lights extinguish when: GPWS - G/S Button
Either MASTER CAUT switch is Autoland Warning Light
pushed Next Section

The caution no longer exists
The CLR button on the ECAM control L
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
panel is pushed
1/31/2021 Warning Lights, Switches and Buttons | Terrain on ND Switch | Section 16.4.2
A320 D P
W L , S B S 16.4.2
T ND S Previous Section
ON - When the TERR ON ND Master Warning
switch is selected ON, the ON Master Caution

light illuminates green and
displays terrain data on the
respective Navigation Display. GPWS - G/S Button
Autoland Warning Light

OFF - When the TERR ON ND switch is
selected OFF, the light extinguishes and the Next Section
weather radar data is displayed on the

respective Navigation Display. In the Airbus
L
configuration the TERR ON ND switch must
be manually deselected in order to display
weather.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 Warning Lights, Switches and Buttons | GPWS - G/S Button | Section 16.4.3
A320 D P
W L , S B S 16.4.3
GPWS - G/S B Previous Section
GPWS - Illuminates red when any GPWS Master Warning
mode is activated. Also illuminates with Master Caution

EGPWS caution or warning. Both are
accompanied by an aural warning.
GPWS - G/S Button
G/S - Illuminates amber when a glideslope
warning is activated and the GLIDESLOPE
aural warning sounds. Next Section
NOTE
If the button is pressed momentarily

while a glideslope warning is active, the
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
G/S light extinguishes and the
GLIDESLOPE aural warning stops. On
the ground, pushing the button
momentarily sounds some aural
warnings and switch lights illuminate.
Pushing the button continuously sounds
all aural warnings.
1/31/2021 Warning Lights, Switches and Buttons | Autoland Warning Light | Section 16.4.4
A320 D P
W L , S B S 16.4.4
A W L Previous Section
The AUTO LAND warning light is armed Master Warning
below 200 feet RA in the LAND mode. It Master Caution

illuminates when any one of the following
occurs:
GPWS - G/S Button
Both autopilots disengage.
Localizer deviation excessive (1/4 dot
above 15 feet RA) or glideslope Next Section
deviation (one dot above 100 feet

RA) detected. The localizer and
L
glideslope scales flash on the PFD.
Loss of localizer signal above 15 feet
RA, or loss of glideslope signal above
100 feet RA. (The flight director bars
flash on the PFD; however, the LAND
mode does not disengage.)
The difference between the two radio
altimeters is greater than 15 feet.
< PREVIOUS NEXT >
1/31/2021 EGPWS Control Panel | Description | Section 16.5.0
A320 D P
EGPWS C P S 16.5.0
D Previous Section
EGPWS - The EGPWS uses an onboard Description
world-wide terrain database, FMGC 1 Terrain Switch

position, and airplane altitude and flight
System Switch
path to display the proximity of surrounding
terrain on the ND. The information is G/S Mode
provided in a color scheme which references < PREVIOUS NEXT > Flap Mode
the terrain to airplane altitude. Caution and
GPWS - Below 2450 feet RA, GPWS Landing Flap 3
warning alerts, both aural and visual, are
given if the airplane approaches threatening monitors for hazardous flight path Next Section
terrain. (This system does not currently conditions and provides visual and aural
account for man-made obstructions.) The warnings, alerts or advisories when such L
terrain alerting functions of the EGPWS are conditions are encountered. The GPWS does
independent of the current GPWS functions. not provide an alert for flight toward
Failure of the additional terrain features vertically sheer terrain or slow descents into
does not affect operation of the basic terrain while in the landing configuration.
functions of the GPWS. False GPWS warnings may occur due to

heavy rain, hail, or system malfunctions.
1/31/2021 EGPWS Control Panel | Terrain Switch | Section 16.5.1
A320 D P
EGPWS C P S 16.5.1
FAULT - The TERR FAULT light illuminates in Description
case of a system malfunction and triggers Terrain Switch

the NAV GPWS TERR DET FAULT ECAM and
System Switch
GPWS TERR status messages. The GPWS is
not affected by this fault. G/S Mode
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Flap Mode

ON - When the TERR Switch is selected ON
all lights are extinguished and it activates all Landing Flap 3
modes of EGPWS for operation. Next Section
OFF - The OFF light illuminates white when L

selected OFF and inhibits all EGPWS terrain
modes including pop-up. The GPWS is not
affected.
1/31/2021 EGPWS Control Panel | System Switch | Section 16.5.2
A320 D P
EGPWS C P S 16.5.2
FAULT - SYS FAULT light illuminates amber Description
when a GPWS malfunction is detected. All Terrain Switch

GPWS warnings are inhibited. Terrain
System Switch
functions are not affected.
G/S Mode
ON - When the SYS Switch is selected ON < PREVIOUS NEXT > Flap Mode
all lights are extinguished and activates all
modes of GPWS for operation. Landing Flap 3
Next Section
OFF - The OFF light illuminates white when
selected OFF and all GPWS warnings are L
inhibited. EGPWS functions are not affected.
1/31/2021 EGPWS Control Panel | G/S Mode Switch | Section 16.5.3
A320 D P
EGPWS C P S 16.5.3
G/S M S Previous Section
ON - When the G/S Mode switch is selected Description
ON all lights are extinguished and activates Terrain Switch

the GPWS glideslope mode for operation.
System Switch
OFF - The OFF light illuminates white when G/S Mode

selected OFF and inhibits the GPWS < PREVIOUS NEXT > Flap Mode
glideslope mode.
Landing Flap 3
Next Section
1/31/2021 EGPWS Control Panel | Flap Mode Switch | Section 16.5.4
A320 D P
EGPWS C P S 16.5.4
F M S Previous Section
FLAP MODE Switch inhibits the GPWS flap Description
mode (“TOO LOW, FLAPS”) to prevent Terrain Switch

nuisance warnings when landing with other
System Switch
than landing flaps.
G/S Mode
< PREVIOUS NEXT > Flap Mode
Landing Flap 3
Next Section
1/31/2021 EGPWS Control Panel | Landing Flap 3 Switch | Section 16.5.5
A320 D P
EGPWS C P S 16.5.5
L F 3 S Previous Section
ON - When the LDG FLAP 3 switch is Description
selected ON, the ON light illuminates and Terrain Switch

inhibits the GPWS flap mode (“TOO LOW,
System Switch
FLAPS”) when flaps 3 is selected as the final
flap setting. GPWS FLAP 3 is displayed on G/S Mode
the landing memo. < PREVIOUS NEXT > Flap Mode
Landing Flap 3
Next Section

A320 Instrument System

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A320 Instrument System

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1/12/2021 Airplane General | A320 Dimensions | Section 1.1.

A320 Turning Radius

A320 Turning Radius

A320 Turning Radius

Minimum before start 17.0 quarts APU Limits

Minimum at idle RPM 12.0 quarts APU Parameters

E O T Landing Gear Limits

Warning System Parameters

Minimum prior to takeoff 50°C

Maximum continous operation 155°C

Maximum for up to 15 minutes 165°C

Minimum duct pressure while

Maximum 742°C APU Limits

At or above 25,000 feet: 982°C APU Parameters

Flight Control Limits

Landing Gear Limits

Warning System Parameters

A320 Turning Radius

A320 Turning Radius

A320 Turning Radius

1. Toilet Servicing A320 Dimensions

2. Water Filling and/or A320 Turning Radius

Air Supply Exterior Doors

A320 Turning Radius

Minimum before start 17.0 quarts APU Limits

Minimum at idle RPM 12.0 quarts APU Parameters

E O T Landing Gear Limits

Warning System Parameters

Minimum prior to takeoff 50°C

Maximum continous operation 155°C

Maximum for up to 15 minutes 165°C

Minimum duct pressure while

Maximum 742°C APU Limits

At or above 25,000 feet: 982°C APU Parameters

Flight Control Limits

Landing Gear Limits

Warning System Parameters

A320 Turning Radius

A320 Turning Radius

A320 Turning Radius

1. Toilet Servicing A320 Dimensions

2. Water Filling and/or A320 Turning Radius

Air Supply Exterior Doors

TOP, MID, BOT STRIKE LIGHTS Strike Lights

The STRIKE Lights indicate the Pressure Sensors

when the respective locking latch is faulty.

Intrusion resistance has been

Pressure sensors simultaneously open all Strike Lights

latches when a defined pressure drop is Pressure Sensors

The cockpit door has two channel Strike Lights

lights that indicate the status of the Pressure Sensors

OPEN - The OPEN light illuminates Cockpit Door Lights

amber when the door is open or Cockpit Door Switch

When a system failure is detected

Illumination of the FAULT light does not

UNLOCK - Unlocks door when Cockpit Door Lights

raised above the detent and held Cockpit Door Switch

NORM - When NORM is selected, it allows

LOCK - Momentarily placing the cockpit door

Airplane General Limits

Airplane General Limits

Max TO Weight 169,700 lbs. 166,400 lbs. Wind Limits

Max Landing Operating Speeds

Max Zero Fuel